(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"




nd Gra 

2008-2009 Catalog 



Lebanon Valley College 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2011 with funding from 

LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley20082009leba 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2 

Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3 

Undergraduate Information 

Admissions 4 

Continuing Education 7 

Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 9 

Degrees 9 

Graduation Requirements 10 

Nontraditional Credit 15 

Grading System 17 

Undergraduate Academic Programs 22 

General Education 22 

Cooperative Programs 27 

Pre-professional Programs 28 

Individualized Major 29 

Internships 30 

Independent Study 30 

Tutorial Study 31 

Special Topics Courses 31 

Study Abroad 31 

Undergraduate Departments 32 

Graduate Academic Programs 1 60 

Directory 177 

Board of Trustees 177 

Administration 180 

Faculty 187 

Support Staff 201 

Awards 203 

Accreditation 205 

Campus Map 206 

Index 208 

Phone Numbers 211 

2008-2009 Academic Calendar 212 



Lebanon Valley College Table of Contents 1 



LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Founded: 1 866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Acad- 
emy. Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out. 

Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year 
comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term. 

Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Bache- 
lor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, Associate of 
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Music Edu- 
cation, Master of Science Education, Doctor of Physical Therapy. 

Major fields of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, art and art his- 
tory, biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, business administration, chemistry, 
computer science, digital communications, criminal justice, economics, elementary ed- 
ucation, English, French, German, health-care management, health science, historical 
communications, history, mathematics, medical technology, music, music business, 
music education, music recording technology, philosophy, physical therapy, physics, 
political science, psychobiology, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish. 

Special programs: secondary education certification; in cooperation with The Penn- 
sylvania State University, Case Western Reserve University, University of Pennsylvania, 
and Widener University: engineering; in cooperation with Duke University: forestry, en- 
vironmental sciences; in cooperation with approved hospitals: medical technology. 

Special options: departmental honors, double majors, independent study, individual- 
ized majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Philadelphia and Washington se- 
mester programs. 

Number of full time faculty: 100; of the permanent faculty, 85 percent have earned a 
Ph.D. or equivalent terminal degree. 

Student-faculty ratio (FTE): 13:1, with an average class size of 20. 

Location: Annville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people 
located in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 
1/2 hour; Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, 
D.C., 3 hours. 

Size of campus: 55 buildings. The library contains over 215,000 catalog items. 

Residence halls: 34 residential facilities housing 1,184 students in male, female, coed, 
suite and apartment-style facilities. 

Student enrollment: 1,636 full-time undergraduate students, with 157 part-time un- 
dergraduates and 143 graduate students. 

Student financial aid: approximately 95 percent of full-time students receive financial 
aid in the form of LVC grants and academic scholarships. In 2006-2007, these awards 
totaled $17,474,177, with the average student being $10,997. 



2 Facts 2008-2009 Catalog 



THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE 

Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly 
from its historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church. 

The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, ca- 
pable of making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that 
end, we seek to provide an education that helps students acquire the knowledge, skills, 
attitudes and values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse and fragile world. 

Through both curricular and co-curricular activities, we endeavor to acquaint our 
students with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their 
abilities to think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise 
analysis and effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and apprecia- 
tion of differences among human beings. 

Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which 
caring and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty 
interacting closely with students; encourage individual student development; and af- 
firm the interrelatedness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the 
cultivation of wisdom that is the capacity of judging rightly in matters of life and con- 
duct, and a lifelong love of learning as the ultimate reward of the educational experi- 
ence. 

The College motto is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free." 

(John 8:32) 




Lebanon Valley College 



College Mission 3 



UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION 

Admission for Full-time Students 

High School Preparation 

All admission candidates should have completed 1 6 credit units and graduated from 
an accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 
1 6 units, 4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 3 in mathematics, 2 in science, 
and 1 in social studies. 

Application Procedure 

A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed ap- 
plication with the application fee, and an official transcript of high school grades. Sub- 
mission of S.A.T. or A.C.T. results is optional. Students wishing to transfer to Lebanon 
Valley must submit official transcripts of completed postsecondary work and a College 
Record Form for each institution attended, in addition to a final high school transcript. 

Candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for ad- 
mission to certain academic programs (elementary education, music, and physical therapy 
majors) are required to undergo additional steps. Students are encouraged to view addi- 
tional details and use the on-line application documents located at the Full-time Admis- 
sion link on our home-page, www.lvc.edu. For further information, contact: 

Admission Office 

Lebanon Valley College 

101 North College Avenue 

Annville, PA 17003-1400 

Phone: 717-867-6181 or 1-866-LVC-4ADM 

FAX: 717-867-6026 

Internet: http://www.lvc.edu 

E-mail: admission@lvc.edu 

Student Finances 

Payment for tuition, room, board and other charges is due by a published deadline 
prior to the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be 
required to make special arrangements with the Business Office before their course 
registrations will be processed. Questions about charges and payments should be ad- 
dressed to the Business Office. 

Refund Policy for Full-time Students 

Treatment of Title IV (Federal) Aid When a Student Withdraws 

Lebanon Valley College is required by federal statute to determine how much fi- 
nancial aid was earned by students who withdraw, drop out, are dismissed, or take a 
leave of absence prior to completing 60 percent of a payment period or term. The Title 
IV programs that are covered by this statute are: Federal Pell Grants, Stafford Loans, 
PLUS Loans, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (FSEOGs), Fed- 
eral Perkins Loans, and in some cases, certain state grant aid to students. 

For a student who withdraws after the 60 percent point-in-time, there are no unearned 
funds. However, a school must still complete a return calculation in order to determine 
whether the student is eligible for a post-withdrawal disbursement. The calculation is 

4 Undergraduate Information 2008-2009 Catalog 




based on the percentage of earned aid using the following Federal Return of Title IV 

funds formula: 

Percentage of payment period or term completed = the number of days 
completed up to the withdrawal date divided by the total days in the term. 
(Any break of five days or more is not counted as part of the days in the 
term.) This percentage is also the percentage of earned aid. 

Funds are returned to the appropriate federal program based on the percentage of un- 
earned aid using the following formula: 

Aid to be returned = (100% of the aid that could be disbursed minus the 
percentage of earned aid) multiplied by the total amount of aid that could 
have been disbursed during the payment period or term. 

If a student earned less aid than was disbursed, the institution would be required to 
return a portion of the funds and the student would be required to return a portion of 
the funds. Keep in mind that when Title IV funds are retruned, the student borrower 
may owe a debit balance to the institution. If a student earned more aid than was dis- 
bursed to him/her, the institution would owe the student a post-withdrawal disburse- 
ment which must be paid within 120 days of the student's withdrawal. The institution 
must return the amount of Title IV funds for which it is responsible no later than 45 days 
after the date of the determination of the date of the student's withdrawal. Refunds are 
allocated in the following order: Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans; Subsidized Fed- 
eral Stafford Loans; Federal Perkins Loans; Federal Parent (PLUS) Loans; Federal Pell 
Grants for which a return of funds is required; Federal Supplemental Opportunity 
Grants for which a return of funds is required. 

There are some Title IV funds that you were scheduled to receive that you cannot 
earn once you withdraw because of other eligibility requirements. For example, if you 



Lebanon Valley College 



Undergraduate Information 5 



are a first-time, first-year undergraduate student and you have not completed the first 
two weeks of your program before you withdraw, you will not earn any Stafford Loan 
funds that you would have received had you remained enrolled past the second week. 
If you receive (or Lebanon Valley College or your parent receive on your behalf) excess 
Title IV program funds that must be returned, Lebanon Valley College must return a 
portion of the excess equal to the lesser of: 1) your institutional charges multiplied by 
the unearned percentage of your funds, or 2) the entire amount of excess funds. 

The school must return this amount even if it didn't keep this amount of your Title 
IV program funds. If Lebanon Valley College is not required to return all of the excess 
funds, you must return the remaining amount. Any loan funds that you must return, 
you (or your parent for a PLUS Loan) repay in accordance with the terms of the prom- 
issory note. That is, you make scheduled payments to the holder of the loan over a pe- 
riod of time. 

Any amount of unearned grant funds that you must return is called an overpayment. 
The amount of a grant overpayment that you must repay is half of the unearned amount. 
You must make arrangements with Lebanon Valley College or the Pennsylvania De- 
partment of Education to return the unearned grant funds. 

NOTE: The federal government requires that all full-time students make satisfactory 
academic progress toward a degree or certificate. Please visit http://www.lvc.edu/fi- 
nancial-aid/ to view the Academic Progress Policy and Requirements. 
Treatment of Non-Title IV Aid When a Student Withdraws 

Lebanon Valley College follows guidelines for Title IV programs (see above) when 
calculating the amount of institutional and/or state aid and/or private loans/scholarships 
that you have earned up to the point of withdrawal. Types of aid covered by this policy 
include, but are not limited to: Presidential Scholarships (such as Vickroy, Leadership 
and Achievement Awards), LVC Grant-In- Aid, institutional scholarships, PHEAA State 
Grant, and/or any other state administered grant funds. 

When you withdraw during your period of enrollment the amount of non-Title IV as- 
sistance that you have earned up to that point is determined by the same specific for- 
mula used to calculate Title IV funds earned, If you receive more assistance than you 
earned, the excess funds must be returned by Lebanon Valley College and/or you. 

Once you have completed more than 60 percent of the period of enrollment, you 
earn all the assistance that you were scheduled to receive for that period. 

Treatment of Institutional Charges When a Student Withdraws 

Lebanon Valley College follows guidelines for Title IV programs (above) when cal- 
culating the amount of unearned institutional charges to be refunded. Charges eligible 
for refund are tuition, room, board, private music lessons and overload charges. Once 
you have completed 60 percent of the period of enrollment, you have earned all of the 
charges billed for that period. 

Refund Policy for Part-time Students 

Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing 
Education Office. However, part-time students receiving federal financial assistance 
(Title IV) will receive a refund according to federal policy as noted above. 



6 Undergraduate Information 2008-2009 Catalog 



Alternative Payment Plan 

Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after explor- 
ing other options, prefer to spread payments over a 1 0-month period. An agent has been 
appointed to process deferred payment applications: 

Higher Education Services 

P.O. Box 2653 
Harrisburg, PA 17105 
Phone: 1-800-422-0010 



Continuing Education 

Students may enroll part time for undergraduate study at Lebanon Valley College 
through the Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education. Students are con- 
sidered part time if they are enrolled in 1-11 credit hours per semester. 

Continuing Education offers credit programs on four levels: certificate, associate, 
baccalaureate and advanced professional certificates. Certificates are starter programs 
that approximate the beginning of a four-year college experience, ideal springboards 
from which to go on for an associate's or bachelor's degree. Advanced professional cer- 
tificate programs are intended for persons who have already been awarded a bachelor's 
degree in one discipline and desire to study another discipline in some depth. 

A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already have re- 
ceived a bachelor of arts or science from Lebanon Valley or another regionally accred- 
ited college or university. In such cases, students must only complete the major 
requirements for the second degree or a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater. 

Part-time students enrolled through Continuing Education may register for courses 
offered during the day, evening, Saturday and summer sessions on the main campus in 
Annville. To obtain copies of course schedules or to get detailed information on all ac- 
ademic programs for part-time students, call 717-867-6213 or toll free at 1-877-877- 
0423 or write the Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education, Lebanon Valley 
College, Annville, PA 17003-1400. Information is also available through the LVC web- 
site: www.lvc.edu/ce. 

A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College's Continuing Education 
certificate or degree programs must submit a completed application form with the re- 
quired application fee. An official high school transcript is required if students have 
fewer than 24 semester hours of transferable college credits. Students planning to trans- 
fer to Lebanon Valley must submit official transcripts of all completed college or uni- 
versity courses. Official transcripts relating to military or business courses also may be 
evaluated for possible transfer credit. Although candidates may begin taking classes 
before they have been accepted, they must speak with an advisor before registering for 
courses. To arrange an admission interview with an advisor, call 717-867-6213 in An- 
nville or toll free at 1-877-877-0423. Decisions on all part-time student applications 
usually are made within one month after the last required transcript is received. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Information 7 




8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 



2008-2009 Catalog 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 

AND PROCEDURES 

Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the nec- 
essary atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the College expects that 
the conduct of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The College has 
the right to require the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the pur- 
poses of the institution. The following academic regulations are announcements and 
do not constitute a contract between the student and the College. The College reserves 
the right to change these regulations and procedures as it deems necessary for the ac- 
complishment of its purposes, but wherever possible, a student will proceed to gradu- 
ation under the regulations in effect at the time of his or her entrance at the College. 

Degrees 

Baccalaureate Degrees 

Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for 
students completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, 
Art and Art History, criminal justice, economics, English, French, German, historical 
communications, history, music, music business, philosophy, political science, religion, 
sociology, Spanish and certain individualized majors. 

Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major 
programs: accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, 
business administration, chemistry, computer science, cooperative engineering, coop- 
erative forestry, digital communications, elementary education, health-care manage- 
ment, health science, mathematics, music education, physics, psychobiology, 
psychology and certain individualized majors. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bach- 
elor of Science in Medical Technology, and Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music 
Recording Technology for students completing requirements for the appropriate major 
program. 

Associate Degrees 

An Associate degree may be earned by students who have been admitted through the 
office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education and who have pursued the de- 
gree through part-time study. Students may earn an Associate of Science degree in ac- 
counting, general studies and business administration or an Associate of Arts degree in 
general studies. 

Privacy of Student Records 

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), also known as the 
Buckley Amendment, helps protect the privacy of student records. The Act provides 
for the right to inspect and review educational records, to seek to amend those records, 
and to limit disclosure of information from the records. The Act applies to all institu- 
tions that are the recipients of federal funding. 

Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights 
and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to 
comply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the 
right of students to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 9 



for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. 

Students also have the right to file complaints with the FERPA office concerning al- 
leged failures by the institution to comply with the act. 

Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for com- 
pliance with the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the fol- 
lowing offices: Office of the Registrar, Office of Student Services, and Office of the 
Dean of the Faculty. The policy is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The 
offices mentioned also maintain a Directory of Records that lists all education records 
maintained on students by this institution. 

Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be re- 
ferred to the Registrar's Office. 

Credit Hours 

A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit 
designation approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. 
A course requiring three hours of class attendance each week will carry 3 credit hours. 
Credit for laboratories is generally awarded at one half the regular rate. 

Application for Graduation 

As a student nears completion of the degree requirements, the student must file an 
application for the degree and a graduation plan with the Registrar's Office. Graduation 
application deadlines and the semester Course List and Registration Schedule are avail- 
able in that office. This application process provides the student with a timely oppor- 
tunity to review his or her degree requirements and to plan or change the student's 
course schedule to ensure completion of all requirements. 

The student must complete an Application for the Degree and a Graduation Plan, 
meet with his or her advisor, obtain all required signatures for graduation, including 
major and minor requirements, and deliver the forms to the Registrar's Office in the Hu- 
manities Building. 

Graduation Requirements 

Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 120 credit hours, 
including the requirements for the general education program (see page 22) and the re- 
quirements for majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three 
separate categories: general education requirements, major requirements, and electives. 

The general education program is that part of the curriculum shared by all students 
in all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours. The major programs each 
require at least 30 credit hours of course work. Electives are those courses selected by 
the student that reflect neither major nor general education requirements. 

In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education 
selected from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical 
education requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a 
maximum of one physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of the 
following: one season of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one se- 
mester of military science. Continuing education students are exempt from the physical 
education requirement. 



10 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2008-2009 Catalog 



Candidates for the bachelor's degree must also take in residence 30 credit hours of 
the 36 taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the College's 
programs qualifies as work done in residence. 

Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours in- 
cluding the course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 1 8 credit 
hours toward the degree must be taken in residence. Coursework taken in all of the Col- 
lege's programs qualifies as work done in residence. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of at least 
2.00 and a major grade point average of at least 2.00. 

Students who have 1 1 or fewer credits remaining to complete the degree may par- 
ticipate in the graduation ceremony. 

Advising Program 

Each student has a faculty advisor whose role is to counsel about registration pro- 
cedures, course selections, academic requirements, and regulations. The student is 
strongly encouraged to obtain the advisor's counsel and approval before registration, 
withdrawal, election of pass/fail option, and/or change in credit/audit status. 

Arrangement of Schedules 

Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with his or her 
faculty advisor. Students already in attendance do this during registration periods. New 
students accomplish this on orientation days. 

Limit of Hours 

To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semes- 
ter. Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the stu- 
dent's advisor and permission of the registrar. To be permitted to take more than 17 
credits, the student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or 
be a senior. Audited courses are counted in determining the course load, but music or- 
ganizations are not. Students shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit hour be- 
yond 17 (not counting music organizations). 

Class Standing 

Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in 
the sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a min- 
imum of 28, 56 or 84 credit hours respectively. 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 

Satisfactory academic progress toward a degree as a full-time student is defined as 
completion of 24 or more credits per academic year while maintaining a cumulative 
grade point average of 1.6 (1-27 credits), 1.7 (28-55 credits), 1.8 (56-83 credits), 1.9 
(84 or more). A 2.0 grade point average is required for completion of the baccalaureate 
degree. It is also necessary for full-time students to complete at least 24 credits per 
academic year in order to maintain eligibility for federal, state and institutional financial 
aid. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 1 



Transfer Credit 

A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited 
institution shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the stu- 
dent must provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the 
other institution or institutions. 

Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- (1 .67) or better and the 
work is equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus 
transferred count for credit hours only, not for quality points. 

A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited 
college can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended 
institution. However, course work in the major field for which the applicant has re- 
ceived a D shall not be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement. 

Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full 
acceptance of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the can- 
didate has followed a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and aca- 
demic programs of the College and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 
60 credits will be accepted for an associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. 
A maximum of 90 credit hours will be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree. 

In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate de- 
gree within two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or 
the nature of the previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the appli- 
cant will normally be notified at the time of admission. 

Students transferring to Lebanon Valley College in order to complete work on a bac- 
calaureate degree will normally be expected to pass at least one 3 -hour course in their 
intended major for each semester they spend at the college. "Semester" shall normally 
be defined as 15 credit hours. Beyond this minimum requirement, departments may re- 
quire additional courses if they so desire. 

Lebanon Valley College students enrolled for a degree may not carry courses con- 
currently at any other institution without prior consent of their advisors and the regis- 
trar. Students who desire to study away from campus for summer study must obtain 
prior approval from their advisors and the registrar. 

Discontinuance of Courses 

The College reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course. 

Registration and Preregistration 

Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester. 
Preference is given to upper-class students in the preregistration process to ensure reg- 
istration in courses required for their major fields of study. Students desiring to regis- 
ter later than one week after the opening of the semester will be admitted only by special 
permission of the instructor and the registrar. 

On entering Lebanon Valley College, students indicate that they are open or that 
they have a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major 
during the second semester of their freshmen year and must make a formal declaration 
by the time they have completed 60 credit hours. 



1 2 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2008-2009 Catalog 



Change of Registration 

Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit, 
changes from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the ad- 
visor. In most instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course 
has been in session for one full week. With the permission of the advisor, a student may 
withdraw from a course during the first 10 weeks of the semester. However, first-time, 
first- semester freshmen may withdraw from a course at any time through the last day 
of semester classes with permission of the advisor. A fee is charged for every course 
added at the student's request after Add/Drop Day. 

Students who drop below full-time status (below 1 2 credits) during the publicized 
Add/Drop Period (the first full week of classes) will be re-billed as part-time students. 
Resident students who drop to part-time must have the permission of the dean of stu- 
dents. Other considerations regarding financial aid, academic progress, and health in- 
surance must be made before dropping to part-time status. 

Students who drop courses after the publicized Add/Drop Period will not have their 
status changed to part-time. However, consideration must be given to academic progress 
and future eligibility for financial aid and scholarship monies. 

Auditing Courses 

Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic advisor. 
Audited courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours 
and may result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, 
but the registrar will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. 
A change of registration from credit to audit or from audit to credit, with the approval 
of the instructor, must be accomplished by the end of the tenth week of semester classes. 

Pass/Fail 

After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours), a student may elect to take up 
to two courses per semester and one per summer session on a pass/fail basis; however, 
only six such courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses 
elected by students to be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the 
general education program or other programs, the major(s), the minor(s) or secondary 
education certification. A student may select or cancel a pass/fail registration any time 
during the first 1 weeks of a semester. Passing with honors will be designated by the 
grade PH indicating that a grade of B+ or higher was earned. If a student does not pass 
the course, the student will receive an F on the transcript. See page 17 for grading sys- 
tems. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken 
course, subject to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses 
staffed by the College, the course has to be retaken at Lebanon Valley College, and the 
semester credit hours are given only one time. The higher grade received each time 
taken is computed in the cumulative grade point average. Each semester grade report 
will show hours credit each time passed, but the total hours toward a degree will be 
equal only to the semester hours credit for the course. For a course previously passed 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 3 



P/F, the grade received in the subsequent registration for regular grade is the "higher 
grade." Each grade received remains on the permanent record and a notation is made 
thereon that the course has been repeated. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses 
concurrently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her advisor and the 
registrar. 

External Summer Courses 

A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses 
taken during the summer at another college unless such courses have prior approval of 
his or her advisor and the registrar. 

Attendance Policy 

Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each 
course, including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester, the in- 
structors shall clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of 
those regulations shall make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. 

Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course 
requirements. 

In-Absentia 

The College treats students in domestic or foreign study programs as students-in- 
absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or academic year at another institu- 
tion with the intent of returning to the College is considered a matriculated student. A 
student desiring in-absentia status should complete the form in the registrar's office 
and secure the approval of the advisor, the registrar and the director of study abroad and 
domestic programs. Students will receive information on registration and room sign-up 
after they notify the registrar of their address abroad or in the United States. 

Leave of Absence 

For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances, students may request a 
voluntary leave from the College for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a 
leave should complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of 
the associate dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students 
and retain their status for registration and room sign-up, if available. Students on leave 
will receive information on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. 
The College reserves the right to require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any 
time it is deemed reasonably necessary to protect the student, other students, members 
of the College community, or the interests of the College itself. Before a student re- 
turns from a medical leave of absence, a clearance interview with one of the counsel- 
ing psychologists, the dean of students, or the associate dean of the faculty — as well as 
additional documentation — may be required. 



14 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2008-2009 Catalog 



Withdrawal from College and Readmission 

To withdraw from the College, a student must complete an official withdrawal form 
obtained from the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official 
withdrawal form obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a 
student requires written permission from the associate dean of the faculty. 

Second Bachelor's Degrees 

A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or an- 
other accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting 
the following requirements: 

1. A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed success- 
fully at Lebanon Valley. 

2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met sat- 
isfactorily. 

3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be 
used to satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major 

4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the sec- 
ond degree program. 

5. No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MED 
441) may be counted toward a second degree. 

6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to 
meet any general education requirements of Lebanon Valley College. 

7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such 
non-traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experi- 
ence. 

8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second de- 
gree. 

9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken pass/fail. 

NOTE: Students carrying a second major do not automatically receive a second 
degree. Student carrying a second major will not receive a second degree without 
having met all the requirements listed above for a second bachelor's degree. 

Undergraduate Nontraditional Credit 

Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to mas- 
ter specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these 
students the opportunity to gain credit. Except for those seeking a second bachelor's de- 
gree, any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits toward a bachelor's 
degree or a maximum of 1 5 credits toward an associate's degree through nontraditional 
means (challenge exams, advanced placement, CLEP, and credit for life experience). All 
nontraditional means of examination are graded satisfactory (S) or unsatisfactory (U). 
An unsatisfactory grade on any nontraditional examination will not be recorded on the 
permanent record. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 5 



Challenge Exam Policy 

Many LVC courses can be challenged for credit by examination. Full-time students 
should request challenge examinations through their academic advisors. Part-time stu- 
dents and those students enrolled through continuing education should make applica- 
tion for challenge exams through the continuing education office. All requests must be 
approved by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course is 
listed. 

Challenge exams are considered comprehensive examinations in the subject area. 
The grading criteria for challenge exams will be determined by each department. The 
exact nature of the examination will be determined by the faculty member and chair- 
person of the department involved and may include any means of evaluation normally 
employed by the department. There is a fee for preparation and grading of each chal- 
lenge exam, and it is charged without regard to the test results. 

Challenge exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a 
course equivalent to or more advanced than the course for which the student is re- 
questing credit by examination. Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of 
acquiring credit for a course previously failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, re- 
search courses, independent study, writing-intensive courses, and courses with labora- 
tory components are normally not subject to credit by examination. Individual 
departments may have additional criteria regarding challenge exams. Consult the chair- 
person of the department in which the course is listed for specific information. 

Advanced Placement Policy 

Advanced placement with credit in appropriate courses will be granted to entering 
students who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examina- 
tions. The official Advanced Placement College Grade Report must be submitted by the 
student for evaluation by the registrar. 

Advanced Placement without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achieve- 
ment Tests of the College Board examinations or such other proficiency tests as may 
be determined appropriate by the registrar and by the chairperson of the department. 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy 

Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that 
are approved by the College. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th per- 
centile on the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate aca- 
demic department for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay 
is required, with a minimum score of 64 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP ex- 
amination. 

A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination; of these credits, 
only three may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. 
Credit shall be granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege. Normally, requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the 
student has completed 30 credits. 



1 6 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2008-2009 Catalog 



Credit for Life Experience Policy 

Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit 
for knowledge acquired through nonacademic experience in subjects in the College 
curriculum. The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a 
course in the College curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide 
substantive knowledge in the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they 
qualify for such credit may petition the appropriate department through their academic 
advisors. Students enrolled in the continuing education program must petition through 
the continuing education office. This petition must: 

(1) detail the relevant experience in question 

(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence 

(3) note the equivalent College course by department and number 

(4) state the number of credit hours sought. 

The appropriate department will consult with the academic advisor or the continu- 
ing education office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, 
etc.) for evaluating the experience. 

Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over 
the signatures of the academic advisor, the appropriate department chair, and the 
associate dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled 
through the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures 
of the director of graduate studies and continuing education, the appropriate depart- 
ment chair, and the associate dean of the faculty. 

Experiential credit cannot exceed 6 credit hours in one academic year and cannot ex- 
ceed a maximum of 12 credit hours in the degree program. 

International Baccalaureate Program 

Credit for appropriate courses will be granted to entering students who achieve 
scores of 5, 6 or 7 on International Baccalaureate individual subject examinations. The 
official International Baccalaureate transcript must be presented by the student for eval- 
uation by the registrar. 

Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages 

Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and 
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour 
in a course, students receive the following quality points: 



A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 



C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


.67 


F 


.00 



F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade 
point averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the qual- 
ity points by the credit hours completed. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 7 



Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1, 1989, must meet 
graduation requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1 .75. All stu- 
dents and continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989, must meet grad- 
uation requirements by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 
2.00 grade point average in their major, any second major, and any minor. 

A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he or she has failed. 

In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the 
work is incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial rea- 
son with the prior consent of the instructor) but otherwise satisfactory. This work must 
be completed within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed 
to an F. Appeals for an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first 
week of the next semester. W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth 
week of semester classes, except for first-semester freshmen who may withdraw 
through the last day of the semester. For physical education, a grade of either S (satis- 
factory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded. 

Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the 
instructor and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should con- 
tact the instructor at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following 
the course in question. 

Academic and Graduation Honors 

The Dean s List 

Students achieving a 3.40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 12 
credit hours for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester. 

Graduation Honors 

After completing a minimum of 60 calculated credit hours of residence work, a stu- 
dent may qualify for graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are summa cum 
laude for grade point averages of 3.75-^.0, magna cum laude for grade point averages 
of 3.60-3.74, and cum laude for grade point averages of 3.40-3.59. 

Departmental Honors 

All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the 
junior and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the 
appropriate department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors 
are a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and at the time of grad- 
uation; a written thesis; an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full- 
time members of the department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's 
own choosing under the supervision of a faculty advisor. Opportunity also exists to do cre- 
ative work. A maximum of 9 hours credit may be earned in departmental honors. 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 

Students graduating with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher are eligible for in- 
duction into Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit 
hours of residence work. 



1 8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2008-2009 Catalog 



Academic Honesty 

Lebanon Valley College expects its students to uphold the principles of academic 
honesty. Violations of these principles will not be tolerated. Students shall neither hin- 
der nor unfairly assist the efforts of other students to complete their work. All individ- 
ual work that a student produces and submits as a course assignment must be the 
student's own. 

Cheating and plagiarism are acts of academic dishonesty. Cheating is an act that de- 
ceives or defrauds. It includes, but is not limited to, looking at another's exam or quiz, 
using unauthorized materials during an exam or quiz, colluding on assignments with- 
out the permission or knowledge of the instructor, and furnishing false information for 
the purpose of receiving special consideration, such as postponement of an exam, essay, 
quiz, or deadline of an oral presentation. 

Plagiarism is the act of submitting as one's own the work (the words, ideas, images, 
or compositions) of another person or persons without accurate attribution. Plagiarism 
can manifest itself in various ways: it can arise from sloppy, inaccurate note-taking; it 
can emerge as the incomplete or incompetent citation of resources; it can take the form 
of the wholesale submission of another person's work as one's own, whether from an 
online, oral or printed source. The seriousness of an instance of plagiarism — its moral 
character as an act of academic dishonesty — normally depends upon the extent to which 
a student intends to deceive and mislead the reader as to the authorship of the work in 
question. Initially, the instructor will make this determination. 

Once academically dishonest work has been submitted, the instructor shall report 
the suspected incidence to the associate dean of the faculty. At the moment the work has 
been submitted, the student involved forfeits the right to withdraw from the course or 
to change his or her course status in any way. The College's expectations and the meas- 
ures it will apply to support and enforce those expectations are outlined below. 

For the first offense of academic dishonesty, the faculty member has the option of 
implementing whatever grade-related penalty he or she deems appropriate, up to and 
including failure in the course. The associate dean of the faculty shall send the student 
a letter of warning, explaining the policy regarding further offenses and the appeal 
process. 

For the second formally established offense of academic dishonesty, failure in the 
course is mandatory; the associate dean of the faculty shall so inform the faculty 
member(s) involved. Additionally, the associate dean of the faculty has the authority to 
take further action against the student, up to and including expulsion from the College. 

For the third formally established offense of academic dishonesty, failure in the 
course and expulsion from the College are mandatory. 

The associate dean of the faculty has the authority to determine whether actions or 
reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute "offenses of academic dishon- 
esty" as described above. 

Information related to offenses of academic dishonesty must be passed by the fac- 
ulty member to the associate dean of the faculty who shall retain the information for as 
long as the student involved is enrolled at the College. Information and evidence con- 
cerning academic dishonesty are the property of the College. Once the student has grad- 
uated from the College, the associate dean of the faculty will destroy these records. 

All actions against a student for academic dishonesty may be appealed by the student 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 9 



being accused. A written appeal must be presented to the associate dean of the faculty 
no later than the official date that mid-term grades are due the semester following the 
semester in which the action was taken against the student. The dean of the faculty will 
serve as final arbiter. 

Academic Probation and Suspension 

At the conclusion of each semester, the Dean's Academic Advisory Council meets to 
review the academic performance of all undergraduate students. The members of the 
council are the vice president for academic affairs and dean of the faculty, the vice pres- 
ident for enrollment and student services, the dean of student services, and the registrar. 
To maintain themselves in good academic standing at the College, students must 
achieve minimum cumulative grade point averages appropriate to progress toward their 
degree, and they must complete coursework at a regular and sustained pace. Minimum 
cumulative GPAs are as follows: 

Semester Hours Completed Required Cumulative GPA 

1-27 1.60 

28-55 1.70 

56-83 1.80 

84 or more 1 .90 

At the conclusion of each semester, the College examines students' academic 
records. Students who have not achieved the above minimum grade point averages will 
be given an Academic Warning, placed on Probation, or Academically Suspended 
from the College. 

Academic Warning. The first time students fall below the required cumulative GPA 
as listed above, they will be given Academic Warning. Academic Warning constitutes 
a formal notification that a student's academic performance is weak and that he or she 
needs to devote increased attention to academic work. Students receiving Academic 
Warning are cautioned that unless they achieve an acceptable cumulative grade point 
average, they will be placed on Probation and thereby lose the privilege of participat- 
ing in extracurricular activities (including such activities as intercollegiate sports, stu- 
dent government, campus media, student clubs, and Greek and service organizations). 

Probation. Students who fall a second time below the required cumulative GPA 
(whether in consecutive or nonconsecutive semesters) will be placed on Probation. A 
student on Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular activities. 

Final Probation. Students who fall a third time below the required cumulative GPA 
(whether in consecutive or nonconsecutive semesters) will be placed on Final Probation. 
A student on Final Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular ac- 
tivities, and the student will be informed that unless the student restores himself or her- 
self to good academic standing and maintains that status, the student will be suspended 
from the College. 

Academic Suspension. Students will be suspended academically from the College 
when (1) they fall a fourth time below the required cumulative GPA (whether in con- 
secutive or nonconsecutive semesters); (2) they fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of at 
least 0.75 at the conclusion of any semester; (3) they have not earned by the conclusion 
of the second and subsequent semesters of full-time enrollment a total of at least 6 

20 Undergraduate Academic Regulationss 2008-2009 Catalog 



credit hours of coursework for each semester completed. Students suspended will not 
be permitted to return for at least the full subsequent semester (fall or spring). To re- 
quest reinstatement, students must submit a written petition to the associate dean of the 
faculty. A suspended student who returns to the College and who is suspended again for 
academic reasons will be regarded as permanently separated from the College. 

Upon reinstatement to the college, a student will have two semesters to bring up his 
or her cumulative GPA to the minimum required for good academic standing at the 
College. 

Veterans' Services 

Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment 
to the Financial Aid Office after they register for each semester or summer session. 
The financial aid office will then submit certification to the Department of Veterans Af- 
fairs. 

Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete 
the appropriate forms before certification of enrollment will be sent from the financial 
aid office to the Department of Veterans Affairs. 

Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two 
consecutive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veter- 
ans with questions about the College or their status with the College should contact the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges 

Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of Service- 
members Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing post-sec- 
ondary education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, Lebanon 
Valley College recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has commit- 
ted itself to easing the transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency 
requirements, and crediting learning from appropriate military training and experi- 
ences. 

Teacher Certification for Nonmatriculated Students 

Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: 
students with degrees from other colleges, teachers seeking certification in other fields, 
or Lebanon Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students 
must present official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification 
to the registrar. The education department, the registrar and the appropriate academic 
department shall evaluate the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. 
A fee shall be charged for this service. 

All candidates must meet the criteria for Admission to Teacher Certification Can- 
didacy as detailed under the Department of Education, page 70. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2 1 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

General Education Program 

Through the General Education Program, the College most directly expresses its 
commitment to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its mission statement. The 
program includes four components: communications, liberal studies, cross-cultural 
studies, and disciplinary perspectives. This program seeks to prepare graduates who 
are broadly competent, skilled in communication, capable of analysis and interpretation, 
tolerant, and able to continue to learn in a rapidly changing world. 
Our academic program aims to educate students so that they: 

• acquire a broad base of knowledge across the liberal arts disciplines, including 
both content and method; 

• come to understand that facts are important primarily as evidence from which we 
infer meaning in the form of theories, arguments, and interpretations; 

• learn to draw upon and integrate different disciplines when considering particular 
problems or issues; 

• learn to think critically and independently, i.e., to understand, construct, and re- 
spond to arguments, and develop a questioning, open-minded attitude; 

• learn to communicate clearly and cogently, both in speech and in writing, in lis- 
tening and in reading; 

• acquire sensitivity and skill in interacting with different cultures and traditions, 
and come to understand and respect differences among human beings; 

• establish a foundation for their continuing education, including their intellectual, 
aesthetic, and moral growth, their personal and vocational development, and their un- 
derstanding of themselves as citizens at the local and global levels. 

The program consists of coursework in the following four areas: 

Communications. 15 credit hours. 

English Communications (2 courses) 
Writing Requirement (3 courses) 

This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in 
life. Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide op- 
portunities to practice and refine them throughout a student's college career. 
English Communications. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the 
related skills of speaking, reading, critical thinking, and researching. 

Requirement: ENG 1 1 1 or FYS 100; ENG 1 12. 

First-year students must fulfill the communications component of the General Ed- 
ucation Program by enrolling in either First- Year Seminar (FYS 1 00) or English Com- 
munications I (ENG 111). The primary goal of each course is to help first-year students 
become college-level writers. Students will be assigned the same amount of writing in 
both FYS 100 and ENG 1 1 1 . An important difference between the two courses is that 
each FYS class is organized around a particular topic, and students will write in re- 
sponse to various aspects of that topic, whereas ENG 1 1 1 is not organized around a 
particular topic, so its students can expect to write essays about a variety of different 

22 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2008-2009 Catalog 



topics. Students in FYS should expect to do more reading than students in ENG 111. 
Writing Requirement. In addition to English Communications, students must complete 
three courses designated Writing Process, preferably one each during the sophomore, 
junior and senior years. Along with course content, faculty will also teach writing in 
these courses and will make evaluation of writing quality an important factor in the 
course grade. 

Requirement: Three courses from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 201, 223, 229, 450; ART 212, 312, 314, 326, 350, 353; BIO 304, 
307, 312, 322, 324; BUS 285, 485; CHM 230, 321, 322; DCOM 285; 
DSP 340; ECN 321, 332, 410; EDU 3 1 1, 450; ELM 371; ENG 213, 221, 
222, 225, 226, 310, 315, 330, 341, 342, 350, 360; FRN 410, 420, 430, 
440, 450; GMN 410, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207, 208, 217, 226, 250, 310, 
312, 315; MBS 371; MED 334; MSC 201; MSC 343; PHL 210, 215, 230, 
270, 301, 311, 345, 349; PHT 202; PHY 328; PSC 207, 211, 215, 312, 
316, 345, 497, 498, 499; PSY 120, 245, 443; REL 230, 310, 313, 322, 
327, 333, 353; SOC 322, 324, 331, 382, 499; SPA 310, 410, 420, 430, 
440, 450, 460. 

Liberal Studies. 24-26 credit hours. 

At least one course in each area and two additional courses in different groups. 

Group I Group II Group III 

History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art 

Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy 

Courses in this component introduce fundamental concepts, methods and content 
in disciplines essential to a liberal education. 

Requirement: Eight courses, with at least one from each area, and no more than three 
in any group. 

Group I 
Area 1: History. Courses acquaint students with some of the principal developments in 
world or American history. Students analyze problems or controversies, and learn to 
use different kinds of source material. 

Approved: AMS 111, 220, 223, 225, 229, 340; HIS 103, 104, 105, 125, 126, 207, 
210, 217,226, 240; PSC 207; REL 340. 

Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and so- 
cial organization including international aspects of the world by examining the rela- 
tionships among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw 
on the theories and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare 
students to evaluate, integrate, and communicate information and issues related to 
human behavior. 

Approved: ECN 101, 102 150; PSC 100, 110, 215, 245; SOC 110, 120, 160. 210, 
230,261,280. 

Group II 

Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science, 
develop an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 23 



the practice of science, and prepare students to think critically about scientific issues. 

Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 1 1 1/1 13, 1 12/1 14; CHM 100, 111/113,1 12/1 14; ESS 
110, 120; PHY 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 111, 112, 120; PSY 120; SCI 
100. 

Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathe- 
matical constructs, and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the pow- 
ers and limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society. 

Approved: MAS 100, 111, 112, 150, 161, 162, 170,270. 

Group III 

Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of 
artistic expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them ana- 
lyze and broaden their understanding of works of art, music and literature and seek 
both to extend their aesthetic experience and enhance the quality of their critical judg- 
ment. 

Approved: AMS 201, 331; ART 100, 105, 112, 212, 219, 312, 314, 318, 322, 324, 
326, 328, 330, 331, 336, 338; DCOM 495; ENG 120, 221, 222, 225, 226, 
227, 228, 229, 495; FRN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GMN 410, 460; MSC 
100, 101, 200, 201, 242, 343; SPA 410, 420, 430, 440, 450 

Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical 
perspectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judg- 
ments and value systems are grounded in particular worldviews. Students are encour- 
aged to examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and 
tolerance for other value systems. 

Approved: AMS 220; PHL 110, 210, 215, 225, 230; REL 110, 160, 201, 202, 230, 
251,310,338,339,352. 

Cross-Cultural Studies. 12 credit hours. 

Two courses in a foreign language. 

One course in Foreign Studies. 

One course in Social Diversity Studies. 

This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel 
and trade increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students un- 
derstand, interpret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political sys- 
tems different from their own. 

Foreign Language. By learning another language, students see the world from a dif- 
ferent linguistic and cultural perspective. These courses help students understand that 
all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each language pro- 
vides special access to a particular human society. 

Requirement: Two courses. 

Options: 1 . Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the 
intermediate level. FRN, GMN, SPA 201/202. 

2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, ITA, SPA 101/102. 

3. Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years). 
FRN, GMN, SPA 101/102. 

24 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2008-2009 Catalog 



4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG 
department). 

International students who are fluent in a native language other than English are exempt 
from this requirement. 

Foreign Studies. Courses increase students' global awareness by introducing them to im- 
portant aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the Middle East and the Americas to foster 
an understanding of cultural, social, political, religious, or economic systems outside 
the European tradition. Alternatively, students may fulfill this requirement by partici- 
pating in a semester-long study-abroad program or by completing approved course work 
that involves substantial on-site immersion in a foreign culture. 

Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list. 

Approved: ART 334; HIS 273, 274, 275, 303, 304; GMN 305; MSC 202; PHL 252, 
254; PSC 211, 212 213; REL 140, 252, 253, 254, 255, 260, 265; SPA 
360, 460. 

Social Diversity Studies. Courses focus on the social diversity in the United States and 
allow students to engage critically the issues — such as race, gender, class, sexual ori- 
entation, religion — that historically have divided and defined Americans. Students who 
participate in semester-long programs in Philadelphia or Washington, D.C., sponsored 
by the Study Abroad office will be considered to have fulfilled the Social Diversity 
Studies requirement. 

Approved: AMS 120, 241, 242,247, 280, 330, 362, 420; ENG 420, 421; HIS 220, 
241, 242, 330; SDS 330; PSY 247; REL 120; SOC 224, 226, 240, 262 . 

SDS 330. Diversity in the Workforce. An investigation of reasons why questions of di- 
versity affect organizations including demographic changes, types of diversity, and rel- 
evant federal legislation. Considers differences in race, sex, gender, religion, sexual 
orientation, ethnic background, age, physical ability/disability and geography. 3 cred- 
its. 

Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours. 

One course from a list approved for this component. 

This component offers students an opportunity to bring insights from different dis- 
ciplines to the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches 
from at least two disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspec- 
tives, and challenge them to approach and analyze issues from various points of view. 
Junior or senior standing is required. 
Requirement: One course from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 311, 328; ART 350, 351, 353; DCOM 386; DSP 310, 322, 324, 
328, 340, 342, 348, 350, 352, 354, 370, 390; PHL 345, 349; PHT 412; 
PSC 345, 380; REL 313, 327, 332, 333, 335, 337, 342, 353. 

Multidisciplinary Courses (DSP): 

The faculty has approved the following multidisciplinary courses. All satisfy the 
General Education Program requirement for a disciplinary perspectives course. Junior 
or senior standing is required. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 25 



DSP 3 10. AIDS. An examination of the origins and history of HIV/ AIDS, including its 
economic, political, social, psychological and legal repercussions as well as the basics 
of virology, serology, epidemiology and diagnostic testing. 3 credits. 

DSP 322. The 20th-century World. An exploration of those forces that profoundly 
changed the institutions and structures of society in the 20th century including migra- 
tions within and across national borders, responses to environmental opportunities and 
threats, and uses and misuses of technology. Examines the rate, direction, and impli- 
cation of societal and cultural change at national and global levels. 3 credits. 

DSP 324. The American Presidency: Power and Character. An exploration of the re- 
lationship between a president's character and leadership using several administrations 
as case studies. Provides exposure to the historiographic literature on historical biog- 
raphy, presidential memoirs, the use of primary sources and the interpretation of pub- 
lic opinion. 3 credits. 

DSP 328. Film and the American Identity. This team-taught interdisciplinary course 
will critically examine how films reflect, consider, and question the dominant image and 
understanding of the American identity. 3 credits. 

DSP 340. Myths and Their Meaning. Looks at the significance Greek and Roman 
myths hold for us today from the perspectives of literature, psychology, religion, soci- 
ology and anthropology. 3 credits. 

DSP 342. Plants and People. Dependence on certain plants has shaped historical events 
and cultures, and continues to influence human lives today. This course explores the ex- 
tent of the impact of plant life on the history, culture, and daily life of human beings. 
Through lectures, student class presentations, hands-on exercises and field trips, and a 
one-day field trip to Longwood Gardens, the effect of plants in past and present human 
lives will be investigated. 3 credits. 

DSP 350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students 
with the physioLogical, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs includ- 
ing alcohol, marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opi- 
ates, LSD hallucinogens, barbiturates, and amphetamines. 3 credits. 

DSP 352. Marx and Marxism. Karl Marx is among the most influential thinkers in the 
modern world, and the ideology of Marxism has helped shape the cultural, religious, 
economic, and political history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This course 
will examine Marx and Marxism(s) from an interdisciplinary perspective, first by ex- 
ploring the life and word of Marx, and Marxist parties and movements, and then by ex- 
amining the effects Marx's thinking has had on global politics, economic theory, 
religion, and philosophy. By examining the historical and philosophical roots and con- 
tinuing significance of Marx and Marxism, students will have an occasion to practice 
a multidisciplinary study of a historical figure and movement and become better in- 
formed about intellectual and political history and how those continue to shape the 
world around us. 3 credits. 

DSP 370. Paranormal Phenomena: A Critical Examination. By combining ideas from 
the social and natural sciences, as well as religion and philosophy, this course focuses 

26 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2008-2009 Catalog 



on the importance of skepticism, scientific analysis, and valid logic when evaluating 
fringe-science topics such as ghosts, near-death experiences, psychics, astrology, UFOs 
and alien abductions, creationism, faith healing, alternative medicine, and other para- 
normal claims. 3 credits. 

DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disci- 
plinary perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make 
use of this opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The 
course selection booklet that appears before registration each semester will describe 
individual courses in this category. 3 credits. 

A student may petition the director of general education to substitute another course 
in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the program. 

Cooperative Programs 

Engineering 

In the cooperative 3+2 Engineering Program, a student earns a B.S. degree from 
Lebanon Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from 
another institution. Students do three years of work at Lebanon Valley College and then 
usually do two additional years of work in engineering. Students may study engineer- 
ing at any accredited engineering school. To assist the student, Lebanon Valley College 
has cooperative (contractual) agreements with The Pennsylvania State University and 
Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland. There are three tracks for 3+2 engi- 
neering. For most fields of engineering (e.g., civil, mechanical, electrical), the student 
completes the B.S. physics track. For chemical engineering, the student completes the 
B.S. chemistry track. For computer engineering, the student completes the B.S. com- 
puter science track. For more information, contact Professor Michael Day (director, 
3+2 Engineering Program). 

Forestry and Environmental Studies 

Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the 
liberal arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for 
admission to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke 
University, School of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first 
year of the two-year (plus one summer) program at Duke University, the student will 
receive the Bachelor of Science degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion 
of the program at Duke, the student will receive the professional degree of Master of 
Forestry (M.F.) or Master of Environmental Management (M.E.M.) from Duke Uni- 
versity. Students may major in biology, economics, political science or mathematics at 
Lebanon Valley College. 

Program Requirements: 

Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental 
studies through the cooperative program (3+2) with Duke University may major in bi- 
ology, economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. All such 
students shall take BIO 1 1 1, 1 12, 113, 1 14, 302; ECN 101,102; MAS 161 or 1 1 1; MAS 
170, regardless of major, and shall meet the general requirements of the College. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 27 



Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratory Science) 

The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill 
the requirements of the College and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies 
to a hospital with a C AHEA approved school of medical technology where he or she 
spends the fourth year in training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the ac- 
ademic record, recommendations and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the 
clinical year, the student is awarded the Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by 
Lebanon Valley College. The College is affiliated with the following hospitals: Jersey 
Shore Medical Center and Lancaster General Hospital. However, the student is not lim- 
ited to these affiliations and may seek acceptance at other approved hospitals. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 1 14, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology not in- 
cluding BIO 101, 102, 103, 400, 500; Immunology, BIO 323, is required by most pro- 
grams; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; PHY 103, 104; MAS 170 (51 
credits). The senior year is spent off campus at an accredited hospital school of med- 
ical technology. It is the student's responsibility to apply and become accepted into a 
hospital program. Thirty semester hours of credit are awarded for the successful com- 
pletion of this year. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Pre-Law Program 

Lebanon Valley students have done very well at a variety of law schools. Over the 
years, LVC students who have excelled academically have attended Harvard, Chicago, 
Columbia, Stanford, Washington and Lee, and William and Mary. Our graduates have 
also studied at several of Pennsylvania's fine schools of law, including Penn State Dick- 
inson, Temple, Villanova, Duquense, Drexel, and Widener. Lebanon Valley alumni have 
pursued legal careers with corporations, government, while a number have entered pol- 
itics. , 

Students should consult with the pre-law advisor well before commencing the law 
school application process. The pre-law advisor, Dr. Philip Benesch, will help you de- 
cide when to take the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) and which law schools may 
suit your interests and qualifications. The LSAT is required for acceptance at Ameri- 
can Bar Association-approved law schools. The LSAT is given four times during the 
year, typically in February, June, September, and December, and it may be taken at 
Lebanon Valley College. For many, it will be beneficial to take an LSAT preparation 
course. Two are available within a short driving distance of LVC. LVC has teamed with 
Kaplan to offer practice LSATS in early September and in February. A follow-up work- 
shop will be held approximately two weeks after each practice test. In addition, we 
strongly recommend that before taking the LSAT, students complete PHL 120 Basic 
Logic, a course required for the Law and Society minor. 

In addition to an applicant's LSAT score, law schools will consider his or her GPA, 
transcript, letters of recommendation, and personal statement. No single major is iden- 
tified as an ideal preparation for law school; rather a broad liberal-arts curriculum is pre- 

28 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2008-2009 Catalog 



ferred, with courses known for significant reading, writing, and thinking challenges 
being particularly valued. 

A law and society minor can be taken alongside any major at LVC. The 18 credit 
minor is composed of the following courses: 1) PHL 120, Basic Logic; 2) either PHL 215, 
Social Philosophy, or PHL/PSC 345, Political Philosophy; 3) PSC 215, Law and Gov- 
ernment; 4) PSC 316, Civil Liberties and Civil Rights; 5) PSC 400, Internship, and 6) 
PSC 497, Seminar in Legal Foundations. Further information on the Law and Society 
minor can be found in the History and Political Science section of the College Catalog. 

In addition, it is recommended that pre-law students take the following courses to 
fulfill general education requirements or free electives: under Area 1, HIS 125, United 
States History to 1865, and HIS 126, United States History since 1865; under Area 2, 
ECN 101, Principles of Microeconomics, ECN 102, Principles of Macroeconomics, 
and PSC 1 10, American National Government; under Area 6, PHL 160, Ethics. Other 
elective courses of potential interest to pre-law students include BUS 371/372, Business 
Law, and ACT 161/162, Financial and Managerial Accounting. 

Students interested in law school should contact the pre-law advisor as early as pos- 
sible in their studies at Lebanon Valley. Dr. Philip Benesch, the pre-law advisor and di- 
rector of the Law and Society Program, can be reached by phone at 717-867-6326, at 
his office HUM 306C, or by email at benesch@lvc.edu. 

Pre-Medical, Pre-Dentistry, Pre-Veterinary 

Lebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medi- 
cine, osteopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and vet- 
erinary fields. Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science 
curriculum with a major in biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, chemistry or 
psychobiology. 

In addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the 
student may participate in an internship program between the College and local physi- 
cians or veterinarians. Students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valu- 
able experience in the field. 

A health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition 
to offering advice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions ca- 
reers. 

Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest 
schools, including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, University of Virginia, 
Cornell University, The University of Pennsylvania, The University of Pittsburgh, Jef- 
ferson Medical School, Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine, The Pennsylvania 
State University Medical School at Hershey, Temple University School of Pediatric 
Medicine, The University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Med- 
icine, The Pennsylvania College of Pediatric Medicine, and the Pennsylvania College 
of Optometry. 

Individualized Major 

The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of 
concentration that is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty 
represents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable re- 
source for those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 29 



not fall into traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the College and 
its faculty are willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdiscipli- 
nary courses. 

A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application that in- 
cludes courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two 
faculty advisers for the proposed major, which shall consist of at least 24 credits above 
the 100 level. 

The student should submit the application to the vice president and dean of the fac- 
ulty for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisors. Any changes 
in the program must be submitted to the dean for approval. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentra- 
tion) with an individualized major. 

Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus 
those courses to meet the general requirements of the College. 

Internships 

An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to 
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government or not-for- 
profit organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their 
classroom learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of 
their liberal arts education in a variety of settings. 

To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, 
a student generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and re- 
ceive permission from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in in- 
ternships. The student must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the 
department sponsoring the internship and an on-site internship supervisor from the in- 
ternship location. Application forms for internships are available in the office of the reg- 
istrar. The application form shall be completed by the student and approved by the 
student's academic advisor, faculty internship supervisor, on-site internship supervi- 
sor, and the department chairperson prior to registration. 

For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time 
at the internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific 
criteria and procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, 
internships have an academic component that may include readings, reports, journals, 
seminars and/or faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of in- 
ternship during any one semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of 
internship to meet graduation requirements. All internships have a course number of 
400. 

Independent Study 

Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised 
reading, research or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The in- 
dependent study should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be 
used to approximate an existing course or to cover projects more properly described as 
internships. Junior or senior standing and a minimum GPA of 2.00 or higher are re- 
quired. 

30 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2008-2009 Catalog 



For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 
45 clock hours of time in reading, research or report writing. The independent study in- 
volves a contract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who 
will oversee the study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are 
available in the office of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and 
approved by the student's faculty advisor, the contract instructor, and the department 
chairperson. 

Students may enroll in a maximum of 3 credit hours per independent study in any 
one semester. A maximum of 6 credit hours in independent study may be used toward 
the graduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500. 

Tutorial Study 

Tutorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing for- 
mal course in the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Stu- 
dents desiring a tutorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to 
supervise the study on a one-on-one basis. 

For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of 
time in the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the 
student and the faculty advisor. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, 
report writing, faculty conferences, and examinations. All tutorial study courses have 
the same course number as the existing formal catalog course. 

Special Topics Courses 

From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the follow- 
ing course numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490-498, and 590. Special Topics courses are 
formal courses that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered in- 
frequently. These courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical 
or of special interest. Several different topics may be taught in one semester or aca- 
demic year. A specific course title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted 
on the student record. 

Study Abroad 

f 

Lebanon Valley College has established its own study abroad programs for students 
majoring in all subjects. All programs ensure a cultural immersion experience for stu- 
dents, with several programs, open to language majors and non-language majors, also 
offering a language-enhancement opportunity. These programs are located in Argentina, 
Australia, England, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, 
Spain and Sweden. Lebanon Valley College also offers off-campus academic internship 
programs in Philadelphia and Washington, D.C. Students in any major field can gain 
work experience in a large U.S. city while earning academic credits for the semester. 
Further information on all off-campus programs may be obtained at the Study Abroad 
Office, HUM 206, ext. 6076. See In- Absentia on page 14. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 3 1 



UNDERGRADUATE 
DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 

AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

The American studies program is designed to heighten critical awareness and ap- 
preciation of what is distinctive about American culture. As a self-consciously inter- 
disciplinary program, American studies is the primary site at LVC for courses dealing 
in women's studies, ethnic studies, cultural studies, and media studies. Its curriculum 
regularly touches on issues of class, gender, ethnicity, and multiculturalism. As a result, 
most of the general education's required courses in cultural diversity studies are listed 
through the American studies program. The program is also developing courses that 
will critically explore the interrelationship of religion and politics in the United States, 
the impacts of consumerism on the American economy and culture, the distinction be- 
tween 'pop culture' and 'high culture,' and the importance of the counter-cultural move- 
ment in American art, literature, and film. 

The American studies program draws on faculty from various disciplines and de- 
partments from throughout the College, such as religion and philosophy, history and po- 
litical science, anthropology, art, English, music, and biology. Each class is committed 
to engendering a culture of participation in which student input and engagement is ab- 
solutely essential to the success of the course. Also, the program is known for creating 
many of the most innovative and experimental courses on campus, such as the team- 
taught courses on violence and non-violence and on film and the American identity. 

The requirements for a major or minor in American studies are relatively light and 
extremely flexible. This allows many of the majors and minors to add a double-major, 
and also provides ample opportunity for studying abroad. An undergraduate degree in 
American studies can lead to a career in teaching, publishing, law, journalism, govern- 
ment, consulting and research, historic preservation, museums, archiving, tourism, or 
a number of other professions. Many of our graduates also go on to graduate school to 
earn a master's degree or doctorate in American studies or a related discipline. 

Degree requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American studies. 

Major Core: 33 credits 

Students must take at least six AMS courses, including AMS 1 1 1 and AMS 450, and 

at least one course at the 200 and 300 level. 

In addition this minimum of six AMS courses, students must take at least two (and no 
more than five) courses outside of the program on topics related to U.S. culture. These 
courses will be chosen in consultation with the advisor. 

Minor: 1 8 credits 

AMS 1 1 1 and AMS 450 are required, in addition to at least one course at the 200 level 

and one at the 300 level. 



32 American Studies 2008-2009 Catalog 



Courses in American Studies (AMS): 

111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and charac- 
ter. 3 credits. 3 credits. 

120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expres- 
sion in America. Specific focus is given to elements of diversity in American religious 
life. Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as REL 120.] 

140. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States 
from colonial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James, and 
Dewey. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as PHL 14 O.J 

201. Music of the United States. A historical survey of American music emphasizing 
stylistic developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the 
present. Includes American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. Writing 
Process. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as MSC 201.] 

223. American Thought and Culture. A survey of American intellectual history and 
cultural criticism ranging from Puritanism and Enlightenment Rationalism to multi- 
culturalism, feminism, and post-modernism. Writing process. 3 credits. 

225. Democracy in America. This course will explore both the historical origins and 
development of the cultural ideal of democracy in the United States. By focusing on the 
cultural ideal of democracy, it will seek to understand the impact and meaning of 
democracy in America beyond that of political institutions alone. It will include read- 
ings and discussions in history, literature, politics, and cultural anthropology. 3 credits. 

229. Culture and Conflict in Modern America. An examination of the social, political, 
economic and cultural upheaval of the 1960s and 1970s in the historical context. Writ- 
ing process. 3 credits. 

240. Working Class Studies. This course incorporates a variety of approaches to work- 
ing class studies: historical, sociological, cultural, and political. Students will learn 
about the origins of the modern working class in both 16th century Europe and the 
slave colonies of the Caribbean. They will also learn about the history and current prac- 
tice of the labor movement; the different ways workers have organized politically in 
the past and present; the role of race, gender, national origin, and skill in organizing 
labor markets and workers' identities; the depiction of workers in the mass media, par- 
ticularly film. The primary focus of the class will be on the US, but some comparisons 
to other countries will be made to help highlight what is specifically American about 
our class system. Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

247. Psychological Perspective on Gender. This course is designed to address a broad 
spectrum of issues related to the psychology of gender. Of central importance is the 
examination of empirical findings related to gender differences and similarities in bi- 
ological, behavioral, cognitive, social, and emotional domains. The course will also in- 
volve a critical examination of the meaning of gender in the field of psychology and in 
the broader society. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 or 130. Cultural Diversity Stud- 
ies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as PSY 247.] 

Lebanon Valley College American Studies 33 



2 60. African-American Studies. Students will learn about the African societies and cul- 
tures that shaped the skills and mores of enslaved Africans, the economic and politics of 
the Atlantic slave trade, the variety of slaveries in the Americas, the intersections be- 
tween sharecropping and Jim Crow, between white supremacy and black exclusion from 
the 18th to the 20th centuries. Students will gain an appreciation for the complexity of 
African- American thought and culture over the last century, and the often bewildering 
identities of contemporary black Americans shaped and fractured by political beliefs, 
class position, gender and national origins. Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

280. Gender and Sexual Minorities in American Culture. This course explores the 
lives of those individuals living with a lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or queer iden- 
tity (LGBTQ) and the relationship these individuals have with those around them. Ex- 
ploration of the historical and contemporary implications of living with an LGBTQ 
identity, how these identities develop, the struggle for civil rights and legal protections, 
and how various factors such as the AIDS crisis, the media, religion, and others impact 
LGBTQ persons will also be explored. Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

3 11. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technology 
and their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. 
Prerequisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits. 

328. Film and the American Identity. This team-taught, interdisciplinary course will 
critically examine how films reflect, construct, and question the dominant image and 
understanding of the American identity. Disciplinary perspective. 4 credits. 

330. American Ruling Class. This course offers students a chance to explore the ori- 
gins, histories, institutions and current practices of the American aristocracy. Students 
will learn about how the very rich families that currently enjoy enormous hereditary 
wealth obtained and maintain their fortunes. Students will also investigate the histories 
and current policies of the institutions that protect and promote the wealthy such as 
corporations, the stock market, and government. 3 credits. 

331. American Art. An introduction to art from 1650 to the present day. The course 
offers a critical grounding in selected themes with an emphasis on cultural history 
and stylistic change. Includes painting, architecture, film, photography, and sculp- 
ture. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as ART 3 31. J 

340. One Nation Under God? This course will explore the relationship between reli- 
gion and politics in the United States. It will include an examination of the role religion 
played in the founding vision of our nation's democracy, as well as the important sep- 
aration between church and state that has been achieved over the course of our nation's 
history. With this historical backdrop in mind, special emphasis will then be given to the 
ascendancy of the religious right in recent electoral politics. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as 
Religion 340.] 

362. Multiculturalism and American Identity. This class offers you a chance to famil- 
iarize yourself with the variety of ethnic, racial, gender, and sexual groups and identities 
in the U.S. You will gain or enhance your intellectual framework for understanding and 
appreciating diversity. It also will prepare you to survive and thrive in our complex and 



34 American Studies 2008-2009 Catalog 



challenging world. The course relies on history, literature, and cultural studies and will 
be challenging but also fun. Social diversity studies. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience at a cultural agency. Ordinarily intended for juniors 
and seniors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. 
Minimum 3 credits. 

420. African- American Literature. This course examines African- American literature 
from the 19th century to the present. It will provide a foundation in African American 
literary traditions, including the slave narrative, texts from the Harlem Renaissance, 
and the writings of the Black Arts Movement. The discussion format of the course will 
provide space for students to explore how African- American writers have uniquely ad- 
dressed issues of race, gender, national identity, slavery, and citizenship. Social diver- 
sity studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as ENG 420.] 

450. Senior Seminar. A capstone course organized around a major theme or issue in the 
American experience. Themes and issues vary from year to year as the seminar rotates 
among faculty in several academic departments. Students are able to integrate their 
educational experience and implement further the interdisciplinary methodology in a 
holistic approach to a topic or subject. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. Director of general education program. 

Ph.D., Boston University. 

Grieve-Carlson teaches courses in American literature, American Studies, Greek myth, 

and grammar. He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published 

on American cultural criticism and twentieth-century poetry. Serving as director of 

general education, he organizes the yearly colloquium and supervises the First- Year 

Seminars. 

John Hinshaw, associate professor of history. Director of the American studies pro- 
gram. 

Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University. 

Hindshaw teaches courses on modern American history, black history, urban history, 
African history, world history, labor history, and specialized courses in race and eth- 
nicity. He has written and edited books on the industrial revolution in world history, 
the steel industry and steel workers in Western Pennsylvania, and the labor movement 
in the United States. 

Renee Lapp Norris, associatet professor of music. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Norris teaches the music history sequence, American music history, other topics 

courses, and form and analysis. 

Michael Pittari, associate professor of art. 
M.F.A., University of Tennessee. 

Pittari 's abstract paintings incorporate color, line, and surface to address issues of bal- 
ance and compatibility. He is a former editor of the journal Art Papers, with research 
interests in design, film and critical theory. He is represented by Marcia Wood Gallery 

Lebanon Valley College American Studies 35 



in Atlanta and has exhibited throughout the United States. He teaches studio art and de- 
sign in addition to courses on film theory. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, associate professor of religion and American studies. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

Robbins' area of specialization is in continental philosophy of religion. He is also in- 
terested in the relationship between religion and politics. His teaching interests include 
contemporary religious thought, world religions, film theory, and religion and culture. 
He is the author of two books, Between Faith and Thought: An Essay on the Ontothe- 
ological Condition (2003), and In Search of a Non-Dogmatic Theology (2004), and ed- 
itor of the forthcoming After the Death of God with John D. Caputo and Gianni Vattimo. 

Catherine Romagnolo, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Romagnolo teaches courses in American literature, women's literature, and various 

forms of writing. She has published on topics such as American literature and narrative 

theory and is working on a project on narrative beginnings. 

Donald E. Byrne, professor emeritus of religion. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

Byrne's scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in 

the Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include American 

studies, religion and ethics, religion and literature, peace studies, and mysticism. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, adjunct instructor in history. 
M.A., Miller sville University. 

Benowitz teaches American history. His research and teaching interest is on U.S. po- 
litical history for the period since 1928, with particular focus on the Roosevelt-Tru- 
man and Kennedy- Johnson administrations. Related fields of interest include social, 
cultural, and diplomatic history for the period since 1945. He is completing a doctor- 
ate at Temple University. 

R. Troy Boyer, adjunct instructor in American studies. 
ABD, Indiana University. 

His dissertation at the University of Indiana is titled "Datt Drunne Deheem (Down 
Home); Sense of Place in Pennsylvania Dutch Country." He teaches introductory Amer- 
ican studies, popular culture, and other courses. 

Eugene Raymond Kelly, assistant director of student activities and student develop- 
ment, adjunct instructor of American studies. 
M.S., West Chester University. 



36 American Studies 2008-2009 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF ART AND ART HISTORY 

In the art and art history program we challenge students to explore the creative 
process and to engage with art objects — whether in the art studio, the exhibition space, 
the print media or the commercial world — with energy, commitment, and critical in- 
sight. Our goal is to foster graduates who recognize and uphold the essential contribu- 
tion of the visual arts to human society. 

The degree program in art and art history offers studio art and design, art history, and 
art education (K-12). Students can take a wide variety of courses that include digital 
media, film, and museum study. Central to the program is a direct engagement with 
works of art; thus, most courses include a field trip to a museum, gallery, or private 
collection. 

The department is situated in the newly redesigned Lynch Memorial Hall, contain- 
ing classrooms with state-of-the-art digital projection systems; dedicated painting, 
sculpture, and design studios; private studio spaces for advanced students; and a large 
photographic darkroom. The nearby Gladys M. Fencil Art Building contains dedicated 
studios for drawing and ceramics, including potter's wheels, kilns, and raku equipment. 
Next door is the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery, hosting museum-quality exhibitions 
of work by innovative contemporary artists and historical masters, and housing a dy- 
namic permanent art collection for instruction and student research. 

Graduates of the art and art history program can pursue a wide variety of creative 
endeavors, including commercial illustration and fashion design; magazine layout and 
editing; stage, exhibition, and/or website design; photographic research; and art gallery 
management. Students who successfully complete the art certification program are qual- 
ified to teach kindergarten through 12th grade. The art and art history program also pre- 
pares students for graduate school in art history, studio art, architecture, or art therapy, 
which can lead to professional work as an artist or to a career in teaching and research, 
journalism, conservation, museum curatorship, design, architecture, or art therapy. 

There are no prerequisites for entry into the art and art history program. A high ad- 
vanced placement score may entitle a student to advanced studio or art history course 
placement. 

Art and Art History Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in art and art history; certification in art educa- 
tion. 

Major: Core requirements: ART 100, 105, 112, 209, 212. Seven additional ART 
courses. ART 405 (39 credits). 

Art Education Certification Requirements: ART 100, 105, 1 12, 209; 211 or 225; 212, 
213, 219, 223; 312 or 314; 355. Two additional courses from those offered to art and 
art history majors (39 credits). Certification candidates must also take ART 360; EDU 
110, 310; ELM or SED 280, SED 440; SED 430, 431; and PSY 180. (Minimum cu- 
mulative GPA of 3.0; other State requirements apply.) 

Minor: ART 100, 105, 1 12, 209, 212, and one additional course from those offered to 
art and art history majors (18 credits). 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 37 



Courses in Art and Art History (ART): 

100. Concepts in the Visual Arts. This course explores fundamental issues in the pro- 
duction and interpretation of art. Representation and style, changing ideas of beauty, the 
artist in society, art and controversy, and the relationship of art to visual culture are 
studied as the basis for gaining a greater understanding of images. 3 credits. 

105. Fundamentals of Drawing. Using a variety of media, this essential studio course 
explores drawing as a way of seeing and recording traditional and experimental visual 
information from the world around us. Principles of composition and explorations of 
personal expression are also introduced. 3 credits. 

11 2. Art Survey: Ancient-Gothic. An introduction to art and architecture in its histor- 
ical and cultural context from the ziggurats of Mesopotamia and the pyramids of dy- 
nastic Egypt to the temples of ancient Greece and Rome, the mosaics of Byzantium, and 
the illuminated manuscripts and soaring cathedrals of medieval Europe. Attention is 
paid to skills in critical description and visual analysis. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Art Therapy. This course explores the history of the art therapy 
profession and the development of creative expression in young people up to the age 
of fourteen. Emphasis is placed on the use of different art media, approaches, and tech- 
niques. 3 credits. 

209. Fundamentals of Sculpture. Through the use of time-honored materials — plaster, 
clay, and wood — this studio course investigates three-dimensional form as a basis for 
art and design. Modeling, carving, mold-making, metalworking, and assemblage are in- 
troduced as essential sculptural processes in a variety of projects. 3 credits. 

211. Photography. This course explores the technical and conceptual elements of fine- 
art, film-based photography. Students are introduced to the operation of the camera, 
processes of film development and black-and-white printing, compositional and aes- 
thetic principles, and thematic explorations. Single lens reflex camera with manual 
mode required. 3 credits. 

212. Art Survey: Renaissance-Postmodern. From Giotto to Giacometti, Fragonard to 
Frank Lloyd Wright, an examination of the visual and material culture of the Western 
world from the fourteenth century to the present day. Special attention is paid to aes- 
thetics, economics, gender, and nationalism. Writing process. 3 credits. 

21 3. Fundamentals of Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and 
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles 
of composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. 3 credits. [Cross- 
listed as DCOM 255.] 

217. Figure Drawing. This course calls on traditional methods of anatomical study for 
an intensive exploration of human form as a central component of drawing and ex- 
pressive mark-making. Students consider historical and contemporary figurative art as 
a basis for the development of individual concepts. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by per- 
mission. 3 credits. 



38 Art and Art History 2008-2009 Catalog 



219. Fundamentals of Painting. Using art-historical examples, this course introduces 
the physical and visual properties of paint. Through a variety of projects, students ex- 
plore the expressive potential of this medium and learn basic techniques of professional 
studio practice, such as constructing a painting support and working safely with paint. 
Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

221. Watercolor. This course introduces the unique physical and visual properties of 
watercolor paint. Individual pictorial development is emphasized through a variety of 
subjects, with a focus on historical and contemporary uses of the medium. Prerequisite: 
ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

223. Ceramics. Students explore a number of essential ceramic techniques, such as 
pinch-, coil-, and slab-construction, wheel-throwing, and a range of low-temperature 
surface treatments. The course focuses on fundamental principles of design, with ref- 
erence to ceramic history and contemporary uses of the medium. 3 credits. 

225. Printmaking. In this studio course students explore a variety of techniques and ap- 
proaches central to the history of printmaking, including relief printing, intaglio, col- 
lographs, and monotypes. Students also learn how prints are handled and exhibited. 
Prerequisites: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

305. Intermediate Drawing. Students move beyond Fundamentals of Drawing to ex- 
plore the expressive and thematic potential of a variety of media and subjects. Atten- 
tion is paid to the history of drawing and to the development of individual concepts 
and professional studio practices. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

309. Pastel. This course introduces students to the visual and tactile properties of pas- 
tel and explores the expressive potential of the medium through a variety of techniques, 
from non-directional mark-making to edge-building. Attention is paid to the history of 
pastel and to basic rules of conservation and framing. Prerequisites: ART 105 or by 
permission. 3 credits. 

312. Renaissance Art. Focusing on the late thirteenth to the end of the sixteenth cen- 
tury, this course offers a comprehensive survey of the major monuments, themes, and 
developments of Renaissance art in Europe. Works by Giotto, Van Eyck, Brunelleschi, 
Botticelli, Durer, Michelangelo, Raphael, and Titian, among others, are examined. Par- 
ticular attention is paid to the antique tradition in the arts, development of the profes- 
sional artist, church patronage, and the development of modern political and economic 
systems. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 1 12 or ART 212. Writing process. 3 credits. 

314. Art in the Age of Romanticism. This course uncovers the roots of modernism by 
tracing patterns of change in the art of France, Spain, England, and the German states 
from the 1780s to the 1860s. Painting and sculpture are examined in the context of po- 
litical unrest, urban and industrial expansion, colonialism, the lure of the Orient, new 
criticism, and the burgeoning art market. Artists include David, Goya, Friedrich, Con- 
stable, and Courbet. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 1 12 or ART 212. Writing process. 
3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 39 



315. Intermediate Sculpture/Ceramics. This course offers an intensive exploration of 
the making of sculpture, extending beyond fundamental processes to more advanced 
areas of thematic study. Historical and contemporary viewpoints are examined. Pre- 
requisites: ART 209 or by permission. 3 credits. 

318. Greek and Roman Art and Architecture. A survey of ancient Greek and Roman 
art and architecture, highlighting major stylistic phases, monuments, and objects of art 
from the Greek Archaic period to the fall of Rome. The cultural, philosophical, politi- 
cal, and economic contexts from which Greek and Roman art emerged, and classical re- 
vivals in post-medieval Europe and in America, are also explored. Prerequisites: ART 
100 or ART 112. 3 credits. 

319. Intermediate Painting. This course takes a thematic approach to painting, focus- 
ing on such areas of study as figuration and abstraction. Emphasis is on process, tech- 
nique, and individual conceptual investigations within historical and contemporary 
models. Prerequisites: ART 219 or by permission. 3 credits. 

322. Italian Baroque Art and Architecture. This course surveys painting, sculpture, 
and architecture in a social, political, and cultural context in 1 7th- and 1 8th-century 
Italy. The work of the Carracci, Caravaggio, Bernini, and Borromini will be examined. 
Students explore such issues as patronage by private citizens, nobles, and popes; art 
and religion; the classical tradition; and art and architectural theory. Prerequisites: ART 
1 12 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

324. Northern European Art f 17th and 18th Centuries. An introduction to the art of 
the Low Countries and France, including the work of Rubens, Rembrandt, and Ver- 
meer; the French Caravaggisti, Poussin, Claude, Watteau and Boucher. Particular at- 
tention is paid to questions of stylistic, geographical, and political difference and to the 
social circumstances in which works were produced, viewed, and sold. Prerequisites: 
ART 1 12 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

326. Impressionism and Post-Impressionism. An examination of the origins, making 
and meaning of Impressionist and Post-Impressionist paintings in the context of mo- 
mentous social and economic change in 19th-century France. Artists include Manet, 
Degas, Monet, Cezanne, Gauguin and Van Gogh. Particular attention is paid to artist 
training; the exhibition, sale, and collecting of art; and new choices of subject matter. 
Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

328. Modern Art. An overview of modern and postmodern art from the 1 890s to the 
present, including important stylistic movements such as Cubism, Dada and Surrealism, 
Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, and a number of postmodern approaches since 1960. 
The focus will be on the ideas, works, and critical reception of specific artists, widened 
to include issues of race and gender and related developments in politics and literature. 
Prerequisites: ART 212. 3 credits. 

331. American Art. An introduction to American art from 1650 to the present day. The 
course offers a critical grounding in selected themes, with an emphasis on cultural his- 
tory and stylistic change. Includes painting, architecture, film, photography, and sculp- 
ture. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as AMS 331.] 



40 Art and Art History 2008-2009 Catalog 



334. East Asian Art. An introductory survey of the art and architecture of China and 
Japan from the Neolithic age to the 20th century, examined in a social, cultural and po- 
litical context. Among the topics covered: Jomon pottery in Japan; Buddhist caves in 
China; imperial palaces in Chang' an and Beijing; Japanese castles; landscape, figure, 
scroll, and screen painting; and Eastern gardens. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

336. East West: Art and Cultural Interchange from Hellenism to the Modern Era. An 

examination of the impact of Eastern culture, aesthetics, and formal design on Western 
art and architecture, from the Hellenistic Greek embrace of Persian and Indian motifs 
to the intersection of nonwestern ideas and the oeuvre of Picasso. The impact of West- 
ern motifs on Japanese art in the 19th century is also explored. Attention is given to 
Western historical conceptions of "otherness" and to the limitations of Western critical 
approaches to art history. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

338. Rome. This course investigates the art, culture, and architecture of Rome from the 
pre-Republican era to the 20th century. Organized thematically and chronologically, 
the course considers such topics as: images of authority (Republican & Empire); sub- 
terranean Rome: the catacombs; the path of the medieval pilgrim; antiquity and its rein- 
terpretations in the Renaissance; the papacy and urban planning in 
Counter-Reformation Rome; the Grand Tour; and Mussolini and fascist architecture. 
Prerequisites: ART 1 12 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

340. Museum Studies. This course examines the history, principles, and practices of art 
museums. Students investigate issues related to the development, care, and use of 
museum collections; the function, management, and operation of museums of art; 
museum education; curatorial methods and exhibition development; and research and 
catalogue writing. Participants plan, organize, and mount a temporary exhibition at the 
Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery. Prerequisites: ART 1 12 and ART 212. 3 credits. 

345. Digital Video. This course introduces students to the basic principles and practices 
of digital video creation and production. This course allows the student to build their 
digital videomaking skills by having them conceive, storyboard, film, edit, and author 
projects in DVD format. To complement their practical knowledge, the course gives 
the students theoretical understanding of how moving and time-based imagery function 
both conceptually and expressively. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as DCOM 345.] 

350. Paris: Art, Culture and Urban Development. An exploration of the art, architec- 
ture, culture, and urban planning of Paris from Roman settlement to modern capital 
city. Students assess the ways in which the demands of patrons, the vision of urban ad- 
ministrators, and the increasing power of the middle class tempered the aims of artists 
in the city over the centuries. "Visits" include Notre Dame, the Louvre palace, Mont- 
martre, and even the Paris sewers, with excursions to Versailles and other royal 
chateaux. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

351. Color: Art and Cultural Context. This course immerses students in a thematic in- 
vestigation of color as a dynamic force in human perception, the natural world, and 
popular contemporary culture. Perceptual experiments, readings, and film screenings 
help to uncover the vital role color plays in our understanding of the world around us. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 41 



353. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the vi- 
sual arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist, and 
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreli- 
gious content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary per- 
spective. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as REL 353.] 

355. Digital Graphic Design. The course will focus on blending the creative and tech- 
nical aspects of developing electronic images. Students will apply traditional art meth- 
ods and techniques to the electronic canvas. Additionally, the course will serve to provide 
a historical perspective of electronic imaging and examine the limitations and possibil- 
ities of working in the electronic medium. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as DCOM 355.] 

360. Teaching Art in the Elementary and Secondary School. Using skills in drawing, 
painting, sculpture, printmaking and ceramics, certification candidates learn how to 
address all ability levels in the elementary- and secondary-school art classroom. The 
course addresses the needs of students with disabilities, as well as classroom manage- 
ment and organization, approaches to school administration, budgeting, lesson plan- 
ning, grading, special events, and ways to establish assignment deadlines. Prerequisites: 
open only to Art Education Certification candidates. 3 credits. 

405. Advanced Study. The focus of this course is an extensive research project in art his- 
tory or the creation and exhibition of a unique body of work in the art studio, facilitated 
by individual tutorials and group discussion. 3 credits 

Faculty 

Barbara Anderman, associate professor of art. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey. 

Anderman 's research and publications have focused on French genre painting and art 

theory in the Baroque and early modern period. She has served as a consulting editor 

to The Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York. She teaches courses in 1 8th- and 

19th-century art and architecture, and the art and culture of Paris. 

G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence. 
M.F.A., The University of Kansas. 

Pastel on paper is his primary medium. His work is in many public collections, in- 
cluding The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Philadelphia Museum of Art, Smithsonian 
American Art Museum, and Art Institute of Chicago. He is represented by Forum, with 
galleries in New York City and Los Angeles. He teaches advanced studio courses and 
Greek and Roman Art and Architecture. 

Michael Pittari, associate professor of art. 

M.F.A., The University of Tennessee. 

Pittari 's abstract paintings incorporate color, line, and surface to address issues of 

balance and compatibility. He is a former editor of the journal Art Papers, with research 

interests in design, film and critical theory. He has exhibited his work throughout the 

United States. He teaches studio art and design in addition to courses on color and film 

theory. 



42 Art and Art History 2008-2009 Catalog 



Scott Schweigert, director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and assistant profes- 
sor of art. 

M.A., The George Washington University. 

Schweigert is a specialist in Renaissance and Southern Baroque art, whose research 
interests include issues of art patronage in Baroque Rome and architecture of the 15th 
to 1 8th century. He has worked at several museums and a commercial old-master gallery 
in Washington, D.C. He teaches courses in Museum Studies, Renaissance and Baroque 
art, and the art and culture of Rome. 

Grant Taylor, assistant professor of art history and digital communications. 
Ph.D., The University of Western Australia. 

Taylor's interdisciplinary research centers on the symbiotic relationship between art, 
science, and technology in the late twentieth century. His work has been published in 
the journal Consciousness, Literature and the Arts. In his native Australia, he has di- 
rected a documentary and exhibited his films and digital art. He teaches courses in 
modern art, design theory, and digital film production. 

Karen Beall, adjunct instructor in art. 
M.F.A., The University of Tennessee. 

Beall is a nationally recognized sculptor, whose work has been exhibited in New York, 
Los Angeles, and Philadelphia. Her work is on permanent display at the Hartsf ield At- 
lanta International Airport as a part of the airport's public art collection. She teaches 
courses in ceramics and sculpture. 

Marie Riegle-Kinch, adjunct assistant professor of art. 

M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University. Reigle-Kinch has exhibited her mixed 
media drawings and paintings throughout the United States. A writer as well as a 
professional artist, she has received an award for her fiction for children. She 
teaches courses in drawing, illustration, and religious art. 

Nancy Williams, adjunct instructor in art education. 

M.Ed. Millersville University. 

Williams has over seventeen years experience teaching in secondary education in the 
public school system, specializing in advanced placement studio art and fine arts met- 
als. Her work has been exhibited at Millersville University and regional galleries. She 
teaches courses in drawing and art education. 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 43 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Biology Program 

The Biology Department attempts to share with all LVC students the role of living 
organisms within the universe. We encourage the students to understand how these or- 
ganisms interact with each other and their environments and are the result of the com- 
plex interplay of ordinary chemicals, arranged according to the fundamental laws of 
physics and assembled in mathematically predictable ways. 

The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well versed in 
the principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate 
novel concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly 
their findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline, and maintain 
honest academic conduct. 

The Biology Department curriculum (1) employs the underlying principles of biol- 
ogy and requires a background in the supporting disciplines; (2) requires the applica- 
tion of the scientific method in the laboratory or field; (3) integrates informational 
retrieval, the synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of re- 
search findings; and (4) prepares students for advanced study in medical, dental and vet- 
erinary professional schools, graduate schools, and employment in technical fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology. 

Major: BIO 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 201, 499; one course each in the general areas of phys- 
iology, cellular and subcellular biology, botany, morphology and population biology 
(33 credits). CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216 (16 credits); PHY 103, 104 
or 1 1 1, 1 12; MAS 161 or 1 1 1 (60-62 total credits). 

Minor: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114; plus four additional courses in biology at 200 or above 
except BIO 400 and 500. (24 total credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology 
must take BIO 312, 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and 
SED430,431 and 440. 

Courses in Biology (BIO): 

BIO 111, 112, 113 and 114 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology un- 
less otherwise noted. Students must achieve at least a C- average (1.67) in BIO 
111/113 and BIO 112/114 before taking upper level BIO courses. 

101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate 
physiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis, 
major organ systems, immunity and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include 
sensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology and ECG. 4 credits. 

102. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the 
major emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging 
from basic cell reproduction through gamete production and early developmental stages 
are also covered. Classical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including 
both chromosomal and gene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genet- 
ics and application of genetics to biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. 

44 Biology 2008-2009 Catalog 



The laboratory is intended to give the student "hands-on" experience in making obser- 
vations, performing experiments and working with scientific equipment. Topics to be 
covered in the laboratory include studying prepared slides, performing genetic crosses, 
activating genes in bacteria, isolating DNA and learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 
credits. 

103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an 
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes 
and current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems 
are evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water re- 
sources, ozone depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, ero- 
sion, loss of wetlands, energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. 
Laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 
4 credits. 

111. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is de- 
signed for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, 
histology, and evolution. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 113.3 credits. 

112. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, 
covers concepts in physiology, botany, embryology, and ecology. Must be taken con- 
currently with Biology 1 14. 3 credits. 

113. General Biology I Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, car- 
bohydrate analysis, isolation and identification of plant pigments, microscopy, and his- 
tological techniques. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 111.1 credit. 

114. General Biology II Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include shark anatomy, in- 
vertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angiosperms, Stom- 
ate response to environmental changes, animal taxonomy, and an ecological field study. 
Must be taken concurrently with Biology 112.1 credit. 

201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and mo- 
lecular genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classi- 
cal and molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, 
genetic crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: 
one year of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Animal Behavior. A study of the basic concepts of invertebrate and vertebrate be- 
havior with emphasis on the development, genetics, physiology and evolution of be- 
havior. Laboratory exercises include ethogram construction, avian foraging, aggressive 
display analysis and estrous cycle regulation. Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 
credits. 

221. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with 
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. In- 
tensive laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative ver- 
tebrates. 4 credits. 

222. Human Physiology. The design of this course is intended to impart an under- 
standing of the basic concepts of human physiology with emphasis on neuromuscular, 

Lebanon Valley College Biology 45 



cardiovascular, and endocrine physiology. Laboratory exercises place emphasis on ef- 
fective experimental designs and data analysis in the study of physiological mecha- 
nisms. Lab exercises cover such topics as muscle contraction measurements, spirometry, 
and EKG analysis. 4 credits. Does not fulfill a biology major requirement. 

302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and 
the relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with 
the structure and reproduction of algae and plants and with the identification and pol- 
lination of flowering plants in the local flora. 4 credits. 

304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of an- 
imal development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory 
includes the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and 
metamorphosis. Writing process. 4 credits. 

305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic 
anatomy of vertebrate tissues, including the structure and function of membranes and 
organelles, cell motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and special- 
ization in relation to function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sec- 
tions using selected histochemical and histological procedures as well as a variety of 
microscopic techniques. 4 credits. 

306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology and biochemistry of repre- 
sentative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques 
and procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascu- 
lar plants. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 
credits. 

312. Ecology I. An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive labo- 
ratory work and field experiences in freshwater, marine and terrestrial ecosystems. 
Writing process. 4 credits. 

322. Vertebrate Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with 
emphasis on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and 
the interactions of the various organs in maintaining total body function. One semes- 
ter of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological 
and biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a 
discussion of non-specific immunity, cellular immunity and antibody-mediated im- 
mune responses. The course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological 
topics which are discussed with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics 
include autoimmunity, histocompatibility, immunogenetics and acquired immune de- 
ficiencies. Prerequisites: CHM 111, 113 or equivalent or permission. 4 credits. 

324. Invertebrate Physiology. A study of many of the invertebrate phyla, concentrating 
on the physiological mechanisms controlling movement, metabolism, information, and 
control and reproduction. Writing process. 4 credits. 



46 Biology 2008-2009 Catalog 



360. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students 
seeking certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include 
assisting in the preparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; 
and preparation, administration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: 
permission of the instructor. 1 credit. 

404. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and 
transmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students 
will learn the proper use, application and limitations of the appropriate instruments. 
Prerequisite: BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits. 

409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantita- 
tive aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permis- 
sion of the instructor. 4 credits. 

499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an 
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. 
This course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits. 

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program 

The Biology Department offers a biochemistry and molecular biology program in 
conjunction with the Chemistry Department, described on page 61. The major in bio- 
chemistry and molecular biology is an interdisciplinary program that provides an op- 
portunity for interested students to engage in a comprehensive study of the chemical 
basis of biological processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced study in 
medical, dental and other professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety of 
subjects including biochemistry, clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, 
genetics, microbiology, and physiology and for research positions in industrial, aca- 
demic and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry and molecular biology. 

Major: BIO 111,112, 113, 114, 201; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; 
BCMB 401, 421, 422, 430, 499; MAS 161; PHY 103, 104 or 111, 112(51 credits); nine 
credits from BIO 304, 305, 306, 307, 322, 323, 404 and CHM 305, 306, 307, 308, 31 1. 

Courses in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (BCMB): 

401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level 
in prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic en- 
gineering) and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of 
chemistry and BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

421 , 422. Biochemistry I, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids and carbo- 
hydrates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular 
weight determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mech- 
anisms, membrane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic 
control, electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216 
and 312 or permission. 3 credits per semester. 



Lebanon Valley College Biology 47 



430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic 
acids, carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit. 

499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on special topics in bio- 
chemistry. 1 credit. 

Psychobiology Program 

The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and 
Psychology, described on pages 42 and 138. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes 
the physiological substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination 
of psychology and biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate 
study in medicine, veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal be- 
havior, physiological psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics and neuro- 
science, as well as research positions in industry, universities, hospitals and government 
laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology. 

Major: BIO 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 212, 322 or 324 (16 credits); PSY 111, 120, 130, 285, 
378, 379 (18 credits); BIO 499 or PBI 499; CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14 (8 credits); MAS 
161; plus 8 additional credits in the sciences in consultation with advisor. 54 total cred- 
its. 

Courses in Psychobiology (PBI): 

3 78. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying be- 
havior processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and per- 
ception, learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. 
Prerequisite: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130 or permission; completion of a biology course is 
recommended. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as PSY 378.] 

499. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on selected topics in 
psychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit. 

Faculty 

Kristen L. Boeshore, assistant professor of biology. 

Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. 

She teaches developmental biology and general biology. Her research interests focus on 

development and regeneration of the nervous system. 

Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

He teaches vertebrate physiology, human biology, AIDS, and general biology. His re- 
search interests are in t 

Stacy A. Goodman, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches general biology, animal behavior, coordinates the general biology labora- 
tories, and supervises the senior seminar. Her research interests include the function- 
ing of carbonic anhydrase isozymes and the role of PDH kinase in sepsis. 

48 Biology 2008-2009 Catalog 



Courtney M. Lappas, assistant professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Virginia; Postdoctoral Fellow, NIAID, 2007 
She teaches immunology, molecular biology and general biology. She is interested in 
T lymphocyte biology, with special emphasis on both the role played by T cell subsets 
in various inflammatory disorders and the potential use of adenosine analogs to mod- 
ulate these untoward responses. 

Sidney Pollack, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology, and general biology. He 
is the academic adviser for students preparing for the allied health professions. His re- 
search interests include Paramecium genetics. 

Rebecca A. Urban, visiting assistant professor of biology. 

Ph.D., Binghamton University. 

She teaches ecology, plant diversity, and general biology. Her research is on plant 

ecology with a focus on invasive species and freshwater macrophytes. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

He teaches cell and tissue biology,m invertebrate physiology, electron microscopy, 
and general biology, and directs independent study in cell biology using electron mi- 
croscopic and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine shrimp, 
Artemia, to study the cell and tissue levels or organization of the digestive, reproduc- 
tive and neurosensory systems. He is also chairman of the Health Professions Com- 
mittee. 

Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology. 
B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She served on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human bi- 
ology and general biology laboratory. 

Susan Verhoek, professor emerita of biology. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Stephen E.Williams, professor emeritus of biology. 
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor emeritus of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 



Lebanon Valley College Biology 49 



DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 

The Department of Business and Economics offers programs leading to the Bache- 
lor of Science degree in accounting, business administration, and health-care manage- 
ment, and the Bachelor of Arts degree in economics. A major in music business is also 
offered jointly with the Music Department. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts 
core required of all Lebanon Valley College students. This interdisciplinary knowledge 
base is essential for assuming leadership positions in the changing environment. 

Accounting and business administration students complete a common body of 
knowledge in close conformity with the national standards for the study of business as 
recommended by The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs 
(ACBSP). This comprehensive background in business fundamentals helps graduates 
prepare for business careers and graduate school. 

Economics students study the choices we must make in a world of resources that 
have competing uses. The major in economics includes preparation in accounting, math- 
ematics, political science and economics. Economics majors are typically preparing 
for graduate study or for a variety of entry-level positions in business and government. 

Many major courses also cover selected liberal arts core requirements. Students are 
encouraged to use their 25-30 free electives to enrich and enhance their overall college 
resume. Students often add breadth or even double major within the Department, com- 
plete a complementary major or minor, complete for-credit internships, study abroad, 
or study in Philadelphia or Washington, DC. Students working closely with their aca- 
demic advisor can take full advantage of these opportunities and still graduate on time. 

Students have several study abroad options with business classes conducted in Eng- 
lish. This includes programs at the London Metropolitan University; Monash Univer- 
sity in Australia; the Umbra Institute in Perugia, Italy; and Waikato University in New 
Zealand. Students seeking to develop their foreign language skills beyond the intro- 
ductory level have a number of programs to choose from. Most programs are bi-lingual, 
mixing classes in the native language with classes taught in English. The Philadelphia 
and Washington, DC programs combine academic study and pre-professional intern- 
ships. 

The department is a member of the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and 
Programs (ACBSP) and the Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business Ad- 
ministration (MAACBA). 

Accounting Program 

The program in accounting offers the Bachelor of Science degree in accounting. 
Majors receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P.A. 
or C.M.A. The accounting curriculum prepares students for careers in public account- 
ing, government, industry or finance. 

The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate and advanced ac- 
counting topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting. 

Major: Foundation Courses: ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102; MAS 111, 150 or 161; 
MAS 170, 270 or 372; BUS 130, 160. Core Courses; BUS 230, 285, 340, 361, 371,460, 

50 Business and Economics 2008-2009 Catalog 




485; ACT 25 1 , 252, 353 or 455; two electives in accounting not to include ACT 400 (60 
credits). 

Minor: ACT 161, 162, 25 1, 252, 353 or 455, six credit hours of accounting electives not 
to include internship credit (21 credits). 

Courses in Accounting (ACT): 

161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for 
business transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement 
of owners' equity. 3 credits. 

162. Managerial Accounting. Cost-volume -profit relationships, cost analysis, business 
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision 
making. Prerequisite: ACT 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

251. Intermediate Accounting I. Study of the theory and development of generally ac- 
cepted accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of 
these principles to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue 
recognition as well as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets. Pre- 
requisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

252. Intermediate Accounting II. Study of the accounting for noncurrent assets, long- 
term liabilities and stockholder's equity, including analysis of financial statements. Pre- 
requisite: ACT 251 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

253. Intermediate Accounting III. This course is a continuation of ACT 252 with the 
study of the measurement and reporting of income taxes, pensions, leases, accounting 



Lebanon Valley College 



Business and Economics 5 1 



changes, disclosure issues, the cash flow statement, and the effects of errors. The course 
also addresses international accounting standards as they compare to U.S. GAAP and in- 
ternational reporting issues for U.S. companies. Case study component. Strongly rec- 
ommended for students planning to take the CPA exam. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

280. Financial Fraud: Prevention and Detection. This course explores the pervasive- 
ness, causes, and types of financial crimes currently being encountered. Using text, 
discussion, problems, and case studies, the course identifies methods of fraud detection, 
investigation, and prevention. Prerequisites: ACT 162 or permission of the instructor. 
3 credits. 

351. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income 
presentation, interim reporting and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business com- 
binations and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

352. Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary 
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and not-for-profit or- 
ganizations. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and con- 
trol; the accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and stan- 
dard cost systems, the joint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity 
based costing and just-in-time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's ca- 
reer interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to jun- 
iors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, 
permission of the chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 cred- 
its. Internship credit does not fulfill required electives in the major. 

451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to in- 
dividuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

452. Corporate Taxation. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to corpo- 
rations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 
451.3 credits. 

455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpreta- 
tion of financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on 
financial reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

Business Administration Program 

This popular program offers the Bachelor of Science degree in business adminis- 
tration. This major is designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and 
middle-management positions in industry, government and service organizations. 

The business curriculum conforms closely to the national common body of knowl- 
edge recommended by The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs 
(ACBSP) and provides a solid background in the fundamentals of business. Majors 
complete a general business curriculum that prepares them for a variety of positions. 
Students desiring more in-depth study in a specific area of business may select a focus 

52 Business and Economics 2008-2009 Catalog 



area composed of optional courses. Such focus areas include human resource/labor re- 
lations, international relations, marketing and public relations, and organizational psy- 
chology. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business administration. 

Major: Foundation Courses; ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; MAS 1 1 1, 150 or 161; 170, 
270 or 372; BUS 130, 160. Core Courses; BUS 230, 285, 340, 350, 361, 371, 376, 383, 
450,460,485. (57 credits.) 

Minor: ECN 101; ACT 161; BUS 130, 230, 340, 371; one 300/400 business elective not 
to include internship credit. (21 credits.) 

Courses in Business (BUS): 

130. Modern Business Organizations. The course focuses on understanding the com- 
position of modern business organizations with respect to the value chain they are a part 
of, relationships with other organizations in the value chain, and the functions and 
processes organizations use to create and deliver value to customers, stakeholders, and 
society. The course includes an introduction to key business communication software. 
Prerequisites: freshman or sophomore standing only or by permission. 3 credits. 

160. Computer Applications. An extensive introduction to spreadsheet, database, and 
Internet applications software as used in business. Through hands-on classroom in- 
struction, computer-aided learning, and course project assignments, students learn the 
use of the major analytical software packages that are commonly used in business. The 
class teaches the basic principles of using this software to solve problems and to en- 
hance critical thinking skills. 3 credits. 

230. Principles of Management. A study of the management theory, organizational 
theory, and management skills as applied to the effective and efficient operation of both 
for-profit and not-for-profit entities. Emphasis is on the organization's structure, lead- 
ership, interpersonal relationships, and managerial functions. Prerequisites: Completion 
of BUS 130 or, for returning adults, degree completion students, and Health Care Man- 
agement students, significant work experience. Accounting, business administration, 
and health care management majors need a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or greater in all 
foundation courses completed to date. 3 credits. 

285. Organizational Communications. The development of writing, speaking and lis- 
tening skills for business management. Prerequisites: ENG 1 1 1 and 112. Majors in ac- 
counting, business administration, and health care management need a cumulative GPA 
of 2.00 or greater in all foundation courses completed to date. Writing Process. 3 credits. 

340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management per- 
spective. Topics include marketing strategies, marketing research, consumer behavior, 
selecting target markets, developing, pricing, distributing and promoting products and 
services and non-profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

341. Consumer & Organizational Buying Behavior. This course focuses on the analy- 
sis of the factors affecting the purchasing decision in the marketplace and the applica- 
tion of behavioral and social science concepts to the study of individual and group 

Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 53 



buying behavior. The course emphasizes the use of this understanding in making mar- 
keting mix decisions. Prerequisites: BUS 230 and BUS 340 or permission. 3 credits. 

350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organiza- 
tional behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these 
models in the workplace to improve individual, group and organizational performance. 
Prerequisite: junior standing and BUS 130, or permission. 3 credits. 

361. Principles of Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of 
asset, liability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets 
and working capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend pol- 
icy; short and intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; 
and other financial topics. Prerequisite: ACT 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal and 
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery, 
policy, management investment types and the development of portfolios for individu- 
als and institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits. 

371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. 
The course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, 
bankruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits. 

3 72. Business Law II. Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes 
agency, employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, cor- 
poration, estates and bankruptcy. 3 credits. 

3 74. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a com- 
munication process and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is 
placed upon the development, implementation and evaluation of the sales presentation; 
and upon the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, control- 
ling and evaluating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 340. 3 credits. 

376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and pro- 
cedures in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 130, 340. 
3 credits. 

380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization, 
staffing, production, marketing and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in pre- 
senting the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 130. 3 credits. 

383. Management Science. An introduction to the techniques and models used in man- 
agement science. Topics include forecasting, inventory control models, linear pro- 
gramming, product scheduling, and simulation. Prerequisites: MAS 150 and MAS 170 
with a minimum grade of C- or better, BUS 130, ACT 161, 162. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's ca- 
reer interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to jun- 
iors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, permission 
of the chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 credits. 

54 Business and Economics 2008-2009 Catalog 



420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively 
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating and disciplining human re- 
sources. It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor-man- 
agement relations. Prerequisite: BUS 130. 3 credits. 

450. Business Ethics and Social Responsibility. This course examines the major eth- 
ical issues, social responsibilities, and ethical dilemmas facing business and business 
managers in today's global environment. Students develop an understanding of the dif- 
ference between what is legal and what is ethical and clarify their approach to ethical 
issues. Prerequisites: BUS 130, BUS 230 or permission. 3 credits. 

460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of infor- 
mation in management planning, operations and control in various types of business en- 
vironments. Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, 
materials and technology. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 130 or permission. 3 credits. 

485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under 
conditions of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting and eco- 
nomics. Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 130, 340, 361 
and senior standing or permission. Writing process. Prerequisite: Last semester sen- 
iors only. 3 credits. 

Economics Program 

The major in economics deals with decisions and choices made by individuals and 
firms and with the micro and macroeconomic consequences of those choices. Econo- 
mists have a wide variety of employment opportunities in government and the private 
sector. The major includes courses in accounting, mathematics, political science and 
economics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics. 

Major: Foundation Courses: PSC 110, one of these three mathematics sequences: ei- 
ther MAS 150, 161 or MAS 161, 162 or MAS 111, 112; MAS 170, 270 or 372; ECN 
101 and 102. Core Courses: ECN 201, 202, 405, and four additional elective courses 
in economics at the 200 level or above, not including internship credit. (39 credits.) 

Minor: ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, and two additional courses in economics at the 200 
level or above, not including internship credit. (18 credits). 

Courses in Economics (ECN): 

101. Principles of Microeconomics. The course examines how individuals and firms 
make choices within the institution of free-market capitalism. Individuals decide how 
much of their time to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. 
Firms decide how much to produce and in some cases what price to charge for their 
goods. Together these choices determine what is produced, how it is produced, and for 
whom it is produced in our economic system. 3 credits. 

102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and 
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics 
deals with the economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, un- 

Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 55 



employment, and economic growth. Emphasis is on both Keynesian and classical the- 
ories and how they predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these 
variables and reach national economic goals. 3 credits. 

201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course covers the major theories of 
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer 
and firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods 
and services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications for 
social welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market sys- 
tem are emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. Economics majors 
need a cumulative GPA of 2.00 in all foundation courses completed to date. 

202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students develop a model 
of the macroeconomy which permits them to analyze the nature of the business cycle. 
The assumptions built into the model can be altered, rendering it capable of examining 
the macroeconomy from various theoretical viewpoints. In addition to unemployment, 
inflation and economic growth, the course covers real business cycles, the macroeco- 
nomic implications of free trade, and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of 
macroeconomics. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. Economics majors need 
a cumulative GPA of 2.00 in all foundation courses completed to date. 

250. Public Choice Economics. This course concerns itself with how individuals and 
groups make decisions in the context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and 
the government. It goes beyond individual choice and private markets to group inter- 
ests and activities. It emphasizes the ethical and political nature of all economic choices. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

312. Money and Banking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit, 
including the development and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the 
Federal Reserve System, and monetary and banking theory, policy and practice. The 
course considers the political nature of money and the tension between fiscal and mon- 
etary policy making. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

316. Environmental Economics. Environmental economics stresses the co-evolution of 
human preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach 
differs from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the impor- 
tance it attaches to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic sys- 
tem plays in decisions affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

31 7. Natural Resource Economics. Natural resource economics refers to the applica- 
tion of economic principles to the management of natural resources. It involves the 
study of resource use and conservation, utilization rates of renewable and non-renew- 
able resources, the issue of economy size and the limits to growth, the natural resource 
economic issues of development versus preservation, and the issue of natural resource 
accounting. Prerequisite: ECN 101 and ECN 102. 3 credits. 

321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its appli- 
cation in the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure 
of the Federal Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local fi- 

56 Business and Economics 2008-2009 Catalog 



nancing and the division of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

331. International Finance. This course extends the Keynesian Macroeconomic model 
to incorporate international financial flows; the determinants of the balance of pay- 
ments; foreign exchange markets; exchange rate regimes; history of international eco- 
nomic institutions; and macroeconomic policy options. The course contains lectures, 
student presentations, theoretical problem solving, economic analysis of real-world 
events, reading, analyzing, and writing on academic and current event articles. Prereq- 
uisite: ECN 101 and ECN 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

332. International Trade. This course introduces the theory and practice of interna- 
tional economic relations. It includes, not only the history and purpose of trade and the 
traditional theory of the gains from trade, but also the more modern theory of trade 
with imperfect competition. The history and nature of the institutional structures of 
trade (World Trade Organization) are covered. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writ- 
ing process. 3 credits. 

333. Game Theory: Economic Applications. Game theory studies how "rational" play- 
ers should act and interact in strategic situations. In economics, players include people, 
firms, or countries. Game theory also helps predict and explain players' actions. Co- 
operative and non-cooperative games are used to measure behavior and identify ideal 
strategies in situations as diverse as industrial negotiations, marriage bargaining, and in- 
ternational environmental agreements. Prerequisites: ECN 201 or permission. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's ca- 
reer interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to jun- 
iors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, 
permission of the chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 cred- 
its. Internship credit does not fulfill required electives in the major. 

405. Applied Econometrics. In this course students apply statistical techniques to study 
the quantitative measurement and analysis of actual economic phenomena, describing 
economic relationships, and test hypothesis about economic theory and forecasting fu- 
ture economic events. Applications include examining violations of the classical as- 
sumptions and testing for specification errors. Prerequisite: MAS 170, 270 or 372; 
ECN 201 and ECN 202 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

410. Senior Seminar. This small seminar course is a reading course in support of the 
research interests of the professor, the student, or both. Our ideas for the senior semi- 
nar are exciting and advantageous for students and professors. The content and struc- 
ture of the course will depend on the research interests of the professor, but will always 
require from each student a major paper related to this area. Reading and critiquing ar- 
ticles from refereed economic journals and the popular press are also included. Pre- 
requisites: ECN 201 and ECN 202 and junior standing. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Health Care Management Program 

The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who 
possess an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications 

Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 57 



are required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal 
arts and management, plus business practices common to the health care industry. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management. 

Major: Health Care Management Foundation Courses: ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; 
MAS 170, 270 OR 372; BUS 130 (may be waived for prior work experience). Core 
Courses: ENG 111; SOC 324; BUS 215, 230, 285, 340, 350, 371, 420, 450, (or PHL 
160), 487; 12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or other disciplines approved by the 
director of continuing education (at least 6 credits in courses at the 200 level or higher). 
(63-66 credits total). 

Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed suc- 
cessfully an accredited diploma or associate degree program with certification by a 
state governmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the 
following fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emer- 
gency Medical Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Tech- 
nologist, Occupational Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic 
Technologist, Registered Nurse, Respiratory Therapist, Clinical Perfusionist, Surgical 
Technician. 

Courses in Health Care Management (BUS): 

215. Health Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and med- 
ical care to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost- 
effective manner. Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the 
physician, the hospital, and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of gov- 
ernment and the insurance industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes 
of America's health care industry including institutional infrastructure, governance sys- 
tems, financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical serv- 
ices, and marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, 
accounting, and economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appro- 
priate management style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Tami L. Barton, assistant professor of accounting. 
M.B.A. (Finance) St. Joseph s University. 

A CPA, Barton has professional experience in accounting, income tax, financial re- 
porting, auditing, business valuation in public accounting, and extensive experience in 
corporate accounting. She teaches courses in financial accounting, managerial ac- 
counting, intermediate accounting, advanced accounting, and auditing. 

John D. Grigsby, assistant professor of business administration. 

J.D., Duquesne University. 

A CPA and CFP, Grigsby has more than twenty-five years of professional experience 

in public accounting, corporate accounting, government accounting, and the practice of 

law. He has been teaching at the collegiate level since 1985. He will teach courses in 

58 Business and Economics 2008-2009 Catalog 



business law, ethics, and accounting. His research interests are in the areas of tax pol- 
icy, financial statement fraud and accounting ethics, and small business taxation. 

Joel A. Kline, associate professor of business administration. 
M.J.P.R.A., Temple University. 

Kline co-owned a marketing and technology firm and his chief interests are in new 
media and business technology. He is accredited in public relations (APR) by the Pub- 
lic Relations Society of America and is pursuing his doctorate in technical communi- 
cations and rhetoric through Texas Tech University. He also serves as the director of the 
interdisciplinary Digital Communications Program. 

Robert W. Leonard, professor of business administration. 
M.B.A., The Ohio State University. 

Leonard has been a management consultant for 20 years, working with over 300 or- 
ganizations. He has received numerous state and federal grants for his work with non- 
profit organizations and has owned his own nonprofit training corporation since 1986. 
He has completed all doctoral coursework at The Ohio State University in organiza- 
tional behavior and social psychology. 

R.Anthony Maynard, assistant professor of economics. 
Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 

Maynard's interests include international economics, developmental, environmental 
and natural resource economics, international finance, and international trade. He has 
published in the Journal of Economic Issues, and he also serves as a referee for Eco- 
logical Economics and History of Economic Review. 

Neil Perry, assistant professor of economics. 

Ph. D., La Trobe University. 

Perry's research interests include environmental economics with specialization in the 

economics of biodiversity conservation, game theory, mathematical economics, and 

environmental taxation. He has published in the Journal of Economic Perspectives and 

serves as a referee for Ecological Economics and History of Economic Review. 

Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., Union Graduate School. 

Dr. Raffield has been named a Fulbright Scholar to Ukraine at the State Academy of 

Management in Donetsk. He teaches marketing and international business and is also 

a faculty member for the M.B.A. program and consults with area businesses. 

David V. Rudd, professor of business administration. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., George Washington University. 

Rudd's research interests are in the application of marketing principles, especially di- 
rect marketing, to the problems of social service delivery. He teaches marketing courses. 

Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. 
M.B.A. , Boston University. 

A CPA, Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer 
systems analysis and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial account- 
ing, intermediate accounting, and government and not-for-profit accounting. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 59 



David M. Setley, assistant professor of business administration. 
D.B.A. Business Administration, Nova Southeastern University. 
Setley is an experienced and successful entrepreneur who started and built three com- 
panies. He brings that experience with him along with his teaching experience in the 
areas of management, leadership, entrepreneurship, and business ethics. 

Edward J. Sullivan, associate professor of business administration and economics. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Sullivan has published articles in business and economic journals and specializes in 
monetary, macro and financial economics. He teaches courses in principles of finance, 
management science, money and banking, and economics. 

Karen M. Dielmann, adjunct instructor in business administration. 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania. 

Dielmann has extensive experience in human resource areas. She teaches human re- 
source management and diversity in the workforce courses. 

Douglas C. Gautsch, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Gautsch works in logistical/transportation business development. He teaches courses in 

business and management. 

John A. Guerrisi, adjunct instructor in accounting. 

M.B.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Guerrisi has extensive experience in accounting and finance related functions. He 

teaches various accounting courses. 

Thomas J. Murray, adjunct instructor in business administration. 
M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Murray brings to the classroom extensive experience in project management and strate- 
gic planning. He teaches courses in computer applications, principles of business, in- 
ternational business, and strategic management. 

Mary A. Winnerling, adjunct instructor in health-care management. 

M.M., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Winnerling has extensive experience in the health-care field as a project coordinator and 

nurse manager. She teaches health care management, organization communications, 

and business management. 

Michael C. Zeigler, adjunct instructor in business administration. 
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Zeigler works for the college in the computer services department as director of client 
services. He teaches courses in management information systems and computer appli- 
cations. 



60 Business and Economics 2008-2009 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Chemistry Program 

Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding 
needed for protecting our environment, improving our health, maximizing the yield 
from limited natural resources, improving our health, and creating new materials for to- 
morrow's products. Indeed, chemistry is essential to understanding life itself. 

Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter ac- 
ademic, industrial or governmental laboratories where they find positions in research 
and development, analysis, or quality control. Possibilities outside the laboratory in- 
clude teaching, sales, marketing, technical writing, business and law. Many chemistry 
students earn doctoral degrees in chemistry or biochemistry or in the areas of medicine, 
dentistry or veterinary medicine. 

The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the newly reno- 
vated Neidig-Garber Science Center. Among the major scientific equipment holdings 
used by students in laboratory courses and in research are a liquid cromatograph-mass 
spectrometer (LC-MS-MS), a superconducting nuclear magnetic resonance spectrome- 
ter (FTNMR), a MALDI-TOF mass spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, an in- 
frared spectrometer (FTIR), high-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) systems, 
UV-visible spectrophotometers, a laser-Raman spectrophotometer, a gas chromatograph- 
mass spectrometer (GC-MS), a chemisorption analyzer, and an atomic absorption spec- 
trophotometer. Most laboratories have computers on the benchtop for data entry and 
analysis, and the department maintains a molecular modeling laboratory. 

The department actively encourages students to discover the excitement and chal- 
lenge of laboratory research. Research programs are conducted during both the aca- 
demic year and the summer. Students are paid for summer research either from college 
funds or from external grants that faculty receive to support their projects. The depart- 
ment also maintains an active internship program, actively assisting students in finding 
opportunities in industrial or academic laboratories. 

Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry and one for those inter- 
ested in biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of 
the two degrees in chemistry and is certified by the American Chemical Society. This 
degree has a required research component and is recommended for students who wish 
to become practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the 
standard Bachelor of Science, majoring in chemistry. 

The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the 
major program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 45. 

The chemistry department also participates in the 3+2 Engineering Program and di- 
rects the chemical engineering track. For details, see Cooperative Programs on page 25. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chem- 
istry. 

Majors: (B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216,222,230, 
305, 306, 307, 308, 311,312, 321, 322, 41 1; BCMB 421; three credits from CHM 414- 



Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 61 




498 or 590 or BCMB 422; four credits of CHM 510; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112 
(63-64 credits). 

(B.S., major in chemistry) CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 230, 305, 
306, 307, 308, 311, 312, 321, 322; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112; (50-51 credits). 

Minor: CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; 12 credits from CHM 213, 214, 222, 305, 306, 311, 
312,411 or BCMB 421, 422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or 
BCMB 430. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chem- 
istry must take BIO 111, 112; BCMB 421; CHM 360 and 21 credits of education 
courses, including EDU 1 10 and SED 430, 431 and 440. 

Courses in Chemistry (CHM): 

100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry includ- 
ing mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equi- 
librium, bonding, and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory 
experience included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not 
take CHM 100. 

Illy 112. Principles of Chemistry I, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science 
major. First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reac- 
tions, calculations involving chemical concentrations, gas laws and bonding. Second se- 
mester covers kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, 
thermodynamics, electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of 
high school chemistry or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 111 and 
112. Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, elec- 
trochemistry, chemical synthesis, and the use of computers for collecting data. Students 
are introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV- visible, and atomic absorption 



62 Chemistry 



2008-2009 Catalog 



spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 111 for CHM 1 13 and CHM 1 12 for 
CHM 1 14. 1 credit per semester. 

213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chem- 
istry. The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the struc- 
ture of various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, 
structure and mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 
credits per semester. 

215, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic 
chemistry and modern instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic syn- 
thesis are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic 
resonance, and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 114 and CHM 
213 for CHM 215 and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester. 

222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of 
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of 
the elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoan- 
ions, precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry, and the structures of solids. 
Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits. 

230. Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory. Students will be exposed to a number of ad- 
vanced synthetic methods including inert atmosphere manipulations, high vacuum and 
temperature dehydrations, mixed solvent crystallizations, and photochemical transfor- 
mations. Writing process. Corequisite: CHM 222. 1 credit. 

305. Analytical Chemistry. Topics for this course include statistical methods; activity 
and activity coefficients; chemical equilibria involving complex systems; volumetric 
analyses including acid/base, precipitation, redox, and compleximetric titrations; prin- 
ciples of electrochemistry, potentiometry, electrogravimetry, coulometry, and voltam- 
metry. Prerequisites: CHM 1 12 and MAS 161.3 credits. 

306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their appli- 
cations in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatog- 
raphy; infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission 
spectrophotometry; nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radio- 
chemical methods. Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3 credits. 

307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Volumetric, spectrophotometric, and electro- 
chemical methods are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: 
CHM 305. 1 credit. 

308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in ana- 
lytical method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 
credit. 

311, 312. Physical Chemistry I, II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular 
perspective. Basic concepts of quantum chemistry applied to atomic and molecular 
structure. Thermodynamic laws and functions applied to mechanical, thermal, and ma- 
terial equilibrium in gases, liquids, and solids. Also included are electrochemical sys- 
tems, as well as kinetic and transport processes occurring in gases, in solutions, and at 

Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 63 



solid surfaces. Prerequisites: CHM 112, MAS 162, and PHY 104 or 1 12 for CHM 3 1 1 
and CHM 311 for CHM 312.3 credits per semester. 

321, 322. Physical Laboratory I, II. Experimental study of the principles of physical 
chemistry. Work involves spectroscopy (IR, UV/VIS, fluorescence, Raman, and NMR), 
calorimetry, refractometry, conductivity, and viscometry applied to atomic and molec- 
ular structure, thermodynamics, phase and reaction equilibrium, and chemical kinetics. 
Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 3 1 1 for CHM 32 1 and CHM 3 1 2 for CHM 322. Writ- 
ing process. 1 credit per semester. 

360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for stu- 
dents seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include 
evaluation of laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks, and computer soft- 
ware. Prerequisites: CHM 1 12, 1 14. 3 credits. 

411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular struc- 
ture, spectroscopy and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal 
complexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits. 

414. Advanced Organic Chemistry. A study of advanced topics in the field of organic 
chemistry. The course covers mechanistic and synthetic chemistry with an emphasis 
on current and classical organic chemical literature. Prerequisites: CHM 213 and 214. 
3 credits 

421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design 
and data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, 
optimization, signal processing, and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers 
and chemical instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits 

510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a fac- 
ulty member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved 
in research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites 
or corequisites: CHM 305 and 3 1 1 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester. 

Course in Science (SCI): 

100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments appli- 
cable to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of 
biology, chemistry and physics. The course is open to all students and is appropriate for 
those intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits. 

Faculty 

Marc A. Harris, associate professor of chemistry. 
Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno. 

Research interests include the synthesis of macrocyclic azacrown and crown ether 
bipyridine analogues and their coordination complexes with Pt(II), Pd(II), and Rh(I). 
These complexes are investigated for their host-guest interactions with both small al- 
kali metal cations and organic substrates. 



64 Chemistry 2008-2009 Catalog 



Anderson L. Marsh, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan; postdoctoral study, University of California, Berkeley. 
Physical Chemistry. Research interests are in the area of nanoscience. Model nanos- 
tructured catalysts are being prepared, characterized, and investigated in reaction stud- 
ies. Semiconductor nanocrystals are also being synthesized, characterized, and applied 
to problems of environmental and biological interest. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University. 
Analytical Chemistry/Biochemistry. Research interests in biochemistry involve eluci- 
dation of enzyme active site topography and function using enzyme kinetics, protein 
modification, and mass spectrometry. Research projects in analytical chemistry include 
studies of the solvent dependence of oxidation-reduction reactions of organic mole- 
cules and the applications of MALDI mass spectrometry to the study of proteins. 

Walter A. Patton, associate professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University; postdoctoral study, National Institutes of Health. 
Research interests include the elucidation of structure-function relationships in pro- 
teins. Most recently his work focuses on the features of E. coli GMP synthetase that fa- 
cilitate ammonia transfer from a domain where it is synthesized to the domain in which 
it is utilized. His work integrates chemical, biochemical, and molecular biological meth- 
ods (e.g. polymerase chain reaction) to make designer proteins at the DNA level. Once 
expressed in bacteria, these proteins are purified in order to study their function. 

Timothy J. Peelen, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; postdoctoral study, University of Wisconsin-Madison. 
Research interests focus on the development of asymmetric reactions catalyzed by sim- 
ple organic molecules (organocatalysts). The reaction mechanisms of organocatalyzed 
reactions are studied by using kinetics and by structural analysis of reaction intermedi- 
ates. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, professor emeritus of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Cornell University 

Research interests in the area of chemometrics, the application of advanced statistical 

methods to chemistry. He works to apply chemometrics to analytical methods used in 

food and pharmaceutical industrial laboratories. He also serves as internship advisor in 

the natural sciences. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, lecturer in chemistry. 
B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science curricula for the ele- 
mentary school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary 
school. 



Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 65 




CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION PROGRAM 

The College offers a program for students seeking certification to teach Citizenship 
Education in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: 
the Citizenship Education core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the 
following disciplines: history, political science or economics. Graduation requirements 
for any of these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department. There 
is no major in citizenship education. NOTE: The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has 
also reinstated a social studies certification. The College anticipates that it will reinstate 
this ceertification program. Dr. James H. Broussard is the coordinator of the Citizen- 
ship Education Certification Program. 

Program Requirements: 

Citizenship Education core courses: ECN 101, 102; HIS 103, 105, 125, 126, 202; PSC 
110, 130, 210, an upper division course in American government (PSC 330 State and 
Local Politics recommended); and either HIS 360 or PSC 360. (36 credits). 

Secondary Education core courses: EDU 1 10, SED 280, 430, 43 1, 440. 22-24 credits. 
Students must conform to state guidelines that require two math courses and an Eng- 
lish or American literature course in addition to the general education requirements. 
Students must apply to the certification program after completing at least 48 credits 
(including the math and English courses) with a 3.0 grade point average and must main- 
tain that average in order to proceed to student teaching and certification. 

Major courses: history, political science, or economics. (39^-0 credits). 



66 Citizenship Education 



2008-2009 Catalog 



DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM 

The Digital Communications Program explores the fundamental elements of com- 
munication, business, design, and technology. The program fosters critical reasoning 
and learning so graduates have the ability to evolve as quickly as current technology. 

The program is interdisciplinary and combines classes from the art, business, Eng- 
lish, and computer science departments into one degree. After graduating with a B.S. 
in digital communications, the student is prepared to enter a wide range of technology- 
related positions in marketing, public relations, information technology, journalism, 
graphic design, Internet development, multimedia, and programming. 

The creation of content, both written and visual, remains at the heart of this subject. 
Students will study art, writing and marketing in the context of content creation for the 
New Media. Students will learn the theory behind the design of effective presentations 
and will employ existing multimedia technologies to create them. The techniques with 
which content is created, processed and delivered are found in the study of programming 
and computer science. Students in the program will choose a discipline related to the 
program and complete advanced coursework to form a cognate in that area. Students 
will also investigate and carefully consider the social, ethical, and legal ramifications 
of the information technology revolution. 

The program, designed to be interdisciplinary and integrative, emphasizes critical 
thinking, creativity and analysis, rather than specific applications and technologies. 
The General Education Program at the College, together with the courses in the stu- 
dents' cognate areas, will expose the students to the fundamental questions of how in- 
formation is created, processed, understood, and communicated in those disciplines. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in Digital Communications. 

Major Core: CSC 122, 245; DCOM 130, 230, 330, 430, 440; DCOM 255, 355; DCOM 
265, 365; DCOM 285, 385. 

In addition to the core, each major must select a concentration in design, business, com- 
munications, or computer science and take three additional courses from the concen- 
tration department. (48 credits.) 

Courses in Digital Communications (DCOM): 

130. Introduction to Digital Communications. A broad survey of the curriculum mak- 
ing up the Digital Communications major. This includes the authoring of content (text, 
visual, aural); designing presentations for that content; understanding the processes, 
components; and distribution of information technology; introducing the legal and eth- 
ical environments, and comprehending the integrative nature of design, business, com- 
munication and technology in society's culture. 3 credits. 

210. Graphic Design. An introductory studio/lecture course designed to increase visual 
literacy and vocabulary, develop design skills and present the creative possibilities of 
the computer as an art-making and editing tool. 3 credits. 

230. Information Law and Ethics. This course will examine the legal and ethical issues 
arising from the information age. Topics such as copyright, patent, privacy, security, 
libel, liability, and government regulation will be explored. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Digital Communications 67 



255. Fundamentals of Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and 
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles 
of composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. 3 credits. [Cross- 
listed as Art 213.] 

265. E-Commerce. An exploration of the important technologies related to doing busi- 
ness on the Internet. Topics include e-commerce, advertising, customer support, and 
business-to-business applications. Emphasis on how businesses implement these tech- 
nologies, resource requirements, cost-to-benefit analysis. 3 credits. 

285. Writing for Digital Media. This course will provide students with the skills, the- 
ories of design, and experience to design viable digital media projects that meet spe- 
cific goals and target specific audiences. Prerequisite: DCOM 210, or permission. 
Usually offered fall semester. Writing process. 3 credits. 

345. Digital Video. This course introduces students to the basic principles and prac- 
tices of digital video creation and production. This course allows the student to build 
their digital video making skills by having them conceive, storyboard, film, edit, and 
author projects in DVD format. To complement their practical knowledge, the course 
gives the students theoretical understanding of how moving and time-based imagery 
function both conceptually and expressively. 3 credits. 

355. Digital Graphic Design. The course will focus on blending the creative and tech- 
nical aspects of developing electronic images. Students will apply traditional art meth- 
ods and techniques to the electronic canvas. Additionally, the course will serve to 
provide a historical perspective of electronic imaging and examine the limitations and 
possibilities of working in the electronic medium. 3 credits. 

365. Business of Information. An exploration of the way businesses utilize technology 
to operate effectively. The course will focus on how businesses generate, manage, store, 
and distribute information that is key to performance of business objectives. Topics 
will include Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Customer Relationship Management 
(CRM), Supply Chain Management (SCM), e-Marketing, and Business Intelligence. 
Prerequisite: DCOM 265, or permission. 3 credits. 

385. Multimedia. This course will reinforce and build upon the design skills, theories, 
and experience from Writing for Digital Media I, and focus on the production and post- 
production/development process. Prerequisite: DCOM 285, or permission. 3 credits. 

430. Capstone I. Capstone I teaches the theory and application of planning projects in 
the field of digital communications. The course covers principles of project manage- 
ment, research, and project strategy. Additionally, topics of professionalism, client in- 
terface, modes of communication, and collaborative group theory and practice are 
explored. The course prepares the student for Capstone II which is the practicum course 
for students to produce the actual project. 

440. Capstone II. Capstone II is a practicum class where students work on a project for 
external clients. Capstone II simulates the collaborative and interdisciplinary environ- 
ment of the field of digital communications. The course takes the integrative theory 
and skills from the four areas of concentration (visual, content, commercial, and tech- 

68 Digital Communications 2008-2009 Catalog 



nological) and builds upon theory and application explored in Capstone I to develop a 
multi-disciplinary team of students to deliver an appropriate project. 

485. Media Theory. This course explores the influence of technology on literary (writ- 
ten) culture, establishing a historical perspective on the way we produce, communicate, 
and receive cultural works and how different technologies influence the production, 
dissemination and reception of cultural artifacts. Prerequisite: junior standing or per- 
mission. 3 credits. 

495. Storytelling: Books to Video Games. From classic novels and poetry, to popular 
fiction, to hypertext/media, participants will explore how the art of storytelling changes 
with the medium in which the story is told. This course first focuses on close reading 
and analysis of literature, and then explores the aesthetic and theoretical implications 
and opportunities of hypertext/media that have created a rich new platform for the cre- 
ation of literary and artistic works. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission. This 
course fulfills an English 390 (Literature) requirement. It also meets an L5 require- 
ment in the General Education Program. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Joel A. Kline, associate professor of business administration. Director of the Digital 
Communications Program. 
M.J., Temple University. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, associate professor of English and digital communications. 
Ph.D., Arizona State University. 

Grant D. Taylor, assistant professor of art and digital communications.. 
Ph.D. University of Western Australia. 

Scott F. Landis, adjunct instructor in digital communications. 
J.D., The Dickinson School of Law. 

Landis is a partner with the central Pennsylvania law firm of Barley Snyder, LLC, 
where he counsels clients in the areas of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, soft- 
ware and technology licensing, Internet and e-commerce law, and general business 
issues. He teaches Information Law and Ethics. 

Jason Carl Say, adjunct instructor in digital communications. 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Say works in project management for a local web technologies company. He has 
managed large-scale technology and web integration for a hospital and owned his 
own website development firm serving small business clients. He teaches the Cap- 
stone courses and coordinates real- world projects as students work with industry 
clients during the capstone experience. 



Lebanon Valley College Digital Communications 69 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

The Department of Education certifies students in elementary, special education, 
English as a Second Language (ESL), and secondary education. 

Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become teach- 
ers or for those already certified who want to add elementary, special education, ESL, 
or a secondary certification area to an existing certificate. 

Certification in two or more areas of teacher preparation is possible; however, such 
certification requires meticulous attention to scheduling and may require additional se- 
mesters. Elementary education majors who, as freshmen, begin to pursue elementary, 
special education, or ESL certifications, will be able to complete them within their four 
years of study, unless they add other elements to their studies, such as pursuing an ad- 
ditional minor, double majoring, going abroad, etc. Careful and early scheduling can 
avoid misconceptions about such issues. 

The State of Pennsylvania is in the process of making major changes to all 
teacher certification programs. These changes will go into effect with the incom - 
ing class of 2009 and will result in the current certification requirements becom - 
ing void after January 1, 2013 . Any certification program begun before the fall 
semester 2009 and not completed before January 1, 2013 will result in the State not 
accepting your application for certification. There is no provision in the law for 
exceptions to this rule. 

The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified grad- 
uates who will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the 
schools and communities where they will live and work. 

In accord with the regulations set forth in Chapter 354, General Standards for the In- 
stitutional Preparation of Professional Educators, the following criteria must be met by 
all candidates who seek teacher certification at Lebanon Valley College: 

I. Admission to teacher certification candidacy is neither automatic nor synonymous 
with admission to the College or to the major. 

II. All teacher candidates must be admitted to teacher certification candidacy by a 
formal and clearly delineated process that is distinct from admission to the College 
and/or to the major. 

III. Admission to teacher certification candidacy is contingent upon the completion 
of these criteria: 

(1) completion of a minimum of 48 college credits; 

(2) an overall GPA, after having completed 48 or more college credits, of at least 
3.0; 

(3) completion of at least one English composition course; 

(4) completion of one English or American literature course; 

(5) completion of two college level mathematics courses; 

(6) passing scores on these PRAXIS Tests: PPST Reading; PPST: Writing; 
PPST: Mathematics. 

(7) completion of the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification Can- 
didacy form, available from the major adviser. 



70 Education 2008-2009 Catalog 



IV Those students who do not meet the above criteria may continue to pursue teacher 
certification, even though they are not and cannot be considered candidates for teacher 
certification until all of the above requirements have been met. 

V. Once all of the above requirements have been met, the student must see his or her 
advisor to complete the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification Candidacy 
form, 

VI. Students who are not formally admitted to teacher certification candidacy can- 
not student teach nor will they be able to be recommended for teacher certification 
upon graduation. 

VII. Students who have been formally admitted to teacher certification candidacy, but 
who afterward fall below the required overall GPA of 3.0, may continue in the program; 
however, they may not student teach unless and until they have achieved the required 
overall GPA of 3.0. 

VIII. Students must have the required overall GPA of 3.0 at the time of graduation 
in order to be eligible for recommendation by the college for teacher certification. 

Title II 

In accordance with state and federal regulations, Lebanon Valley College regularly 
reports the aggregate student data to the Pennsylvania Department of Education. HEA 
- Title II 2006-2007 academic data (the last year of available data) shows the Basic 
Skills pass rate for the 97 students taking the assessment to be 96/97 or 99 percent, the 
Academic Content Areas (reported elementary, music) pass rate for the 78 students tak- 
ing the assessment to be 76/78 or 97 percent, and the Teaching Special Populations 
(special education) pass rate for the 84 students taking the assessment to be 84/84 or 
100 percent. Many factors, such as the number of students in the program, number of 
tests required for licensure, the number of licensure candidates who complete all re- 
quired exams before graduation, and the number of teacher certification candidates 
who actually take the licensure exams, affect the overall College scores. 

Education Program 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major or minor in general education. 

Courses in Education (EDU): 

110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophi- 
cal foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and 
theories of influential educators. Includes required weekly field practicum (two hours per 
week minimum). Limited to any student desiring teacher certification in any content 
area with an approved PDE certification program or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

140. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the educa- 
tional technologies used in the classroom based on the Pennsylvania Science and Tech- 
nology Standards. Among the topics covered are computer hardware, peripherals, and 
operating systems; multimedia production; software evaluation and use; web page eval- 
uation and construction; and ethical and societal issues related to the use of technology. 
Prerequisites: freshman or sophomore education majors or other certification candi- 
dates with permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Education 7 1 



310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to 
current research and practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The 
course includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Var- 
ious resource personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a 
required weekly field experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of ex- 
ceptional children. Prerequisites: limited to any student desiring teacher certification in 
any content area with an approved PDE certification program or permission of the in- 
structor. 3 credits. 

450. Curriculum and Instruction for the Young Adolescent. The course will examine 
the historic and philosophic contexts of middle level education and current issues af- 
fecting middle schools including the specific characteristics of young adolescents, de- 
velopmentally appropriate curriculum, instruction and assessment, the guidance and 
teaching roles of middle school teachers, cultural diversity and communication with 
parents and the public. Prerequisite: Limited to teacher certification candidates or per- 
mission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program 

The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors 
who have a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of 
a strong liberal arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content 
and methodologies of all elementary school subjects. 

The field-centered component in the program requires extensive and carefully se- 
quenced opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school set- 
tings during all four years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has 
established strong relationships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors 
spend an average of two hours per week each semester in various classrooms, observ- 
ing teachers and children, aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class in- 
struction, and completing tasks on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. 
Student teacher candidates spend the semester immediately preceding the student teach- 
ing semester with their assigned cooperating teachers. Seniors spend the fall semester 
in full-time student teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully cho- 
sen for that role. Additional opportunities are provided for our students to work in nurs- 
ery schools, child care centers, middle schools, and in classes for exceptional children. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education. 

Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 1 10, 140, 310; ELM 130, 220, 
230 250, 271, 332, 344, 362, 371, 372, 401 or ART 120, 499; HIS 125; two college- 
level mathematics courses, an English composition course, and an American or British 
literature course; PSY 180 (52-56 credits). 

Note: Students may graduate with the BS degree without completing student teaching. 
Students who are pursuing teacher certification must also complete 12 credit hours of 
ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major in 
Elementary Education. 



72 Education 2008-2009 Catalog 




Courses in Elementary Education (ELM): 

130. Science I. A survey of basic science concepts in earth and space science, physi- 
cal science (physics and chemistry), biological science and environmental/ecological 
studies based on the study of the Lithosphere/Biosphere relationships of physical ge- 
ography. The basic science concepts and their content are derived from the Chapter 48 
Pennsylvania K-12 Academic Standards of Science and Technology, Environmen- 
tal/Ecological Education and Geography, the National Geography Standards, the Coun- 
cil of Social Studies Strands, and the National Geographic 's Six Themes of Geography. 
Attention will be given to such concepts as the solar system; solar energy: representa- 
tions of the earth's movement; landforms, soils, and biome regions; processes that form 
and change the earth's surface; biogeography - flora and fauna, ecosystems, ecology, 
and environmental influences. Students explore, through different modes of authentic 
and formal assessment, media and technology and hands-on activities, the impact of sci- 
ence, technology, environmental/ecological education and geography have on their lives. 
Prerequisite: Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instru- 
ments, singing, using notation, listening, movement and creative applications. Limited 
to education majors or permission of instructor. [Cross-listed as Music Education 220.] 
3 credits. 

230. Science II. A survey of basic science concepts in earth and space science, physical 
science (physics and chemistry), biological science and environmental/ecological stud- 
ies based on the study of the Lithosphere/Biosphere relationships of physical geography. 
The basic science concepts and their content are derived from the Chapter 48 Pennsyl- 
vania K-12 Academic Standards of Science and Technology, Environmental/Ecological 



Lebanon Valley College 



Education 73 



Education and Geography, the National Geography Standards, the Council of Social 
Studies Strands, and the National Geographic 's Six Themes of Geography. Attention will 
be given to such concepts as the atmosphere/ocean connection, weather/climate and cli- 
mate regions of the earth, the chemical and physical impact of the hydrosphere/atmos- 
phere on the lithosphere and biosphere and the environmental/ecological influences of 
the hydrosphere/atmosphere on the lithosphere and biosphere. Students explore, through 
different modes of authentic assessment and formal assessment, media and technology 
and hands-on activities, the impact that science, technology, environmental/ecological ed- 
ucation and geography have on their lives. Prerequisite: Limited to education majors or 
permission of instructor. 3 credits 

250. Mathematics in the Elementary School A study of basic preschool to sixth grade 
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM and Pennsylvania Academic 
Standards for Mathematics, the integration of media and technology, writing across the 
curriculum, student assessments and exceptional children. Attention is given to the de- 
velopment of hands-on teaching activities, simulations and experiences which can be 
utilized effectively with any classroom population. Limited to education majors or per- 
mission of instructor. 3 credits. 

271. Literacy and Literature I. A course that will focus on the growth and development 
of the young, emergent reader. The course foundation will be supported by both a bal- 
anced literacy approach and the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading, Writing, 
Speaking and Listening. Stressing the importance of early intervention, students will 
explore a variety of strategies, methods and assessments to teach reading supported by 
research. These include, but are not limited to phonological awareness, letter recognition, 
sound symbol relationships, vocabulary development, kid writing and inventive spelling. 
Prerequisite: Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

281-286. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised weekly field expe- 
riences (two hours per week minimum) in appropriate school settings. Prerequisite: 
permission. credits. 

332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in 
general science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environ- 
mental studies based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Science and Tech- 
nology. The course emphasizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary 
classroom with special attention to materials, media and technology, writing across the 
curriculum, authentic assessment, exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate 
for kindergarten through sixth grade students. The course integrates a multidisciplined, 
whole language approach to teaching physical and environmental science. Prerequi- 
site: Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills 
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course in- 
cludes information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for 
Disease Control and Prevention and the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Science 
and Technology. The course examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight 
components in comprehensive school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health 
Education Standards, comprehensive school health programs, the 10 content areas of 

74 Education 2008-2009 Catalog 



health education, and instructional strategies and materials appropriate to the teaching 
of health in today's schools. Attention is given to the ethical, moral and religious issues 
often associated with this area of the school curriculum. Prerequisite: Limited to edu- 
cation majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

362. Social Studies in the Elementary School An examination of the content, meth- 
ods and role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood, 
based on the 10 Social Studies Strands of NCSS and the applicable Pennsylvania Aca- 
demic Standards. The curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives 
of children as they relate to developing values and attitudes, and the planned study of 
people as they live and have lived in our world. The development of a teaching unit and 
the examination of learning resources are required. Prerequisite: Limited to education 
majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

3 71. Literacy and Literature II. A course that will focus on the growth and develop- 
ment of the beginning reader. The course foundation will be supported by both a bal- 
anced literacy approach and the PDE standards for reading, writing, speaking and 
listening. Stressing the importance of a strong foundation of phonics, vocabulary, flu- 
ency and comprehension, students will explore a variety of strategies, methods and as- 
sessments to teach reading supported by research. Students will also explore the types 
of writing, the writing process and conventional spelling instruction. As the writing 
process is taught, students will demonstrate the process by writing a 3 000- word paper 
on a topic related to the course. The professor will conference with each student dur- 
ing the revising and editing stages of the process. ELM 371 is writing process. Prereq- 
uisite: ELM 271, limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

3 72. Literacy and Literature III. A course that will focus on the growth and continued 
development of the developing reader as independent reading within the curriculum 
becomes necessary. The course foundation will be supported by both a balanced liter- 
acy approach and the PDE standards for reading, writing, speaking and listening. Stress- 
ing the importance of comprehension, students will explore a variety of strategies, 
methods and assessments to teach reading and writing across the content areas as sup- 
ported by research. This includes but is not limited to writing short stories and infor- 
mational pieces with an understanding of the stylistic aspects and conventions of 
composition. Prerequisite: ELM 271, 371, limited to education majors or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in 
elementary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evalu- 
ation, and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes and 
are based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Art. Prerequisite: Limited to 
education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under 
the supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors or students 
who are seeking certification and have been admitted to teacher certification candidacy 
status. A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 is required to student teach. Prerequisites: 
EDU 110, 140, 310; HIS 125; PSY 180; ELM 130, 220, 230, 250, 271, 28X, 332, 344, 
362, 371, 372, 401 and permission of the Education Department faculty. 12 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Education 75 



499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are re- 
searched and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to 
further professional growth are explored. Teams of students are required to do exten- 
sive research in an approved topic and to make a computer-based, multimedia presen- 
tation of that research to the class. Prerequisite: Limited to senior elementary education 
majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Secondary Teacher Certification Program 

Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by com- 
pleting an intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunc- 
tion with a carefully sequenced professional education component within the Education 
Department. Both the major program and the professional education component are 
completed within the context of a strong foundation in the liberal arts. 

Departmental majors may seek certification in art, biology, chemistry, English, French, 
German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, social science, and citizenship education. 

Candidates are provided with opportunities to observe and to teach in junior high, 
middle school, and high school settings prior to the full-time student teaching semes- 
ter. Cooperating teachers are selected through a process involving College faculty, sec- 
ondary school personnel, and the student teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial 
placements possible. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students 
complete the requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional edu- 
cation courses. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, bi- 
ology, chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, psychology 
[social science] and social studies [citizenship education].) 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must meet 
all Chapter 354 requirements, complete the approved program in the chosen major and 
21 credits in education courses, consisting of EDU 1 10, SED 430, SED 431 and SED 
440. SED 280 or SED 43 1 must be taken in the fall or spring semester immediately pre- 
ceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should be taken at least twice prior to 
SED 440. 

Courses in Secondary Education (SED): 

280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in ap- 
propriate school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective sec- 
ondary teachers. Prerequisites: permission. credits. 

430. Practicum and Methods I. A study of the basic principles and procedures for mid- 
dle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. Prerequisites: 
EDU 110; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior status; approval of the in- 
structor; must be taken prior to SED 43 1 or SED 440. 3 credits. 

431. Practicum and Methods II. A continuation of the basic principles and procedures 
for middle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. Pre- 



76 Education 2008-2009 Catalog 



requisites: EDU 1 10; SED 280, 430; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior 
or senior status; approval of the instructor; must be taken prior to SED 440. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Students spend the entire semester in an area school under the 
supervision of a cooperating teacher. Prerequisites: A cumulative grade point average 
of 3.0 and admission to teacher certification candidacy are required. (See Education De- 
partment III 1-7.) EDU 1 10; SED 430, 431; open to seniors or students seeking certi- 
fication only. 

Note: It is strongly recommended that SED 430/431 be completed before taking SED 
440. Under no circumstances should other courses be taken during the student teach- 
ing semester except for SED 43 1 , if it has not been taken in the semester immediately 
preceding the student teaching semester. SED 43 1 or SED 280 (0 credit for four hours 
per week in an assigned classroom with a cooperating teacher) should be taken in the 
semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. 

Special Education Certification Program 

Cognitive, Behavior, Physical/Health Disabilities (CBP/HD) 

The Special Education Program consists of five sequential courses and operates in 
conjunction with the Elementary, Music Education, or Secondary Education Programs. 
Students complete a full sequence of course work in their majors in addition to their spe- 
cialized course work in special education. Student teaching experiences are provided in 
two settings: one in a regular school setting and the second in a special education set- 
ting. Program graduates are certified to teach in regular elementary, music education, 
or secondary school programs and in special education programs for students with men- 
tal retardation, learning disabilities, behavior disorders, autism, orthopedic impair- 
ments, or multiple disabilities, grades K through 12. 

Students pursuing special education certification must at the same time be seeking 
either elementary, music education, or secondary teacher certification. Special educa- 
tion certification cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas. 

Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate 
may apply for admission to the special education program. Each candidate's credentials 
will be reviewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission 
to the special education program. 

Each course in the program includes mandatory weekly field experiences in a spe- 
cial education setting over the course of the entire semester. One half of the student 
teaching semester will be completed in a special education setting. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in special education. Students complete the requirements in their ma- 
jors and in the chosen area of certification relative to that major and the required courses 
in special education. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, bi- 
ology, chemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music 
education, physics, psychology [social science] and the social studies [citizenship ed- 
ucation].) 



Lebanon Valley College Education 77 



Courses in Special Education (EDU): 

310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to 
current research and practices concerning the range of exeptionalities in children. The 
course includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Var- 
ious resource personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a 
required weekly field experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of ex- 
ceptional children. Prerequisites: limited to students enrolled in PDE approval certifi- 
cation programs or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

311. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Set- 
tings I. Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs 
of exceptional students, preschool through grade 12. The development and application 
of curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths and 
needs of students with various needs will be developed and applied in real settings. All 
areas of the various kindergarten through grade 12 curricula, as well as life skills in- 
struction, will be addressed. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special ed- 
ucation setting. EDU 31 1 is writing process. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, 310. 3 credits. 

312. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Set- 
tings II. Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs 
of exceptional students, preschool through grade 12. The development and applica- 
tion of curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths 
and needs of students will be developed and applied in real settings. All areas of the var- 
ious kindergarten through grade 12 curricula will be addressed. Includes a required 
weekly field experience in a special education setting. Prerequisite: EDU 110, 310, 
311.3 credits. 

31 3. Managing Instructional and Behavioral Components in Special Education and 
Included Classrooms. The absolute necessity of knowing how, when, why and the what 
of dealing effectively with students who have special learning needs will be addressed 
in this course. Ways of observing, of recording and of responding to student behaviors 
will be developed. Intervention strategies will be studied and evaluated. Classroom 
management will be analyzed and reflectively applied. Includes a required weekly field 
experience in a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312. 3 
credits. 

314. Assessment, Evaluation, and Response Strategies for Students with Exception- 
alities. Special education professionals need to use caution in the assessment process 
and in making educational decisions. There continues to be a need to understand the 
consequences of labeling and segregating individual students. This course will address 
the assessment process in light of current research and legislation concerning special 
education, with attention to recent state and federal legislation and revised mandates. 
This course also focuses on curriculum based assessments and performance based as- 
sessments used to evaluate the rate and quality of student learning and the effectiveness 
of teacher instruction on an ongoing basis. Includes a required weekly field experience 
in a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, 310, 31 1, 312, 313. 3 credits. 



78 Education 2008-2009 Catalog 



English as a Second Language (ESL) 

The ESL Program consists of four sequential courses and operates in conjunction 
with the Elementary, Music Education, or Secondary Education Programs. Students 
complete a full sequence of course work in their major in addition to their specialized 
course work in ESL. Program graduates are certified to teach in regular elementary, 
music education, or secondary programs and are qualified to apply for Program Spe- 
cialist Certification for ESL. 

Students pursuing ESL program specialist certification must at the same time be 
seeking either elementary, music education, or secondary teacher certification. ESL 
certification cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas. 

Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate 
may apply for admission to the ESL program. Each candidate's credentials will be re- 
viewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission to the ESL 
program. Each course in the programs with the exception of EDU 320 includes field 
experience in an ESL or inclusive setting. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in ESL. Students complete the requirements in their majors and in 

the chosen area of certification relative to that major and the required courses in ESL. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, bi- 
ology, chemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music 
education, physics, psychology [social science] and social studies [citizenship educa- 
tion]). 

Courses in ESL (EDU) 

320. Foundations of Language. This course will introduce to students the foundations 
of language, including syntactic, lexical, phonetic, phonological, and morphological 
components, with a focus on the English language. It will also review and discuss major 
theories of first and second language acquisition. Prerequisites: course restricted to el- 
ementary or secondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seeking a Program 
Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

324. Teaching ESL/Materials Development. A course that focuses on the teaching of 
English to speakers of other languages. Specifically, the course explores the multidi- 
mensional nature of the teacher as a learner of teaching, the contexts within which 
teaching occurs, and the activities and content of secondary language teaching and 
learning. Throughout the semester students engage in a range of theoretical, pedagog- 
ical, and reflective activities. The course includes a required two-hour-per-week field 
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of the ESL student. Prerequi- 
sites: EDU 320, course restricted to elementary or secondary certification candidates, 
in-service teachers seeking a Program Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission 
of instructor. 3 credits. 

328. Assessment and Performance. An assessment course with an emphasis on devel- 
oping and using varieties of multiple assessments for levels/stages of language profi- 
ciency, acquisition, and social and subject matter learning. Students become familiar 
with current Pennsylvania Department of Education approved assessments. The course 
exposes students to school support services for ESL students such as: "intake" or initial 

Lebanon Valley College Education 79 



screening, LEA systems for intervention for ESL students "at-risk" of learning prob- 
lems and Instructional Support Teams (1ST). School support policies for the protection 
of ESL students in 1ST or team staffings and LEA models for providing instruction in 
inclusive settings are also presented and discussed. This course will also examine sup- 
port services that actively recruit culturally and linguistically diverse (CLD) families for 
helping to develop and assist in these services. Models of program evaluation using 
PDE approved assessment instruments for ESL students will be explained. The course 
includes a required two-hour-per-week field experience in local programs designed to 
meet the needs of the ESL student. Prerequisites: EDU 324, course restricted to ele- 
mentary or secondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seeking a Program 
Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

332. Cultural Awareness - Language, Culture and the Classroom. The course pro- 
vides important connections between theory and practice. This course also examines 
the impact of culture and cultural adjustment on learning for ELLs. The course addresses 
these many questions: What cultural differences most impact students' learning? What 
is the link between culture and language? Why learn about culture? What questions 
should teachers be asking about students' cultures to understand multicultural students 
better? How can we help students adjust to our culture while learning language and 
academics in schools? What do teachers need to know about the cultural adjustment 
process and why? How can we respect cultural diversity, encourage students to main- 
tain first culture and language while still adjusting to their new culture, without deny- 
ing our own US culture in the process? Is it really necessary for an ESL or classroom 
teacher to be knowledgeable about other cultures? What does an ESL teacher need to 
know about world cultures that will enhance his/her teaching skills and classroom man- 
agement? What do ESL/EFL students need to know about each others' cultures? This 
course will explore answers to these questions, with a focus on intercultural communi- 
cation, creating understandings between people of different cultures, backgrounds and 
communication styles. Topics will include socioculture, psychocultural, and environ- 
mental influences on language and communication, and how teachers can utilize this 
knowledge to make instruction of multicultural children more effective and enjoyable 
by capitalizing on diversity. Parameters for understanding culture, the acculturalization 
process, exploring various cultures, understanding multicultural children, and creating 
multicultural learning communities will also be topics for consideration. Students in- 
vestigate the technology and resources available for the teaching of ESL. Applications 
of "best practices" to classroom settings are an integral component of the course. The 
course includes a required two-hour-per-week field experience in local programs de- 
signed to meet the needs of the ESL student. Prerequisites: EDU 324, EDU 328, course 
restricted to elementary or secondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seek- 
ing a Program Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Cheryl L. George, associate professor of education. 

Ph.D., University of North Texas. 

She serves as the director of special education, teaches courses in special education, and 

is the departments liaison with special education administrators and teachers in the in- 

80 Education 2008-2009 Catalog 



termediate units and in the school districts of the surrounding areas. She supervises 
student teachers and is the advisor to the Student Council for Exceptional Children. 

Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education. Chairperson. 
Ed.D., Lehigh University. 

He teaches courses in educational technology and supervises student teachers. He 
serves as the director of instructional design and technology in the department and pro- 
motes the integration of the computer and other instructional media in all phases of 
teacher preparation. He is the College liaison with the Pennsylvania Department of Ed- 
ucation, Pennsylvania Science Teachers Association and the National Science Teachers 
Association. 

Herbert Steffy, associate professor of education. 
Ed.D. University of Central Florida. 

He teaches in courses in the areas of elementary and middle school science and math- 
ematics and supervises student teachers. His special interest is middle childhood edu- 
cation, especially teaching math and science in the middle grades. He serves as the 
liaison with the National Middle School Association. 

Dale E. Summers, professor of education. 
Ed.D., Ball State University. 

He teaches senior seminars and courses in educational foundations and elementary so- 
cial studies, and supervises student teachers. He maintains a particular interest in spe- 
cial education for students with behavior disorders at both the elementary and secondary 
levels. He serves as the College and department liaison with the Lebanon County Cham- 
ber of Commerce. 

Linda L. Summers, assistant professor of education and director of field experiences. 
M.A., Ball State University. 

She oversees course-required field experiences and supervises student teachers. She 
teaches courses in language arts, social studies, and health education. 

Karen Walker, assistant professor of education. 
Ed.D., Bowling Green State University. 

She teaches courses in educational foundations and secondary methods and supervises 
student teachers. Areas of interest include middle-level education, how students at that 
age learn and respond to the world around them, and how to meet the needs of every 
student through the utilization of brain-based learning research, differentiated instruc- 
tion, learning styles, and multiple intelligences. 

M. Jane Yingling, assistant professor of education. 

Ph.D., Marywood University. 

She serves as assistant to the director of special education. She teaches courses in both 

special education and elementary education, oversees required field experiences, and 

supervises student teachers. Her areas of interest include working with children with 

mild to moderate learning disabilities, inclusion, brain-based learning and resiliency, 

and literacy. 



Lebanon Valley College Education 8 1 



DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

English Program 

The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While 
English majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications, theater or sec- 
ondary education, the basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors 
learn the skills of clear, concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, 
organization and presentation of material. Such study prepares the student for gradu- 
ate work in literature, theater, or communications, or for professional study in such 
fields as law and theology. Graduates of the Department of English also are prepared 
to work in journalism, teaching, editing, public relations, publishing, advertising, the- 
ater, business, and other professions. 

Independent Study: Juniors and seniors with a minimum 2.00 GPA, who wish to 
study an in-depth topic that is not covered in any offered courses, may choose to take 
an independent study. For every semester hour of credit, the student must complete at 
least 45 clock hours of time working on what should ultimately result in a final formal 
document. Students are responsible for completing the necessary application forms, 
which are available in the registrar's office, and finding a professor to oversee their 
progress. 

Students may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any 
one semester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used to- 
ward the graduation requirements. 

Departmental Honors: English majors with a minimum 3.50 GPA at the end of their 
junior year also may choose to apply for departmental honors in conjunction with an 
independent study. Details are available from the department chairperson. 

The English Department offers minors in literature, communications, and theater. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three 
must be from 221-226); 321; 341 or 342 (18 credits). Students must choose one of the 
concentrations below in addition to the core. 

Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 221-229); 370; three 
from among 330, 350, 390-literature, 420, 421 (21 credits). 

Communications concentration: ENG 099, 140; five additional communications 
courses, at least two ofwhichmustbe at the 300 level (201 or 202, 210-218, 310-315, 
380, 390-communications); at least three credits of 400 (21 credits). 

Theater concentration: ENG 201-204; three credits of 301; two additional drama-re- 
lated courses from among the following: 330, 341 or 342, 350, 390-literature, 400 (21 
credits). 

Secondary Education concentration: One additional survey course from ENG 221-229 
(the total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among 
201, 213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390-literature, 420, 421; and 360 
(21 credits). 



82 English 2008-2009 Catalog 




To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete 
EDU 110; SED 280, 430, 43 1 , and 440 (minimum cumulative GPA 3 .0, as required by 
PDE). 

Minor (Literature): ENG 120; 221 or 222; two from 225-229; two additional 300 or 
400-level literature courses (18 credits). 

Minor (Communications): ENG 120, 140, 221 or 222; three additional communica- 
tions courses (201-218, 310-315, 380, 390-communications) (18 credits). 

Minor (Theater): ENG 120; one from 201 or 202, or three credits of 301; 203 or 204; 
341 or 342; six additional credits to be selected in consultation with the student's ad- 
viser (18 credits). 

Courses in English (ENG): 

099. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's completed communica- 
tions-oriented work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student's formal 
request to take ENG 400 (Internship). The portfolio must include a minimum of seven 
examples of communications-related work, three of which must be submissions to La 
Vie Collegienne, the campus newspaper. Offered every semester. credits. 

Illy 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student find her or 
his own voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses 
emphasize the development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 
1 12 also emphasizes speaking, reading and research skills. Prerequisite for 112: 111, 
FYS 100 or permission of chairperson. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic 
methodology, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered every 
semester. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



English 83 



140. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses 
of language and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copywrit- 
ers, public relations personnel and technical writers. Usually offered every semester. 3 
credits. 

201. Introduction to Acting. The development of skills in speech and movement 
through the use of theater games and improvisations. Usually offered fall semester. 3 
credits. 

202. Advanced Acting. An exploration of the relationship between the actor and the 
text through script analysis and the performance of scenes and mononlogues. Usually 
offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

203. Stagecraft: Technical Skills. Instruction in the mechanics of backstage theater 
operations, including lighting as well as set and property construction. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

204. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and 
performing a full-length play. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

210. Management Communications. The development of writing, speaking and lis- 
tening skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12, or permission 
of the instructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as 
interviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news and writing features ac- 
cording to standard formats and styles. The course also covers legal and ethical aspects 
of journalism. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 1 12, or permission of the 
instructor. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

214. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate 
fall semesters. 3 credits. 

215. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered al- 
ternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing, speaking and il- 
lustrating skills to convey specialized, often technical information to a non-technical au- 
dience. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive and other types of 
oral communication, with emphasis on the student's own performance as well as the 
judgment of others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

221. Survey of American Literature I. A survey of selected major American authors 
from the colonial period to about 1900. Writing process. Usually offered every semes- 
ter. 3 credits. 

222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors 
from about 1900 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered every semester. 3 
credits. 



84 English 2008-2009 Catalog 



225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from 
the Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing process. Usually offered every semester. 3 
credits. 

226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from 
about 1800 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered every semester. 3 credits. 

227. World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from earliest literate history 
to about A.D.I 000. This course includes literature from western Europe and non- west- 
ern cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

228. World Literature II. A survey of selected major writers from about A.D. 1000 to 
about 1800. This course includes literature from western Europe and non-western cul- 
tures. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

229. World Literature HI. A survey of selected major writers from about 1800 to the 
present. The course includes literature from Europe and Russia, as well as non- western 
cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

301. Acting Lab. A workshop that meets once a week to explore specific issues in act- 
ing; course content changes every semester. Usually offered every semester. 1 credit. 

310. Advanced Journalism. Enhancement of basic journalistic skills by reading and 
writing longer investigative and feature articles. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 
213. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

312. Writing for Radio and TV The development of the basic skills of writing news and 
features for broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gath- 
ering local news, recording interviews, and preparing newscasts and feature programs. 
Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copywriting; selec- 
tion and presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Usually 
offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modern public relations as practiced 
by business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Plan- 
ning of promotional campaigns. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instruc- 
tor. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

315. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

321. History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolu- 
tion of English phonology, morphology, syntax and vocabulary, including current con- 
ventions and usage. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the 
narrative poem, the lyric poem, the novel, the short story, drama, film, the essay, biog- 
raphy, and autobiography. The genre will vary from semester to semester. May be re- 
peated for credit when involving a genre that the student has not previously studied. 

Lebanon Valley College English 85 



Writing process. Prerequisite: Eng 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). Usually offered 
every semester. 3 credits. 

341. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially 
the comedies and the histories. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level 
survey (221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

342. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the 
tragedies and the romances. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level sur- 
vey (221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

350. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major literary figures. Subjects have 
included Chaucer, Eliot, Faulkner, Frost, Joyce, Milton, Morrison, O'Connor, Woolf, 
and Yeats. The authors will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for credit. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). Usually of- 
fered fall semester. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and liter- 
ature in the junior high and high school classroom, exploring literary, pedagogical, and 
composition theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing process. Prerequi- 
sites: ENG 120 and EDU 1 10. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

3 70. Literary Theory and Its Applications. Consideration of fundamental questions 
such as the definition of literature, the value of literature, and the validity of the liter- 
ary canon. Provides an introduction to a variety of critical approaches to literary inter- 
pretation, on both a theoretical and practical level. Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually 
offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

380. Politics and the Mass Media. Investigation of the impact of the mass media on the 
political process and vice versa. Exploration of the history of the interaction between 
politics and media, and how emerging technologies are changing the face of political 
communication in the United States. Prerequisites: One of the following: ENG 140; 
HIS 125, 126, 127; PSC 100, 110, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

390. Special Topics. Study of important topics from the viewpoint of literature, com- 
munications, or a combination of the two. Past topics have included Sports Literature, 
Writing the Environment, Native American Literature, Film Criticism, Small Town Life, 
and Creative Nonfiction. May be repeated for credit with a topic not previously stud- 
ied. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a literary survey or ENG 213, whichever is most appro- 
priate. Usually offered every semester. Writing process. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related 
to the student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Gener- 
ally limited to juniors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 
ENG 099; permission of the chairperson; application form from registrar's office must 
be completed prior to registration. 1-12 credit hours. 

420. African American Literature. An examination of African- American literature as 
a lens through which students may more clearly view the ways that African Americans 
have contributed to, been influenced by, appropriated and transformed notions of Amer- 
ican identity, specifically conceptions of freedom, quality, gender, sexuality, religion, 

86 English 2008-2009 Catalog 



class, and literature. This course includes the study of slave narratives, fiction, poetry, 
and/or drama. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. Prerequisite: ENG 120, or per- 
mission. 3 credits. [Cross-listed with AMS 420] 

421. Literature by Women. An investigation of the ways in which women from a broad 
diversity of cultural backgrounds respond to and reshape a tradition of literature that has 
typically been gendered as masculine. Exploration of the effects of culture, ethnicity, 
class, sexuality, and religion on women's writing. Special emphasis on the history and 
construction of gender roles, power, and sexuality. Usually offered alternate fall se- 
mesters. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or permission. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Philip A. Billings, professor of English. 
Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

He teaches courses in world and American literature as well as poetry and fiction writ- 
ing. His publications include poems and articles in various magazines as well as three 
books of poems. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, professor of English. Chariperson. 
M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She teaches courses in travel writing, magazine writing, creative nonfiction, and envi- 
ronmental literature. Experienced in journalism, public relations, and freelance writing, 
she has published one book and numerous articles and essays in national magazines. 

Laura G. Eldred, assistant professor of English. 

Ph. D, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

She teaches courses in American, British, and Irish literature, mass communications, 

film, and arts criticism. She has a special interest in postcolonial theory and literature, 

and has published on the horror genre in film and literature. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. 
Ph.D., Boston University. 

He teaches courses in American literature, American studies, Greek myth, and gram- 
mar. He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published on Amer- 
ican cultural criticism and 20th-century poetry. Serving as director of general education, 
he supervises the first-year seminars. 

Walter E. Labonte, instructor in English. Supervisor of interns. 

M.A., Northeastern University. 

He serves the department as supervisor of interns and director of the College Writing 

Center. He teaches courses in writing, literature, management communications, and 

the teaching of English in the secondary schools. He is a published writer. 

Mary K. Pettice, associate professor of English. 
Ph.D., University of Houston. 

She teaches courses in journalism, creative writing, and English and American litera- 
ture. Experienced in the newspaper and publishing worlds, she has also published po- 
etry and short stories. 



Lebanon Valley College English 87 



Kevin B. Pry, associate professor of English. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches courses in acting, world literature, 

dramatic literature, and theater production. He also advises Wig and Buckle, the student 

drama club. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, associate professor of English and digital communications. 
Ph.D., Arizona State University. 

He teaches courses communications, digital communications, and British literature. 
His interests include interactive media and narrative, mulit-media design, and 1 8th and 
19th century British literature. He currently serves as assistant editor of the Interna- 
tional Design Media and Arts Association Journal. 

Catherine M. Romagnolo, assistant professor of English. 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

She teaches courses in American literature, women's literature, literary theory, and var- 
ious forms of writing. She has published on topics such as American literature and nar- 
rative theory and is working on a project on narrative beginnings. 

J. Gabriel Scala, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Mississippi. 

She teaches courses in American literature, African-American literature, and editing as 

well as creative and various other forms of writing. She has published on topics such 

as Willa Cather and is a published poet. 

Rachel Luckenbill, lecturer in English. 
M.A., Villanova University, 2005. 

Frances S. Seeger, lecturer in English. 

M.A., M.B.A., American University. 

Experienced in major market television production and writing, she teaches courses in 

broadcast journalism, mass communications, public relations, and documentary film. 

She also serves as advisor of La Vie Collegienne, the student newspaper. 



88 English 2008-2009 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

Our language programs have three aims: to develop fluency in the basic communi- 
cation skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who use 
the language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by which hu- 
mankind thinks and interacts. 

The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in 
a variety of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, world trade, business, 
and social service. For many of these careers the study of a language is often combined 
with majors in other disciplines. 

The department encourages students to avail themselves of the College's opportu- 
nities for travel and study, particularly Lebanon Valley College programs in Berlin, Ger- 
many; Montpellier, France; Salamanca, Spain; Buenos Aires, Argentina; and Perugia, 
Italy. 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German, and Span- 
ish, secondary teacher certification in French, German, and Spanish; Italian at the el- 
ementary level; as well as minors in French, German, and Spanish. 

Teacher Certification 

In addition to majoring in a language, students seeking certification to teach a second 
language must take FLG 360 and 21 credits in education courses, including EDU 1 10 
and SED 430, 43 1 and ELM or SED 440. 

360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of mod- 
ern teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elemen- 
tary through secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or 
SPA 202. 3 credits. 

French Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 

Major: 27 credits in French above the intermediate level including FRN 340 and at 
least 6 credits of 400-level writing process courses. For teaching certification, FLG 360 
is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conver- 
sation and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Montpellier, France, is designed for students with varying abilities in 
French. This program is located at the University of Montpellier in southern France 
near the Mediterranean Sea. Students are placed in courses at a level appropriate to 
their skills. All courses are in French. 

Courses in French (FRN): 

101, 102. Elementary French I, II. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at develop- 
ing basic communicative proficiency in French, and offering insights into French-speak- 
ing cultures. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 89 



201, 202. Intermediate French J, 77. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — lis- 
tening, speaking, reading and writing — and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures 
of French-speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 
202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Intensive practice in written French. De- 
velopment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on con- 
temporary French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
France and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of French. A course in phonetics and phonology designed to help 
students acquire standard pronounciation and intonation. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. French Culture and Civilization. An overview of French and Francophone cul- 
tures, history, and geography, with special focus on current issues. Taught in French. 
Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

360. Cultures and Civilizations of Francophone Countries. This course explores the 
cultures and civilizations of Francophone countries outside of France, countries where 
French is one of the languages spoken and where it is the main vehicle of literature and 
culture. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of French lit- 
erature from the 9th to the 1 6th centuries. Works from the medieval epic and courtly ro- 
mance through Renaissance philosophical essays. Development of advanced 
communicative skills through literature will be promoted. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

420. French Literature of the 17th and the 18th Centuries. A study of the spirit and 
principal authors of French Classicism (with a special emphasis on the theater of 
Corneille, Racine, and Moliere) and the main ideological currents of the 18th century, 
with a special emphasis on the writers of the Enlightenment and their role in the tran- 
sition from the old to the new regime (Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot, Rousseau, 
l'Abbe Prevost, Marivaux). Prerequisite: FRN 202. Writing process. 3 credits. 

430. French Literature of 19th Century. A study of the main ideological and literary 
currents of the 19th century; Romanticism, Realism, and Symbolism. Emphasis on the 
works of Flaubert, Balzac, Zola, Maupassant, Baudelaire, and others. Prerequisite: FRN 
202. Writing process. 3 credits. 

440. French Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries. A study of contemporary so- 
ciety as reflected in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and 
Theatre de VAbsurde. Such writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, 



90 Foreign Languages 2008-2009 Catalog 



Ionesco and Becket will be studied. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. Writing 
process. 3 credits. 

450. Modern Theater and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 1 9th 
and 20th centuries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

German Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German. 

Major: 27 credits in German above the intermediate level, including GMN 340 and at 
least 6 credits in 400 level writing process courses. For teaching certification, FLG 360 
is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conver- 
sation and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Berlin, Germany, allows students to complete 8 credits of intermedi- 
ate or advanced German in one semester. Students also enroll in courses in German 
civilization taught in English. 

Courses in German (GMN): 

101 , 102. Elementary German I, II. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at devel- 
oping basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German- 
speaking cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate German I, //. A continuation of the first-year courses. Aimed 
at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — listening, speaking, read- 
ing and writing — and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of German-speak- 
ing people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken German. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to German life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: 
GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

301. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Intensive practice in written German. De- 
velopment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on con- 
temporary German writing and issues. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

305. Summer Study in Germany, This four- week German language and culture course 
provides students possessing intermediate to advanced proficiency with an intensive 
linguistic and cultural immersion in an authentic German university environment. It 
combines daily intensive classroom instruction with organized cultural activities and ex- 
cursions. Language of instruction is German. Offered each summer. Prerequisite: GMN 
202 or equivalent, permission of the instructor. Foreign studies. 4 credits. 

310. Germany Today. Explores key issues in present-day German society. Prerequisite: 
GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
Germany and German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 91 



340. The Sounds of German. A course in the comparative phonetics and phonology of 
English and German designed to help students acquire standard pronunciation and in- 
tonation. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. German Culture and Civilization. An overview of German culture, history, and 
geography. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a par- 
ticular topic or theme. Students may repeat this course for credit. Prerequisite: GMN 
202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

460. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from Minnesang to contemporary rock. In- 
volves both texts and music as appropriate. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. Writ- 
ing process. 3 credits. 

Italian Program 

The department offers elementary Italian on campus and elementary and intermediate 
Italian through our program in Perugia, Italy. Students study at the Umbra Institute, 
earn 6 credits in the Italian language and 9 credits through courses in Italian civiliza- 
tion and culture taught in English. 

Courses in Italian (IT A): 

101 , 102. Elementary Italian , 7, //. Introductory courses in Italian. Seeks to develop 
basic communicative proficiency in Italian and provide insights into Italian-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

Spanish Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish. 

Major: 30 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level; at least 9 credits must be in 
400-level writing process courses. At least 15 credits must be obtained at LVC. The 30 
credits must include SPA 300, 310, 340, 350 and 360. Students may complete some of 
these core requirements in Spain. 

Minor: 18 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conver- 
sation and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Spain is located in the university city of Salamanca. Students take 
courses in Spanish language, history, civilization, economics, and art at the Colegio de 
Espafia. In Argentina, our program is offered in cooperation with the Fundacion Jose 
Ortega y Gasset in Buenos Aires, which provides Spanish language courses at the be- 
ginning, intermediate, and advanced levels. Students may also enroll in courses taught 
in English. 

Courses in Spanish (SPA): 

101y 102. Elementary Spanish I, II. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at devel- 
oping basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Hispanic 
cultures. 3 credits. 



92 Foreign Languages 2008-2009 Catalog 




201, 202. Intermediate Spanish I, II. Begins with a review of material typically cov- 
ered in a first-year Spanish course followed by further development of proficiency in 
all four language skills listening, speaking, reading and writing. Also aims to enhance 
students' knowledge of the cultures of Hispanic peoples. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

211. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation. An introduction to the basic 
conversational and medical/technical vocabulary needed to communicate with Spanish- 
speaking patients. [Cross-listed as PHY 710.] 2 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to Spanish and Latin American life and contemporary so- 
ciety. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

3 10. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical 
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing 
skills through composition assignments based on contemporary issues. Prerequisite: 
SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

320. Business Spanish. A study of the language of business and business practices. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of Spanish. A course in phonetics and phonology designed to help stu- 
dents acquire standard pronunciation and intonation. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equiva- 
lent. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Foreign Languages 93 



350. Spanish Culture and Civilization. An overview of Spanish culture, history and ge- 
ography, with special focus on current issues. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. 

360. Latin-American Cultures and Civilizations. An overview of Latin American cul- 
tures, history and geography, with special focus on current issues. Prerequisite: SPA 
202 or equivalent. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation and Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and 
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to Eng- 
lish and English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstand- 
ing works of the period. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

430. Spanish Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries. Readings from the Enlight- 
enment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and realism. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

440. Spanish Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries. A study of the literary move- 
ments of the century, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Prerequisite: 
SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries. A study of the im- 
portant writers of the century, with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: SPA 
202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of native cultures before 1492, the arrival 
of Spanish explorers and their effect on these native populations. Foreign Studies. Pre- 
requisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Jean-Marc Braem, assistant professor of French. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Braem teaches courses on all levels of Francophone language, culture, and civilization. 

He has written on censorship in French literature and the instructional use of films in 

French. 

Richard M. Chamberlin, assistant professor of foreign languages. 
Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

Chamberlin teaches courses at all levels in both French and German. His areas of re- 
search are German and French medieval literature, as well as the literary relations be- 
tween the 20th-century German literature and culture. 

Ivette Guzman Zavala, visiting assistant professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., Rutgers University. 

Guzman Zavala, a native of Puerto Rico, teaches Spanish language courses at all levels. 

She pursues research interests in Latin America and the Hispanic Caribbean. Her con- 

94 Foreign Languages 2008-2009 Catalog 



ference presentations and publications chiefly involve the representation of childhood 
and motherhood in literary texts and the visual arts. She is painter as well as a literary 
scholar and her works have been featured in solo and group exhibitions. 

Diane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., City University of New York. 

Iglesias teaches courses in Spanish language, culture, civilization, and literature, and 

also foreign language teaching methodology. She has published articles and presented 

numerous papers on Spanish Peninsular literature, teaching methodology, and multi- 

culturalism at international conferences. 

Lori Oxford, assistant professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

Oxford teaches Spanish courses at all levels. Her research interests center on 20th-cen- 
tury Hispanic American literature and culture with an emphasis on contemporary Cuban 
narrative and film. She has presented her work at several conferences and has forth- 
coming publications in these areas. (On leave 2008-2009.) 

James W. Scott, professor of German. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German- 
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's 
short fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is prepar- 
ing a new translation of Iwein, an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. 

Jared D. Larson, instructor in Spanish. 

M.A. Universidad Complutense de Madrid; M.A., University of Delaware. 
Larson teaches Spanish language classes. His research has investigated Spanish na- 
tionalism and the reemergence of Islam in contemporary Iberia. 

Jose Vargas-Vila, lecturer in Spanish. 

M.A. University of Miami. 

Vargas- Vila teaches Spanish language at all levels. He has written on Latin American 

politics and is an enthusiastic sponsor of educational travel. 

Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Middlebury College. 

Bowley teaches French language at the elementary and intermediate level. 

Rita M. Gargotta, lecturer in Spanish. 
M.A., West Chester University. 

Gargotta teaches Italian language at the elementary level, and Spanish at the elemen- 
tary and intermediate levels. 

Barbara Nissman-Cohen, adjunct instructor in French. 
M.A., Montclair State College. 

Nissman-Cohen teaches French language at the elementary level. 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 95 



DEPARTMENT OF 
HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

As disciplines, history and political science are closely related. Many students 
choose a double major or a major/minor combination. Others combine a history or po- 
litical science major with a major or minor in fields such as economics, foreign lan- 
guages, philosophy or religion, English, or business. Students in these majors also may 
choose to work towards certification in Citizenship Education. 

History Program 

By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people bet- 
ter understand themselves and others. Students of history also learn how to gather and 
analyze information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language. 

An undergraduate degree in history can lead to a career in teaching at the college or 
high school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and libraries, jour- 
nalism or editing, historical societies and archives, historical communications, or a 
number of other professions. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history. 

Major: History 101, 250, 499; four 3 credit 100 level courses. Six electives at the 200 
level or above; two must be non-U. S.; two must be 300 level; courses can count towards 
two requirements. 37 credits. 

Secondary Education Concentration: Students shall successfully complete the history 
major plus HIS 360, The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. Stu- 
dents shall also complete the Citizenship Education core, a second math course, an Eng- 
lish or American literature course, and 21 credits of secondary education courses 
including EDU 1 10, SED 280, 430, 431, and 440. Students apply to the certification 
program after completing at least 48 credits (including the math and English courses) 
with a 3.0 grade point average, and must maintain that average in order to be certified. 

Minor: HIS 101 and 250; three 3-credit, 100-level courses. Three upper division elec- 
tives, one of which must be at the 300 level, one of which must be non-U.S. 22 credits. 

Historical Communications Program 

The History Department offers a historical communications program in conjunc- 
tion with the English Department, described on page 80. The major in historical com- 
munications is an interdisciplinary program that provides the opportunity for interested 
students to engage in a comprehensive study of both history and communications and 
their interconnectedness. The program is designed to prepare students for professional 
research, writing and editing positions in such fields as radio, television, motion pic- 
tures, cable, popular history magazines, theatrical history, and oral history. Lebanon 
Valley College is one of the very few colleges to offer such a major. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in historical communications. 

Major: HIS 101, 250, 400. Three 3-credit, 100-level courses. Three upper division elec- 
tives, one at the 300 level, two non-U.S. Also: ENG 140 and ENG 213. Three additional 

96 History and Political Science 2008-2009 Catalog 



electivesdrawnfromENG210,216,218,310,312,313,314,315.DCOM130,210or 
approved special topics courses. 43 credits. 

Courses in History (HIS): 

101. History Workshop. This course is designed for beginning history majors and any 
other students taking a course in history. In this course, students will develop the ana- 
lytical skills appropriate for writing history papers. Students will work on developing 
thesis statements, writing comparatively, developing cause and effect, thinking chrono- 
logically, and citing properly. Prerequisites: Students must be enrolled in another his- 
tory course concurrently. 1 credit. 

103. The Ancient World: The Dawn of Civilization to the Fall of the Han and Roman 
Empires. A study of the development of civilizations from the development of human civ- 
ilizations to the end of the first era of empire building in India, China, and the Mediter- 
ranean. Topics include the river valley civilizations of Mesopotamia, Egypt, India, and 
China; the formation of great philosophies and religious traditions in Asia and Greece; 
and the first empires in the Mediterranean world, India, and China. 3 credits. 

104. The Second Age of Empires: World History from the Fall of Rome to the Mon- 
gol Invasions. A study of the second phase of empire building in world history, span- 
ning the period from the fall of Rome in 476 to the end of the Middle Ages in Europe 
and the end Mongol domination in Asia and Russia by 1450. Topics will include the 
Byzantine Empire; the gradual recovery of Europe after the fall of Rome; the renewal 
of China under the T'ang and the Song Dynasties; the Islamic dynasties in the Middle 
East, Africa, India, and China; and the Mongol invasions. 3 credits. 

105. Europe Encounters the World. This course is a survey of modern history, from 
1400 to the present. The course will focus on one of the most important aspects of mod- 
ern history, the processes of colonization and decolonization. The course is framed by 
three main areas of inquiry. First students explore why it was the Europeans who ex- 
panded over the globe from 1500 to 1900. The second theme is the cultural encounter 
that resulted from European expansion. The final section of the course deals with the 
twentieth century. The following themes are covered: colonial resistance, the three- 
world order, and globalization. 3 credits. 

125. United States History to 1865. The major events and developments in America 
from Columbus to the Civil War, with emphasis on the creation of a distinctive Amer- 
ican society from the interaction of different cultures, ethnic groups, and ideas. Major 
themes include the transformation of European cultural ideas in colonial America and 
the impact of republican ideology, democratization, and the spread of the market econ- 
omy between the Revolution and the Civil War. 3 credits. 

126. United States History Since 1865. American history from 1865 until the present. 
Students learn about important themes in recent history such as law and order, native 
land rights, protest movements, foreign policy and its critics, and the rise of corporate 
power and its economic and political consequences. 3 credits. 

202. Historical Geography. A study of the various geographic regions of the world and 
how the natural environment has influenced historical and cultural development. Pre- 
requisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 97 



205. Early Modern Europe. Selected themes in the cultural, religious, economic, so- 
cial, and political history of Europe from the end of the fourteenth century to about 
1715. After a brief survey of the late Middle Ages, the course will then address focus 
on the Renaissance, Reformation, age of discovery, and finally state-making in the sev- 
enteenth century. Through the examination of these themes the course will chart the 
shift in the geographic centers of power in early modern Europe from the Mediter- 
ranean to Northern Europe and the Atlantic seaboard. Prerequisites: Sophomore stand- 
ing or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

206. Revolution and Nationalism. The course will chart the ways in which the French 
Revolution and the industrial revolution in Europe shaped the political, economic, social, 
cultural, and intellectual development of Europe in the nineteenth century. The major 
themes of the course include the development of the political ideologies that emerged as 
a result of the French Revolution, industrialization, nationalism, the development of class 
societies, gradual democratization in parts of Europe, the beginning of the women's 
movement, challenges to liberalism, and finally, the causes of World War I. Prerequisites: 
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

207. Europe in the 20th Century. An introduction to the main political, social, eco- 
nomic, and intellectual developments in twentieth-century Europe. The major themes 
of the course include the experience of the two world wars; the development of fascist 
and communist regimes under Lenin and Stalin, Mussolini, and Hitler; the weakness of 
the western democracies after World War I; the Holocaust; the Cold War; the Commu- 
nist Bloc; the end to colonialism; the European Union; the development of the welfare 
state; and the new nationalism. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the 
instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

208. Great Britain from 1688 to the Present. Selected themes in British history from 
1688 to the present. The course will begin with the Glorious Revolution of 1688 so as 
to establish the background for an ongoing discussion of Great Britain's parliamentary 
tradition. Great Britain's industrial revolution, the rise of a working class, and the pol- 
itics of labor will constitute another set of related themes. The course will also explore 
Victorianism and cultural developments in the nineteenth century. Other major topics 
will include British imperialism, the impact of two world wars, and the relationships 
among the component parts of the United Kingdom (Ireland, Scotland, Wales, and Eng- 
land). Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. Writing 
process. 3 credits. 

210. The History of Modern France, 1750 to the Present. A study of French history 
from 1750 to the 1980s. The course provides an overview of the political, social, eco- 
nomic, and cultural history of France from the late eighteenth to the late twentieth cen- 
tury. The course will address a variety of themes from the standpoint of France's place 
in European history as a whole but also in terms of the uniqueness of the French expe- 
rience. Some of the themes covered by the course will include: France's revolutionary 
tradition; the development of a democratic society; the French pattern of gradual in- 
dustrialization; the persistence of the French peasantry; the socialist movement and syn- 
dicalism; the evolution of the radical right; imperialism; French communism; intellectual 
movements in literature, philosophy and the arts; France and Europe in the post-war pe- 

98 History and Political Science 2008-2009 Catalog 



riod; women in French society; and the role of minorities in France. The course will 
also examine the ways in which these themes relate to issues confronting contemporary 
France. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

21 7. Women in Modern Europe, 1 750 to the Present An exploration of the position of 
women in Modern Europe from 1750 to the present. The course focuses around the 
tensions between women's difference and demands for equal treatment as this theme has 
played out through history. The course will begin with a discussion of gender in history 
and then proceed to examination of women in pre-industrial Europe, the French Revo- 
lution, the industrial revolution, nineteenth-century reform movements, feminism and 
the suffrage movement. Twentieth century themes include the "new" woman, women in 
communist Russia and under the fascist regimes, the impact of two world wars on 
women's roles, the welfare state, and finally, contemporary feminism. Prerequisites: 
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

226. Age of Jefferson and Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrar- 
ian society struggled to confront the new age of economic modernization, social di- 
versity and sectional tension. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the 
instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

230. American Electoral Politics. This course uses the current presidential election as 
a case study from which students can analyze the history of American parties and elec- 
tions. The course will use political science concepts such as realignment and dealign- 
ment to study the rise and fall of the various "party systems" in American history, and 
will attempt to place the current presidential election within its historical context. Pre- 
requisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. [Cross-listed 
as PSC 230.] 

240. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from 
Old World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. Pre- 
requisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

242. The African-American Experience. Survey of African- American history from the 
origins of slavery until the present. The course develops several inter-related themes 
such as slavery, protest movement and civil rights, economic history, and blacks in 
Pennsylvania. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. So- 
cial diversity studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as AMS 242] 

245. Women in America. The role and status of women in American society from the 
colonial period to the present. It emphasizes the ways that women's paid and unpaid 
labor has shaped their status and role in the family, society, and the economy. Prereq- 
uisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

250. The Historian y s Craft. An introduction to the basics of historical research and 
writing. The most important goal of the course is to help students produce a clearly 
written research paper, with footnotes and a bibliography. A primary source paper and 
other writing assignments will prepare the students for the achievement of this goal. 
Class discussion will revolve around analysis of various types of primary sources, sec- 
ondary sources, journal articles, issues of interpretation, and research methods. The 
course will also include several research trips to libraries, archives, historical societies, 

Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 99 



or local history collections. Prerequisites: at least one of the following: History 103, 
104, 105, 125, 126 or 127; or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

251. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of 
the great historians from ancient times to the modern world; the second half of the 
course covers recent interpretations of American history. Prerequisites: at least one of 
the following: History 103, 104, 125, or 126; or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

273. African History. A survey of African history from the origins of humanity until the 
present. Students learn more about the modern period, particularly the effects of the 
slave trade, colonialism, and neocolonialism on Africa. Special emphasis is given to 
the genocides in the Congo Free State at the end of the nineteenth century and in 
Rwanda at the close of the twentieth. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission 
of the instructor. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

274. Colonial Latin America. Latin America from its prehistory to the end of inde- 
pendence movements in the 1820s. Topics will include early civilizations such as the 
Maya, Aztec, and Incas; the confrontation between the Amerindians and the European 
colonizers; the development of Latin American societies under Portuguese and Span- 
ish rule; slavery; the colonial economy; and finally, independence movements. Prereq- 
uisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

275. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from the emergence of inde- 
pendent states, relationships with the United States and the modern regional distinc- 
tions. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. Foreign studies. 
3 credits. 

303. Seminar on the History of South Africa. A seminar on the history of South Africa 
from the 1600s until the end of apartheid in the early 1990s. Topics include early col- 
onization, conflicts between European settlers and natives and between the English and 
the Afrikaaner republics, the development of capitalism, the dynamics of black South 
Africans under apartheid, and the bloody struggle for and against national liberation in 
the early 1990s. Prerequisites: Junior standing or permission of the instructor. History 
273 is recommended. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

304. Seminar on the History of Brazil. A study of the history of Brazil from the colo- 
nial period through the present day. The primary focus will be on the period from the 
arrival of the Portuguese Court in 1 808 until the "abertura," or re-democratization of 
the 1980s. Some of the topics that will be covered in the course include: 1) the histor- 
ical development of the Brazilian nation-state and 2) the development of a Brazilian 
"national" culture. Thus recurrent themes will include political organization and par- 
ticipation, economic growth and development, nationalism, authoritarianism and re- 
democratization, social organization and stratification, cultural production, and race 
relations. Prerequisites: Junior standing or permission of the instructor, History 274 or 
275 is recommended. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

310. Seminar on World War I. This course provides an in-depth study of World War I. 
The topics covered include the causes of the war; the military history of the war; the so- 
cial, economic, and cultural changes that resulted; the terms and consequences of the 
peace; and the ways in which the memories of the war were constructed. Although the 

100 History and Political Science 2008-2009 Catalog 




course will focus on Europe where most of the war was fought, students will also ex- 
amine the impact of the war on Russia and Europe's overseas colonies. Prerequisites: 
Junior or senior standing and one prior history course or permission of the instructor. 
Writing process. 3 credits. 

312. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their in- 
dependence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hos- 
tile world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians 
of the period disagree. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and one prior history 
class or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

315. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery 
led to a bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. Prerequi- 
sites: Junior or senior standing and one prior history class or permission of the in- 
structor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

330. The Ruling Class. This course offers students a chance to explore the origins, his- 
tories, institutions, and current practices of the American aristocracy. Students will learn 
about how the very rich families that currently enjoy enormous hereditary wealth ob- 
tained and maintain their fortunes. Students will also investigate the histories and cur- 
rent policies of the institutions that protect and promote the wealthy such as 
corporations, the stock market, and government. Social diversity studies. 3 credits. 
[Cross-listed as AMS 330.] 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the secondary 
level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical ped- 
agogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, 



Lebanon Valley College 



History and Political Science 101 



the uses of technology, and student motivational techniques. Required for all history 
majors seeking citizenship education certification. Does not count towards the major. 
Prerequisites: admission to the Citizenship Education Program. 3 credits. [Cross-listed 
as PSC 360.] 

400. Internship. Field experience related to student's work, research interests, or grad- 
uate school plans. A journal and paper in addition to field work are required. Students 
may take up to 6 credits per semester and up to 12 credits during the summer. Prereq- 
uisites: Junior or senior status; overall GPA of at least 2.5; completion of registration 
forms; approval of internship site by student's advisor prior to registration; approval of 
department chair. 3-12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar in History. Focus on a theme in history such as World War I, the 
industrial revolution, or the Enlightenment. These topics will be approached from a va- 
riety of perspectives (economic, political, or social for example) and from the view- 
point of many national histories. Class meetings will include discussion of course 
readings, research methods, and the historiography related to the theme of the course. 
Students will write a research paper on some aspect of the course topic utilizing a va- 
riety of primary and secondary sources and present their research to the class. Prereq- 
uisites: Senior history majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Political Science Program 

Political scientists study government institutions and the political systems related to 
them. Students who major in political science take courses to give them a thorough un- 
derstanding of the American political system, the political systems of other nations, 
and international politics. Twenty-four of the 39 credits in this major are taken in core 
requirements, and the remainder consist of elective credits chosen by students in ac- 
cordance with their interests. 

A degree in political science opens the door to a wide variety of careers. Political sci- 
ence majors have become lawyers, high school and junior high school teachers, college 
professors, journalists, law enforcement officers, business people, consultants, lobby- 
ists, and government officials. The political science major is an integral component of 
the Pre-law, Criminal Justice, and Citizenship Education programs. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science. 

Major: ECN 101 or 102; PSC 100, 1 10, 210, 245, 345, 370; one course from PSC 497, 
498 or 499; five additional elective courses in political science (39 credits). 

Minor: PSC 100, 110, 210, 245, 345 and one elective course in political science (18 
credits). 

Law and Society Minor 

The Political Science Department offers a law and society minor which can be taken 
alongside any major at LVC. The minor is an interdisciplinary program that introduces 
students to the American legal system through a study of the United States Constitution 
and its normative and political context. The program is expected to be of particular use 
to those students who intend to apply to law school. An internship and a capstone sem- 
inar in legal foundations are required for this minor. 

102 History and Political Science 2008-2009 Catalog 



Degree Requirements: 

Minor: PHL 120; PSC 215, 316, 400, 497; and either PHL 215 or PHL/PSC 345 (18 

credits) 

Courses in Political Science (PSC): 

100. Introduction to Political Science. This course is designed as a broadly-based in- 
troduction to the discipline of political science. It will acquaint students with the con- 
cepts, structures, trends, and belief systems that form the basis of political activity 
throughout the world. Those taking the course will leave with an enhanced under- 
standing of the multiple ideologies, institutions, issues, and actors that shape and drive 
politics. 3 credits. 

110. American National Government. This course provides a survey of key develop- 
ments, institutions, and issues in American politics. Topics include the ideas that shaped 
the original American political system, the presidency; Congress and federal courts; 
the operation of political parties and interest groups; domestic and foreign policy de- 
bates; and contemporary issues such as civil rights and affirmative action. 3 credits. 

142. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantita- 
tive and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to 
interpret and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method ap- 
plied to data analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential 
statistics, and the statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. 
Students will also design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-col- 
lections project. 4 credits. [Cross-listed as PSY 130.] 

210. Comparative Politics. This is an introduction to the study of comparative poli- 
tics: the comparison of political systems in order to understand how and why these sys- 
tems function differently. The course is built around three fundamental questions: What 
is comparative politics? What kinds of phenomena do we compare? What are the major 
theoretical approaches that guide our studies? We also examine distinctions between 
the "developing" and the "developed" worlds, and between authoritarian and demo- 
cratic political regimes. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of the in- 
structor. 3 credits. 

211. The Developing Nations. A survey of the developing nations of Latin America, 
Asia, Africa, and the Middle East. This class explores why some countries are "devel- 
oped" and others not. The course examines some of the major explanations for devel- 
opment, both economic and political. Following an overview of each of the developing 
regions, the class will analyze some of the major issues facing developing nations today. 
Topics include democratization, religion and politics, ethnic conflict, women and de- 
velopment, and revolution. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of the in- 
structor. Writing process. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

212. Politics of Latin America. The course is designed as an introduction to Latin Amer- 
ican politics. We focus on two major trends that have characterized the region through- 
out its post-independence history: episodic waves of political democratization and 
democratic breakdown, and a common but changing series of economic systems. We 
also examine the political role played by the military, the quest for political equality 

Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 1 03 



among various groups in society, and the evolving political and economic relationships 
between Latin American states and the U.S. 3 credits. 

213. Politics of the Middle East. Sometimes called the cradle of civilization, the Mid- 
dle East is home to approximately 330 million people, vast oil resources, and the world's 
fastest-growing religion. It also faces formidable political, social, and economic chal- 
lenges. In fact, it may well be the most contentious region in the world today. This 
course examines selected domestic and international political developments in the mod- 
ern Middle East. We discuss Arabism, political Islam, secular-religious tensions within 
and between Middle East states, and state-society relations (e.g., opposition movements, 
human rights, gender issues). We also analyze international relations within and with- 
out the region, namely the Arab-Israeli conflict, the Iraq-Iran conflict, and U.S. foreign 
policy toward the region (including the impact of the war on terrorism). We will sup- 
plement our readings and discussions with several films and periodic guest speakers 
(depending upon availability). An underlying theme of the course is the potential for de- 
mocratization in the Middle East. 3 credits. 

230. Electing the President. This course uses the current presidential election as a case 
study from which students can analyze the history of American parties and elections. 
The course will use political science concepts such as realignment and de-alignment to 
study the rise and fall of the various "party systems" in American history, and will at- 
tempt to place the current presidential election within its historical context. Prerequi- 
sites: sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as 
HIS 230] 

245. International Relations. This course is designed to introduce students to the study 
of international relations. The course hinges on a series of questions: Who are the prin- 
cipal actors in the international system? What are the theoretical ways of discerning 
why these actors do what they do? How has the international system evolved into its 
present form? What are the central issues confronting the international system? 3 cred- 
its. 

250. Public Policy Analysis. This course describes the public policy process and ana- 
lyzes various areas of substantive domestic policy at the national level. Topics covered 
include budgeting and taxation, education, health, welfare, and the environment. Pre- 
requisites: sophomore standing and PSC 110 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

260. The Presidency and Congress. This course will examine the Presidency and Con- 
gress as institutions and as policy-making agents of the federal government. It will 
focus on the necessary and frequently confrontational interaction between these two 
political branches of government with special emphasis on separation of powers doc- 
trine and constitutional law. Prerequisites: sophomore standing and PSC 110 or per- 
mission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

261. Congress and the Legislative Process. An examination of the Congress as an in- 
stitution undergoing dynamic change; emphasis upon recruitment of legislators, insti- 
tutional and informal rules, the committee system, and legislative procedures. 3 credits. 



104 History and Political Science 2008-2009 Catalog 



262. The Presidency in the Political System. Both the institution of the presidency and 
the person of the president will be examined from a number of analytical perspectives. 
Some of the specific topics we will be covering include: presidential history; the rela- 
tionship between the presidency and the public via campaigns and elections, public 
opinion, the mass media, political parties, and interest groups; the presidential institu- 
tion and the psychological elements of presidents; inter-branch relations among the 
presidency, Congress, and the courts; and the presidency and domestic, economic, and 
foreign policymaking. 3 credits. 

31 0. Comparative Political Institutions. Institutions are generally defined either as the 
structures of politics, or the rules of the political game accepted by all — or virtually 
all — important players. Traditionally, the most important of these political institutions 
are the constitution, the executive, the legislature, and the judiciary. In this course, we 
will examine major political institutions from a comparative perspective. We consider 
cases in both the developed and developing worlds. Prerequisites: junior standing and 
PSC 210 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

3 12. American Foreign Policy. This course offers a two-part examination of American 
foreign policy. The first part will be an extensive survey of U.S. foreign policy from its 
inception as a nation through today. A critical theme will be the U.S. tradition of uni- 
lateralism, not isolationism. The second part will examine the policy-making process 
itself, focusing on the multiple actors and cross-cutting interests that comprise U.S. for- 
eign policy decision-making. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of the 
instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

313. American National Security Policy. The course will examine all areas in which 
contemporary U.S. security policy is formulated and implemented. The overall goal of 
the course is for students to develop their abilities to interrelate the concepts and sub- 
stance of U.S. security. 3 credits. 

315. Law and Government. This course uses key cases to study important doctrines es- 
tablished by the Supreme Court with respect to the structure and functions of the con- 
stitutional system (judicial, legislative and executive power and federalism). Students 
will also examine the Court's rulings concerning election law, voting rights, and con- 
stitutional protections of property rights and related contractual obligations. There is a 
particular emphasis on various forms of textual interpretation used by individual jus- 
tices to apply the Constitution in deciding cases and writing opinions. Prerequisites: 
sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. PSC 110 strongly recommended. 
3 credits. 

31 6. Civil Liberties and Civil Rights. This course uses key cases to study important 
doctrines established by the Supreme Court with regard to civil rights and civil liberties. 
Students will examine the Court's rulings concerning the establishment and free exercise 
of religion, protection of freedom of speech and of the press, privacy rights (abortion and 
sexual freedom), the rights of the accused in the criminal justice system, and the law 
governing racial or sexual discrimination. The course places particular emphasis on var- 
ious forms of textual interpretation used by individual justices to apply the Constitution 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 105 



in deciding cases and writing opinions. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission 
of the instructor. PSC 1 10 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

320. Electoral Politics. The dynamics of the electoral process in the United States, with 
emphasis on the role of parties, public opinion and interest groups. Prerequisites: PSC 
1 10, sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

330. State and Local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of state 
and local political systems and the major inter-governmental problems in state and local 
relations with the federal government. Prerequisites: sophomore standing and PSC 110 
or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

345. Political Philosophy. Students in this course study the development of Western 
political thought from Classical Greece to modern times, examining the conceptual 
evolution of citizenship, civic obligation, and the nature of justice, and exploring the 
connection between moral and positive law in the western tradition. Prerequisites: jun- 
ior standing or permission of the instructor. Writing process. Disciplinary perspectives. 
3 credits. [Cross-listed as PHL 345.] 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the second- 
ary level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical 
pedagogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching tech- 
niques, the uses of technology and student motivational techniques. Required for all 
political science majors seeking citizenship education certification. Does not count to- 
wards the major. Prerequisites: admission to the Citizenship Education Program. 3 cred- 
its. [Cross-listed as HIS 360.] 

3 70. Research Methods in Political Science. This is an introduction to the design and 
evaluation of political research: formulating clear hypotheses, developing appropriate 
measures, an analyzing data using simple statistical methods and qualitative techniques; 
emphasizes clear exposition of arguments, interpretations, and findings. Prerequisites: 
junior standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

380. EU Simulation. This course will offer an enrishing, hands-on, interdisciplinary ex- 
ploration of the dynamic processes of policy formation in the core institutions of the Eu- 
ropean Union. Students will prepare for participation in the simulation held each 
November in Washington, D.C., organized by the mid- Atlantic European Union Sim- 
ulation Consortium (MEUSC). This experiential learning program endeavors to connect 
American students to EU policy makers and policy making in a unique way. Students 
will be engaged in discussions and debates about the EU. A distinct theme is chosen as 
the focus of the simulation each year. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience in law- or politics-related environment. Prerequisite: 
GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. Students taking more than 
six internship credits in political science please note: PSC 400 may count for no more 
than two elective courses in the PSC major. 1-12 credits. 



106 History and Political Science 2008-2009 Catalog 



497. Seminar in Legal Foundations. This capstone seminar examines the historical 
and philosophical development of constitutional law in the United States; the seminar 
emphasizes the dynamic relationship between the law and moral and political philoso- 
phy. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and completion of PHL 215, PHL/PSC 
345 or PHL/PSC 342. Writing process. 3 credits. 

498. Seminar in U.S. Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science 
majors to pursue a research interest in U.S. politics within a broad topic area prescribed 
for each semester the seminar is given. Prerequisites: Major or minor in political sci- 
ence and junior or senior standing. Writing process. 3 credits. 

499. Seminar in World Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science 
majors and minors to pursue a research interest in politics outside the U.S. within a 
broad topic area prescribed for each semester the seminar is given. Prerequisites: major 
or minor in political science and junior or senior standing. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Philip J. Benesch, assistant professor of political science. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in political philosophy, constitutional law and American govern- 
ment. His research interests include Socratic, Marxist, and modern democratic politi- 
cal theory, and the intersections of law and normative philosophy. He serves as the 
College's pre-law advisor and directs the minor in law and society. 

James H. Broussard, professor of history. 
Ph.D., Duke University. 

He teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications concen- 
trate on the Jefferson- Jackson era, the South, and American politics. He formerly served 
as executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic. 

Christopher J. Dolan, assistant professor of political science. 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina. . 

He teaches U.S. politics and international relations is such areas as presidential politics, 
U.S. foreign policy, U.S. national security policy, relations between the executive and 
legislative branches, economic policy, and other related topics. He has written numer- 
ous articles and books, including such titles as The Presidency and Economic Policy, 
In War We Trust, and Striking First: Preventative Doctrine and the Reshaping of U.S. 
Foreign Policy. 

John H. Hinshaw, assistant professor of history. Chairperson. Director of the Ameri- 
can Studies Program. 
Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University. 

He teaches courses on modern American history, black history, urban history, African 
history, world history, labor history, and specialized courses in race and ethnicity. He 
has written and edited books on the industrial revolution in world history, the steel in- 
dustry and steel workers in Western Pennsylvania, and the labor movement in the 
United States. 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 1 07 



Diane E. Johnson, associate professor of political science. 
Ph.D., University of Santa Barbara. 

She teaches introduction to political science, research methods, and lower-and upper- 
level courses in comparative politics, including Latin American politics, the politics of 
developing nations, and comparative political institutions. Her main research interests 
are democratization, the effects of globalization, and political communication. She spe- 
cializes in the politics of Latin America. 

Rebecca K. McCoy, associate professor of history. 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

She teaches world civilization and specialized courses in European history. Her re- 
search focuses on the social, religious and political history of France from the 1 7th to 
the 19th century. Other teaching and research interests include the history of European 
women, 20th-century Europe, and the development of nationalism and national iden- 
tity. 

Michael J. Schroeder, assistant professor of history. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

A social, cultural, and political historian specializing in Latin America and 
Nicaragua, he is co-author of the widely used college textbook The Twentieth Cen- 
tury and Beyond (McGraw-Hill, 2007) and author of numerous scholarly articles and 
chapters in his area of expertise. His teaching interests embrace the Atlantic World 
since 1500 with a focus on the United States and Latin America since the Age of 
Revolution. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, adjunct instructor in history. 
M.A., Millersville University. 

He teaches American history. His research and teaching interest is on U.S. political his- 
tory for the period since 1928, with particular focus on the Roosevelt-Truman and 
Kennedy- Johnson administrations. Related fields of interest include social, cultural 
and diplomatic history for the period since 1945. He is completing a Ph.D. at Temple 
University. - 

Michael A. Worman, adjunct professor of political science. 
Ph.D. Florida State University. 

His teaching interests include American politics, state and local government, and pub- 
lic policy. He brings long experience in state and local government and educational ad- 
ministration to the classroom. 



108 History and Political Science 2008-2009 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered 
a rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. The in- 
creasing national need for quantitatively prepared individuals makes our program even 
more attractive today. Actuaries, computer programmers, college professor, mathemat- 
ics and computer science teachers, college professors, operations research analysts, and 
statisticians are in high and continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline and 
problem-solving abilities developed in the study of mathematics are excellent prepara- 
tion for numerous and varied areas of work and study. 

The department was cited in the Mathematical Association of America's 1995 publi- 
cation, Models That Work, for its exceptional program and for its service to students. It 
offers majors in actuarial science, computer science and mathematics; secondary teach- 
ing certification in mathematics; and minors in mathematics and computer science. 

Departmental graduates have earned doctorates in economics, physics, statistics, and 
computer science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school. 
Many graduates have earned the designation of Fellow of the Society of Actuaries or of 
the Casualty Actuarial Society. 

Mathematical Sciences Department majors are active in student government, athlet- 
ics, musical organizations, and other activities. The department is always well represented 
in the list of students named to Who's Who in American Colleges and Universities. There 
are two active student clubs, the Math Club and the Student ACM Chapter. 

The Mathematical Science Department also directs the computer engineering track 
in the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details, see Cooperative Programs on page 25. 

Mathematics Program 

The Mathematics major is the cornerstone of the program in the Department of 
Mathematical Sciences. Each faculty member in the department has a doctorate in some 
area of mathematics. Operations research analyst, computer support consultant, com- 
puter analyst, and secondary school teacher are job descriptions of some recent grad- 
uates. Other graduates have chosen to use mathematics as preparation for graduate 
school in areas such as economics, management, operations research, and statistics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics. 

Major: MAS 099, MAS 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 202, 222, 251, 261, plus five MAS courses 
numbered 200 or above, including at most one of MAS 266, 270 or ASC 385; at least 
four of MAS 311, 322, 325, 335, 371, 372, 390; and at least one of MAS 31 1 or 322. 
A 400 level ASC course may substitute for 335 and ASC 385 may substitute for MAS 
266 or MAS 270 (37 credits). 

Mathematics majors are advised to take at least one computer science course or have 
equivalent experience. 

Minor: MAS 161, 162,222 and either 251 or 202; three courses from CSC 144 or MAS 
courses numbered 200 or higher. One ASC course may be substituted for one of the 
elective 200 or higher level math courses. (21 credits) 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 1 09 



Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the De- 
partment of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required by number 
in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathe- 
matics must complete: a mathematics major including MAS 270, 322, 325; MAS 360; 
CSC 144; EDU 110; and SED 430, 431, 440. 

Courses in Mathematics (MAS): 

099. Presentation Attendance. The aim of this course is exposure to mathematics be- 
yond the classroom curriculum. The course requirement is attendance at a minimum of 
six formal presentations on mathematical topics give at conferences, colloquia, or sym- 
posia at a minimum of two separate events (that is, a conference or event). Presentations 
should have a title and abstract and may be given by faculty or students; poster ses- 
sions do not count. credits. 

100. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Many in- 
troduce modern mathematics and most do not appear in the secondary school curricu- 
lum. 3 credits. 

102. Pre-Calculus. A review of precalculus mathematics including algebra and 
trigonometry. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit for this course after complet- 
ing MAS 111, 1 6 1 , or the equivalent. 

Ill, 11 2. Analysis I, II. A calculus sequence for department majors and other students 
desiring a rigorous introduction to elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement testing 
or MAS 102; MAS 1 1 1 is a prerequisite for MAS 1 12. Corequisites: MAS 1 13, 1 14. 4 
credits per semester. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 1 12 and MAS 162. 

113, 114. Introduction to Mathematical Thinking I, II. An introduction to college 
mathematics for potential mathematical science majors. Prerequisite: placement testing 
or MAS 102. Corequisite: MAS 111, 112. 1 credit per semester. 

150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical techniques used in quantitative 
analysis in business and economics. Topics include sets, linear relations, matrices, lin- 
ear programming, probability and interest. 3 credits. 

161, 162. Calculus I, II. A calculus sequence covering functions, limits, differentiation, 
integration and applications. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. MAS 161 or 
MAS 111 is a prerequisite for MAS 162. 3 credits per semester. A student may not re- 
ceive credit for both MAS 1 12 and MAS 162. 

1 70. Elementary Statistics. An introduction to elementary descriptive and inferential 
statistics with emphasis on conceptual understanding. 3 credits. A student may not re- 
ceive credit for MAS 170 after completing MAS 372. A student may not receive credit 
for both MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory, and proof tech- 
niques. Prerequisites: MAS 251 or permission. 3 credits. 

222. Linear Algebra. An introduction to linear algebra including systems of equations, 
vectors spaces and linear transformations. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 261. 3 credits. 

110 Mathematical Sciences 2008-2009 Catalog 




251. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and 
information sciences: logic, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, induction, re- 
lations and finite graphs. Prerequisites: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

261. Calculus III. Multivariate calculus including partial differentiation, multiple in- 
tegration, vector fields and vector functions. Prerequisites: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 
credits, s 

266. Differential Equations. An introduction to ordinary differential equations. Pre- 
requisites: MAS 162 or 1 12. 3 credits. 

270. Intermediate Statistics. A more advanced version of MAS 170 intended for stu- 
dents with some calculus background. Similar to MAS 170 with more extensive con- 
tent. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

311. Real Analysis. Convergent and divergent series, limits, continuity, differentiabil- 
ity and integrability; Fourier series. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

322. Abstract Algebra. Introduction to algebraic structures including groups, rings and 
fields. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of absolute, Euclidean and non-Euclidean 
geometries. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

335. Operations Research. Introduction to some operations research techniques in- 
cluding linear programming, queuing theory, project scheduling, simulation and deci- 
sion analysis. Prerequisites: MAS 202 or 222 or 251. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Mathematical Sciences 111 



360. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course to ensure prospective 
mathemaics teachers at LVC are knowledgeable and competent in the aspects of teach- 
ing that pertain specifically to the teaching of mathematics in Pennsylvania schools, as 
defined in the PDE Standards. Study of educational theories, research, and practices in 
the context of actual use of the same. Taught as a lab course. Prerequisites: declared sec- 
ondary education mathematics major and junior standing; EDU 1 10. 3 credits. 

371. Mathematical Probability. A mathematical introduction to probability, discrete 
and continuous random variables, and sampling. Prerequisites: at least two of MAS 
222, 251, and ASC 281 or junior standing. 3 credits. 

3 72. Mathematical Statistics. An introduction to the mathematical foundations of sta- 
tistics including sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, linear models 
and multivariate distributions. Prerequisites: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

Actuarial Science Program 

Actuaries are business professionals who use expertise in mathematics, economics, 
finance and management to define, analyze and solve financial and social problems. 
Actuaries are employed by insurance companies, consulting firms, pension/benefit con- 
sulting firms, large corporations, and federal and state government agencies. Actuarial 
credentials, which are earned after obtaining a bachelor's degree, result from complet- 
ing the rigorous education and examination program administered by either the Casu- 
alty Actuarial Society or the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Science Program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the 
1960s and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey, who is an Associate of the Society of 
Actuaries. With over 120 graduates working in the profession, including 53 fellows and 
39 associates, Lebanon Valley is recognized as having one of the leading undergradu- 
ate actuarial education programs in the U.S. 

The College's actuarial curriculum is designed to help actuarial students prepare for 
the curricula of the professional actuarial societies including all 2005 and 2006 revi- 
sions. The program introduces students to material on the first four examinations in the 
Society of Actuaries and Casualty Actuarial Society examination programs. 

The rigorous standards of the program, including the required passing of at least 
one actuarial examination, has resulted in a nearly 100 percent placement record of 
Lebanon Valley College actuarial science graduates in professional actuarial positions. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in actuarial science. 

Major: ASC 281, 385, 481, and one of 386, 472, 482; CSC 144; MAS 111, 112, 113, 
1 14, 202, 222, 261, 371, 372; ECN 101, 102; ACT 161 (49 credits). The Course P/Part 
1 or Course FM/Part 2 examination of the Society of Actuaries/Casualty Actuarial So- 
ciety must be passed before senior standing is reached. 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the De- 
partment of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required by number 
in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 



1 12 Mathematical Sciences 2008-2009 Catalog 



Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC): 

281. Probability for Risk Management. An introduction to risk management in prop- 
erty/casualty and life insurance with emphasis on probability concepts. Prerequisite: 
MAS 112. 3 credits. 

385. Mathematics of Finance I. Measurement of interest, time value of money, annu- 
ities, amortization and sinking funds, bonds, capitalized cost, net present value, yield 
rates, yield curves, duration, immunization; derivative products including calls, puts, 
forwards, and swaps. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

386. Mathematics of Finance II. Parity, binominal pricing, Black-Scholes pricing, 
hedging, exotic options, and interest rate models. 3 credits. 

471. Regression and Time Series Analysis. An introduction to regression and time se- 
ries models with emphasis on economic applications. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

472. Loss Distributions and Credibility Theory. An introduction to loss distributions 
and credibility theory with emphasis on actuarial applications. Corequisite: MAS 372. 
3 credits. 

481. Actuarial Mathematics I. Survival distributions, life insurance, life annuities, ben- 
efit premiums and reserves. Prerequisite: ASC 385. Corequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

482. Actuarial Mathematics II. Multiple life and decrement models, expenses, indi- 
vidual and collective risk models, compound distributions, including applications. Pre- 
requisites: ASC 385, 481. 3 credits. 

Computer Science Program 

Computer science is the study of what can be done with machines. This discipline 
is part mathematics, part engineering, part philosophy, part linguistics, and part exper- 
imental science (without all the mess). 

Our computer science curriculum is distinguished primarily by two characteristics. 
The first is our emphasis on computer programming. Five of the required seven CS 
courses are primarily about programming, and programming plays an important role in 
most of the advanced courses. This emphasis develops strong analysis and problem- 
solving skills. 

The second characteristic of the computer science major is its decidedly mathemat- 
ical nature. Our students take 19 credits of mathematics (seven courses), more than is 
typical of undergraduate CS programs. This math foundation gives our students an an- 
alytical background that applies broadly in their CS coursework, helping them become 
better programmers and analysts. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in computer science. 

Major: CSC 143, 144, 221, 253, 282, 331, 332; two of 441 , 442, 448, 451, 452, 481, 
482; either 400 or 500; MAS 111, 112, 113, 114, 222, 251, 270; one of ENG 210, ENG 
216, BUS 285 (50 credits). 

Minor: CSC 143, 144, 221, 253, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or above; 
MAS 1 1 1 or 161 and MAS 1 12 or 162 or 270 (22 credits). 

Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 1 1 3 



Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the De- 
partment of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required specifically 
by number in both programs, may be used in more than one program. The success of 
this combination of programming and math is regularly demonstrated by the consider- 
able success of the LVC competition programming team. 

Courses in Computer Science (CSC): 

122. Programming for Applications. Topics include algorithms, data types, graphical 
user interfaces, objects, event handlers, and database programming. This course does 
not prepare students for more advanced computer science courses, but it does satisfy 
the core requirement in computer programming for Digital Communications majors. We 
will use Visual Basic. 3 credits. 

143. Introduction to Computer Science. A broad introduction to the field of computer 
science. Topics covered include history, algorithms and problem solving, logic, hard- 
ware design, and programming. Intended for first-year Computer Science majors and 
others intending to take programming courses. 3 credits. 

144. Introduction to Programming (with Java). Foundational aspects of computer pro- 
gramming. Algorithms and data; control structures; the design of small programs. Class 
and object basics. Uses the Java programming language. 3 credits. 

221. C++ Language Primer. A 1 -credit, self-paced course in the basics of the C++ lan- 
guage. Revisits many of the topics from CSC 144 in this new language. Students will 
complete 5-10 short programming projects. Prerequisites: CSC 144 or permission. 1 
credit. Pass/fail only. 

245. Concepts of Networking and Database. This course has three distinct segments: 
1) principles of computer networks and the Internet, 2) database design concepts, and 
3) network database applications. Hands-on. Prerequisite: CSC 122 or 144 or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 3 credits. 

253. Computer Architecture. The design and organization of a computer's processor, 
instruction set, and memory. Assembly language, interrupts and I/O devices. Caching 
and pipelining. Prerequisite: CSC 143, 144. 3 credits. 

282. Data Structures. Implementing, using, and analyzing such abstract structures as 
lists, stacks, queues, and trees. The design of abstract data types in C++. Prerequisites: 
CSC 143, 144, 221. 3 credits. 

331. Software Design I. A survey of modern techniques for designing complex software 
systems. Investigates both programming techniques and processes. Includes substantial 
programming projects that continue in CSC 332. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits. 

332. Software Design II. A continuation of CSC 33 1 . Must be taken in the semester im- 
mediately following CSC 331. Prerequisite: CSC 331. 3 credits. 

441. Operating Systems. Theory and practice of modern operating systems. Topics in- 
clude memory management, file systems, scheduling, concurrency, distributed 
processes, and security. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 



1 14 Mathematical Sciences 2008-2009 Catalog 



442. Networks. Network design and implementation. Topics include layered network de- 
sign, types of hardware, low-level protocols, packets, frames, routing, security, and so 
on. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

448. Databases. The theory, structure and implementation, and application of modern 
database systems. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits. 

451. Theory of Programming Languages. Examines the design of computer pro- 
gramming languages and the tools that process them. Includes an examination of sev- 
eral current languages, and an introduction to the design and implementation of 
compilers. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

452. Artificial Intelligence. An introduction to the field of Al. Topics include expert sys- 
tems, goal-seeking algorithms, neural networks, genetic algorithms, computer vision, 
language recognition. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

481, 482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science 7, //. Topics to be selected from cur- 
rent areas of interest and research in Computer Science. Prerequisites: CSC 282, MAS 
251. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Christopher J. Brazfield, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

Brazfield teaches mathematics and actuarial science. He oversees the department web 
site. His research interests are in the area of noncommutative algebra. He advises math- 
ematics and other department majors. 

J. Patrick Brewer, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

Brewer teaches mathematics and actuarial science. His graduate degree was earned in 
the area of algebra, and he is broadening his areas of expertise to include statistics and 
actuarial science. He is advisor for the Math Club. Professor Brewer advises mathe- 
matics and actuarial science majors. 

Michael D. Fry, professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician. Trained 

as an algebraist, he has become a computer scientist as well with special interests in 

graphics, fractals, and applications of group theory. Professor Fry advises computer 

science majors. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, Actuarial Science 
Program. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 

Hearsey is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries (ASA) and an active member of the 
academic actuarial community. He serves as the Society of Actuaries liaison represen- 
tative to the Mathematical Association of America and is a member of the Joint 
CAS/So A Validation by Educational Experience Administration Committee. Although 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 1 1 5 



his original mathematics interest was topology, his primary interests are now actuarial 
mathematics and finance. He advises actuarial science majors. 

David W. Lyons, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Lyons has broad mathematical interests in the areas of geometry, topology, algebra, and 
computer visualization. His current research is in mathematical physics in the area of 
quantum information theory. His pedagogical scholarship centers around the use of vi- 
sualization, particularly with animation, for teaching mathematical concepts. Away 
from the office, he is advisor and master instructor for the Taekwondo Club. He ad- 
vises math majors. 

Mark A. Townsend, professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. 

Townsend is a winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching. Trained as a 
numerical analyst, he has developed a wide range of other interests including introduc- 
tory computer science. He advises mathematics majors interested in secondary educa- 
tion. 

Kenneth F. Yarnall, associate professor of mathematical sciences. Acting chairper- 
son. Coordinator, Computer Science Program. 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina. 

Yarnall has interests ranging from pure mathematics to computer science to history and 
philosophy of science. Trained as an analyst, he teaches both mathematics and computer 
science. He advises computer science majors. He is the advisor for the Association for 
Computing Machinery student chapter, and he advises computer science majors. 

Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 
M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School. 

Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching all students, es- 
pecially those with math anxiety. He teaches elementary statistics. He has won the 
Knisely Teaching Award. 



1 16 Mathematical Sciences 2008-2009 Catalog 



MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College 
liberal arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate 
and lead. 

Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years 
results in no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the var- 
ious roles of Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: writ- 
ten and oral communication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence. 

Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years 
will receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the U.S. Army, the U.S. Army Re- 
serve, or the Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months 
to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission. 

Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or 
who desire to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Military Science 
Department, 717-245-1221 or 888-356-3942, for further information. Course instruc- 
tion is held at Millersville University. 

Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the aca- 
demic year: rappelling, rifle qualification, leadership exercises, land navigation, orien- 
tation trips, and formal social functions. Program participants may also apply for special 
training courses during the summer: airborne school, air assault schools, and cadet 
troop leader training. 

Scholarships: Army ROTC offers four-, three- and two- year scholarships, awarded 
strictly on merit, to the most outstanding students who apply. The scholarship is valued 
at $29,000 a year. In addition to paying all or part of your tuition, the scholarship of- 
fers a stipend of $300-500 a month plus $1,200 a year for books. All scholarship re- 
cipients remain eligible for financial aid. 

Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study pro- 
gram in the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army 
ROTC Basic Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and ben- 
efits as a student enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are el- 
igible to participate. 

Leader Development and Assessment Course (LDAC): This practicum consists of a 
five-week summer training program at Fort Lewis, Wash. LDAC stresses the application 
of military skills to rapidly changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their abil- 
ity to make sound decisions, to direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of com- 
mon goals, and to meet the mental and physical challenges presented to them. 
Completion of NALC is required prior to commissioning and is normally attended dur- 
ing the summer between the junior and senior years. Participants receive room, board, 
travel expenses, medical care, and pay. 



Lebanon Valley College Military Science 117 



DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Students in the Department of Music may major in one of four areas: music, music 
business, music education, or music recording technology. Each student in the B.A. 
(MUS or MBS), B.M. (MRT), or B.S. (MED) programs is required to take a core of 
courses in music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional 
course work particular to his or her area of interest. 

Music Program 

Music majors will exhibit proficiency at the piano and in voice. To achieve these pro- 
ficiencies, students take MSC 5 10, 5 1 1 , 5 12, and 513, and/or 520. Precise requirements 
for the proficiencies and the recital attendance requirement are found in the Department 
of Music Student Handbook, and in the courses-in-music section of this catalog. Music 
majors (except music business students) will be in at least one major ensemble (iden- 
tified as Marching Band, Symphonic Band, College Choir, Concert Choir, or Sym- 
phony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. All students may earn up to 12 credits 
for ensemble participation. They will enroll in private study on their principal instru- 
ment/voice during each fall and spring semester. 

Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to 
study in that instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off cam- 
pus, at the same time. 

Degree Requirements: 

The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a ca- 
reer in music with a strong liberal arts background. Students in the jazz studies con- 
centration will take 530 private applied each semester. They will also take at least three 
credits of 530 jazz studies starting in the junior year. The theory or composition con- 
centration students will take 530 private applied each semester. Theory concentration 
students will take at least one 530 individual instruction theory credit in the senior year. 
Composition concentration students will take at least four credits of 530 individual in- 
struction composition starting no later than the junior year. Concentrations identified 
in the Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ, voice, instru- 
mental, sacred music, jazz studies, theory or composition. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music (MUS). 

Majors: Core courses in three of the music degree programs are: MSC 099, 115, 116, 
1 17, 1 18, 215, 217, 241, 242, 246 and 328. MSC 530 for all degree candidates. In ad- 
dition, music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602, 603 or 604 each semester, ex- 
ceptions noted previously. 

Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 
600; Voice concentration: MSC 216, 233, 326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 216, 
316, 351, and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sa- 
cred Music concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concen- 
tration: MSC 201, 218, 416 and 530 jazz studies (at least three semesters); Theory 
concentration: MSC 216, 315, 329, 416 and 530 individual instruction theory (at least 
the final semester); Composition concentration MSC 216, 315, 416, and 530 individ- 
ual instruction composition (at least four semesters). 

1 1 8 Music 2008-2009 Catalog 



Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 101, and three music literature courses from among 
the following: 100, 200, 201, 202, 241, 242, or 343. Minors also take MSC 530 for 
four semesters and must participate in any music ensemble for four semesters. 

Student Recital 

Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with 
a wide range of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrim- 
ination. Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience 
and helps to develop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels 
of performance ability appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on 
their performance readiness and in consultation with the private teacher. 

Courses in Music (MSC): 

099. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a sat- 
isfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Music core course. credits. 

100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music de- 
signed to increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits. 

101. Fundamentals of Music. For music minors and non-music majors, an introduc- 
tion to the rudiments of music: notation, key signatures, theory, aural theory and so 
forth. 3 credits. 

110. Class Piano for Beginners. 1 credit. 

111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides his or her own instrument. 1 credit. 

115. Music Theory I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmoniza- 
tion of melodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. Pre- 
requisite: audition for admission or permission from instructor. 2 credits. 

116. Music Theory II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and sev- 
enth chords, nonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 115 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

11 7. Aural Theory I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales, triads and 
simple harmonic progressions. Music core course. Prerequisite: audition for admission 
or permission from instructor. 2 credits. 

118. Aural Theory II. A continuation of MSC 117, emphasizing clef reading, modal- 
ity, modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic patterns. Music 
core course. Prerequisite: MSC 117 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will 
focus on genre and period studies. 3 credits. 

201. Music of the United States. A historical survey of U.S. music emphasizing sty- 
listic developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the pres- 
ent. Includes American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. Writing process. 
3 credits. [Cross-listed as AMS 201.] 



Lebanon Valley College Music 119 



202. World Musics. A general introduction to musical styles, compositional practices, 
and aesthetics of specific people groups within the Americas, Asia, and Africa. It dis- 
cusses traditional, popular, and art music styles, and presents music intimately tied to 
value systems and social practice. Foreign Studies. 3 credits. 

215. Music Theory III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dom- 
inants, augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced mod- 
ulation. Music core course. Prerequisite: MSC 116 or permission of the instructor. 2 
credits. 

216. Music Theory IV. A study of 20th-century compositional techniques, including 
modal and whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and 
various rhythmic and metric procedures. Prerequisite: MSC 215 or permission of the 
instructor. 2 credits. 

217. Aural Theory III. A continuation of MSC 118, emphasizing chromatic materials 
and more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 1 18 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, impro- 
vision and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 115, 116, and 215.2 credits. 

233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French, 
Italian and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice con- 
centration majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instruc- 
tor. 2 credits. 

241. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western 
music (in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque 
era. Music core course. 3 credits. 

242. History and Literature of Music II. A survey course in the history of Western 
music (in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the pres- 
ent. Music core course. 3 credits. 

246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students 
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits. 

306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with 
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits. 

575. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part 
work in all the species. 2 credits. 

316. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the key- 
board, transposition and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is 
required for admission to the course. 2 credits. 



120 Music 2008-2009 Catalog 



326. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching reper- 
toire. Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the 
works studied. 2 credits. 

327. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private 
lessons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise 
procedures, become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching pro- 
cedures in a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice ther- 
apy will be studied. 2 credits. 

328. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and com- 
pound forms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is 
placed primarily upon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in 
both aural and visual analysis. Music core course. Prerequisite: MSC 215 or permission 
of instructor. 2 credits. 

329. Form and Analysis II. An advanced course in analysis, focusing on the method- 
ologies and concepts of music design originated by the Austrian theorist Heinrich 
Schenker. Emphasis is placed on the appropriate use of symbols and terminology in 
the reading and construction of graphs of complete tonal compositions. Prerequisite: 
MSC 328 or permission of instructor. 2 credits. 

343. 20th-century Music. An advanced course in music history. Beginning with late- 
1 9th-century musical developments, the course continues chronologically through the 
20th century. Designed for music majors and interested non-majors who read music 
well. Prerequisite: MSC 242 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instru- 
mental groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. Pre- 
requisite: MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and with- 
out baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organiza- 
tions. Prerequisite: MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

351. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from ear- 
liest times to the present day. 2 credits. 

352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various 
methods of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical 
materials for all levels are included. 2 credits. 

401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of 
band and orchestral instruments. 2 credits. 

403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's 
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a labora- 
tory situation. 2 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 121 



405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to 
the student's performance area. 2 credits. 

406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles neces- 
sary to be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memoriza- 
tion and the selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and 
advanced students. Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits. 

416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scor- 
ing transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special em- 
phasis on practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. 
Laboratory analysis and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits. 

422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students 
with the church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, meth- 
ods and techniques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral rela- 
tionships. 3 credits. 

510. Class Piano Instruction I. First course in the sequence designed for music majors 
with minimal piano skills in preparing for piano proficiency. 1 credit. 

511. Class Piano Instruction II. Second course in the sequence designed for music 
majors in preparing for piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MSC 510 with a minimum of 
"C-" or better, or permission of instructor. 1 credit. 

512. Class Piano Instruction III. Third course in the sequence designed for music ma- 
jors in preparing for piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MSC 511 with a minimum of "C- 
" or better, or permission of instructor. 1 credit. 

575. Class Piano Instruction IV. Fourth course in the sequence designed for music ma- 
jors in preparing for piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MSC 512 with a minimum of "C- 
" or better, or permission of instructor. 1 credit. 

520. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal vocal experi- 
ence. Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

530. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments; Jazz stud- 
ies; theory; composition. Additional fees apply). 1 credit. 

540. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments; additional 
fees apply). 2 credits. 

600. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration 
student prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is 
given for one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually dis- 
tributed over the last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s). 

Music Ensembles 

601. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to 
all students by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience 
for music education majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the 
general education requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

122 Music 2008-2009 Catalog 



602. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open 
to all students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and 
arrangements of standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

603. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In 
the second semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and 
on occasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. 
Open to all students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. Concert Choir. 

Sec. 1. Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large 
ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. College Choir. 

Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs 
chamber vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit. 

610. Woodwind Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

615. Brass Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4 Trumpet Ensemble. 1/2 credit 

616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit 
620. String Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

625. Jazz Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

630. Chamber Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
635. Handbell Choir. 1/2 credit. 

Music Business Program 

The Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (B.A.) is a liberal arts-based music 
business curriculum that builds on the strengths of current programs in business and 
music. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (MBS). 

Music Business (B.A.): MSC 099 (8 semesters); 115, 116, 117, 118, 201, 241, 242, 
510, 51 1, 512, 513, 520 (1 semester, or voice proficiency), 530 (8 semesters), any music 
ensemble (8 semesters); MBS 179 (4 semesters), 371, 372, 373, 400; ACT 161, 162; 
BUS 230, 285, 371, 380; and ECN 101 or 102. 

Lebanon Valley College Music 123 



Courses in Music Business (MBS): 

MBS 1 79. Music Business Colloquium. A first-year through senior-level course for all 
music business majors. The class is a forum for speakers from the industry and return- 
ing summer MBS interns to discuss current events in the music industry. The class is 
the catalyst for the design and facilitation of the annual music industry conference 
(LVC-MIC) held each fall, market research, and the record label. Prerequisites: music 
business major or permission. 1 credit. 

3 71. Introduction to the Music Business. This course examines how the music busi- 
ness operates, delving into a wide range of issues and areas, such as publishing, record 
labels, retail, distribution, agents and managers, and current issues in the industry. Writ- 
ing process. 3 credits. 

3 72. Music Copyright, Contracts, and Cash. An in-depth examination of publishing 
and recording contracts, music copyright law, and music licensing. Prerequisite: MBS 
371 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

373. Music Industry Entrepreneurship. This course for music business majors ex- 
plores entrepreneurship in the music industry. The class revolves around the creation of 
a practical music business and an accompanying detailed business plan that is submit- 
ted to a participating financial institution for review Student teams also engage with ac- 
tual music businesses to provide marketing, distribution, research, and other services. 
The class discusses techniques and practices of management, operations, marketing, 
and other skills needed to run a successful music business. Prerequisites: MBS 371 
AND 372 (taken in the sophomore year); BUS 340 and/or permission of the instructor. 
3 credits. 

400. Internship. Prerequisites: Completion of all program requirements and permission 
of the instructor. 3-12 credits. 

Music Education Program 

The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania 
Department of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of 
Music, is designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten 
through grade 12, instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music 
education major prepare the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania De- 
partment of Education and are administered by competency jury. Students participate 
in student teaching in area elementary and secondary schools. In all field experiences, 
as well as the student teaching semester, each student is responsible for transportation 
arrangements. During the student teaching semester, the candidate is not required to reg- 
ister for recital attendance, private lessons, or an ensemble. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in music education (MED). 

Music Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 334, 
335, 336, 441, 442; MSC 216, 316, 416; EDU 110; PSY 120 (recommended), 180; two 
college-level mathematics courses and one American or English literature course; and a 
3.00 cumulative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register 

124 Music 2008-2009 Catalog 




for only one half-hour lesson in their principle performance medium during the student 
teaching semester if they are preparing a recital. This is accomplished by petition. 

Courses in Music Education (MED): 

136. Survey of Music Education. A first-year field experience with a classroom com- 
ponent. 1 credit. 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instru- 
ments, singing, notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. [Cross-listed 
as Elementary Education 220.] 3 credits. 

223. Brass Methods. A study of the brass family. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques. 
Mixed brass ensemble experience. 2 credits. 

227. Percussion Methods. A study of the percussion family. 1 credit. 

280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Optional supervised field experiences in ap- 
propriate settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 110 and permission. 1-3 
credits. 

330. Woodwind Methods. A study of the woodwind family. 2 credits. 

331. String Methods. A study of the string family. 2 credits. 

333. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of 
general music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music educa- 



Lebanon Valley College 



Music 125 



tion, varied approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative ap- 
plications, and analysis of materials. 3 credits. 

3 34. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches 
appropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. Writing process. 3 
credits. 

335. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philoso- 
phy, and methods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including 
marching band) from elementary through high school levels. 3 credit. 

336. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per 
week where they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit. 

441. Student Teaching: Instrumental. Music education majors spend a semester in the 
music department of a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. 

Prerequisites: 

(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.00 during the first six semesters 
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 2003). 

(2) two college-level mathematics courses and one American or English litera- 
ture course. 

(3) successful completion of piano and voice proficiency juries. 

(4) completion of music core courses and MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 
334, 335, 336; MSC 216, 316, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and 
EDU110. 

(5) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the 
College cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geo- 
graphic area. 8 or 4 credits. 

442. Student Teaching: Vocal. Same as MED 441. 8 or 4 credits. 

Music Recording Technology Program 

The Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (B.M.) is designed 
to prepare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music record- 
ing industries. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (MRT). 

Music Recording Technology (B.M.): Core courses plus: MRT 177, 219, 277, 278, 373, 
374, 377, 400, 474; MBS 371; PHY 101, 102, 203, 212, 350; MAS 102 (or MAS 161). 

Courses in Music Recording Technology (MRT): 

177. Survey of the Music Industry. This course is intended to expose first-year MRT 
majors to the music industry overall and help them determine their choice of major. 
Class sessions will involve discussion, demonstration, and visits with MRT seniors who 
have completed their internships. 1 credit. 

219. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed 
through class demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing 

126 Music 2008-2009 Catalog 



and discriminating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically 
to various production styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit. 

277. Recording Engineering I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic 
audio signal and acoustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and tech- 
nique, and signal processing. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab as- 
signments and projects. Prerequisite: PHY 102 or permission. 3 credits. 

278. Recording Engineering II. Multitrack studio production techniques are further 
developed through class discussion, in-class recording sessions, and project assign- 
ments. Audio theory, processes, and issues are examined in-depth. Prerequisite: MRT 
277, MRT majors only. 3 credits. 

3 73. Electronic Music. An in-depth look at the history, use and development of elec- 
tronic music. Emphasis in MIDI, sequencing, transcription, sound design, synthesis 
techniques, sampling and studio production integration. Prerequisite: MRT 278 or per- 
mission of instructor. 3 credits. 

374. Digital Audio. An in-depth examination of the principles and applications of dig- 
ital audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed in- 
clude: digital audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, 
computer-based recording and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media 
applications. Prerequisite: MRT 278 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

377. Recording Engineering III. A continuation of MRT 277/278, this 3rd course in 
the recording engineering sequence focuses on stereo recording, surround recording 
and mixing, and mastering. The emphasis is on listening critically for mic placement, 
understanding hall acoustics, applying musical decisions during the recording process, 
exploring new directions in surround sound for music production, and developing a 
musical, artistic, and technical awareness of issues involved in mastering projects for 
commerical release. Prerequisite: MRT 278, MRT majors only. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, 
and experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. Pre- 
requisites: MRT 373, 374, 377, and permission of the program director. 3 credits. The 
internship can be taken either in the last semester, in the summer between junior and 
senior years, or full-time in the last semester for 12 credits. A full-time internship, if all 
other coursework and music requirements are completed, allows students to relocate 
for the term. 

474. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed 
and practiced. These include musicality, client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An 
individual emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, or- 
ganizational and personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major 
project. Prerequisite: MRT 374, 377, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 127 



Faculty 

Johannes M. Dietrich, associate professor of music. 

DMA., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music. 

Dietrich teaches violin, viola, the string methods course, principles of conducting, and 

advanced instrumental conducting. He directs the Lebanon Valley College Symphony 

Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles, and performs solo recitals. 

Scott H. Eggert, professor of music. 

DMA., University of Kansas. 

Eggert teaches music theory, aural theory, counterpoint, orchestration, and composition. 

He is active as a composer and has premiered major works on and off campus. 

Eric Fung, assistant professor of music. 
DMA., The Juilliard School. 

Fung teaches applied piano and courses in music and aural theory. He regularly per- 
forms as a soloist and as an accompanist. 

Barry R. Hill, professor of music. Director of the Music Recording Technology Pro- 
gram. 

MM., New York University., D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 
A member of the National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences and the Audio En- 
gineering Society, Hill is responsible for developing curriculum, maintaining the on- 
campus recording studios, and teaching courses in the MRT program. As a recording 
engineer, he has a long list of album credits, including several national chart-placing sin- 
gles; his knowledge of music technology has been employed in record production, con- 
cert performances, theater sound design, theme park shows, system installations, 
workshops, and seminars. For fun, he teaches a graduate course, entitled Psychology of 
Music Teaching and Learning, for the Master of Music Education Program at LVC. 

Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music. Director of the Music Education Pro- 
gram. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges 
and supervises music student teaching, and advises the campus MENC: The National 
Association for Music Education student chapter. 

Rebecca C. Lister, assistant professor of music. 

DM., Florida State University. 

Director of vocal studies, Lister teaches applied voice, vocal literature, pedagogy, and 

diction. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music. Chairperson. 

DMA., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

His doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music 

education, and voice. Conductor of the Lebanon Valley College Concert Choir and 

Chamber Choir, Mecham also serves as adjudicator, clinician and consultant. 



128 Music 2008-2009 Catalog 



Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, associate professor of music. 

DMA., University of Iowa. 

Moorman-Stahlman teaches private organ and piano lessons, organ literature, organ 

pedagogy, and sacred music courses, and coordinates class piano instruction. She directs 

the handbell choir, performs frequently in solo organ recitals, and advises the Sigma 

Alpha Iota chapter. 

Renee Lapp Norris, associate professor of music. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

A musicologist by training, Norris teaches the music history sequence, American music 

history, topics courses, and form and analysis. 

Victoria Rose, assistant professor of music. 

MM. Towson State University. 

Teaching applied and class voice, Rose is an active recitalist and oratorio soloist in 

Central Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, and Baltimore. In 2003-2004, she will direct the 

College Choir. 

Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music, Director of the Music Business Program. 
M.S., Kutztown University. 

He has designed curricula and presented seminars in audio recording and MIDI for 
several artists, public schools, colleges, universities and technical schools. He has pro- 
duced, engineered and been a session player on 20th century and commercial jingles, 
songs and recordings. 

Thomas M. Strohman, associate professor of music. 
MM., Towson State University. 

He is responsible for woodwind studies and jazz studies and directs the jazz ensem- 
bles. A founding member of the jazz ensemble Third Stream, he has recorded for Co- 
lumbia Artists. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music. 

DM. A., Un iversity of Iowa. 

Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis, 

and piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist. 

Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs. 

B.A., Colby College. 

She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University. 

Michelle L. Barraclough, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., The Catholic University of America. 

Teacher of applied flute, Barraclough also directs the Flute Ensemble and teaches flute 

literature and pedagogy. 

Beverly K. Butts, adjunct assistant professor of music. 
MM., Michigan State University. 

A well-known soloist, orchestral musician, and teacher in the region, Butts teaches ap- 
plied clarinet, clarinet literature, and pedagogy courses. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 129 



Marie- Aline Cadieux, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

DMA., Ohio State University. 

Visiting artist and active recitalist, Cadieux teaches applied cello. 

Cheryl L. Campbell, adjunct instructor of music. 
MM., Westminster Choir College of Rider University. 
Campbell teaches class and applied piano. 

Christopher D. Campbell, adjunct assistant professor of music. 
DM. A., Shenandoah Conservatory of Shenandoah University. 
Music educator and performer, Campbell teaches applied instrument. 

John E. Copenhaver, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., West Chester University. 

Music educator and performer, Copenhaver teaches applied trumpet. 

James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music. 

Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washing- 
ton, D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the Lebanon 
Valley College Low Brass Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears na- 
tionally as a soloist and clinician. 

Suzanne D. Fox, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., University of Miami. 

A well-known music educator and performer in the region, Fox teaches French horn.ce 

Emily Y. Frantz, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M.T., Temple University. 

A professional music therapist and performer, Frantz teaches applied oboe. 

Ai-Lin Hsieh, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

DM. A., University of Maryland. 

Active cello recitalist, Hsieh teaches the fundamentals of music course. 

Linda W. Hummel, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Music educator and vocal performer, Hummel teaches Introduction to Music. 

Robin Lilarose, adjunct instructor in music. 
B.S., Elizabethtown College. 

An active performer in regional orchestras and chamber ensembles, Lilarose teaches ap- 
plied flute. 

James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music. 

A member of the jazz ensemble Third Stream, his teaching specialty is string bass and 

electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area. 

Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Combs College of Music. 

He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons, class guitar, 

guitar ensemble, and jazz theory. 



130 Music 2008-2009 Catalog 



Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., University of Miami. 

He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble. 

Andrew Roberts, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.M., Berklee College of Music. 

A well-known composer, arranger, keyboardist, and music director in the region, 

Roberts teaches jazz studies. 

Josh Tindall, adjunct instructor of music. 

B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Tindall teaches class and applied piano. 

Joe Trojcak, adjunct instructor in music recording technology. 
B.A., West Chester University. 

Trojcak owns Progressive Enterprises Sound Studios, a facility that provides audio pro- 
duction for music, corporate, and political clients. He has taught one of the MRT record- 
ing classes, is a seminar speaker for the program, and hosts many of our interns. 

Craig Underwood, adjunct instructor in music recording technology. 
B.M., Lebanon Valley College. 

Tom Volpicelli, adjunct instructor in music recording technology. 
B.A., Gettysburg College. 

A member of NARAS and AES, Volpicelli teaches the capstone Music Production Sem- 
inar course for the MRT program. He is CEO and president of The Mastering House, 
Inc., and has a long track record in the recording industry (notably live recording and 
mixing for the King Biscuit Flower Hour productions). His company offers mastering, 
authoring, production, and programming for multimedia and Internet-based applica- 
tions. 

Julia P.Wagner, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.A., Ithaca College. 

A professional bassoonist, Wagner plays with several regional symphonies. 

Michael Wojdylak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

D. D. S. , Un iversity of Maryland. 

Wojdylak directs the College choir and teaches private voice lessons. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 1 3 1 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Health Science Program 

This curriculum shall only be completed by students enrolled in the six-year Doc- 
tor of Physical Therapy (DPT) program. At the end of four years of study, students en- 
rolled in the DPT program will receive a Bachelor of Science in health science. In order 
to proceed into the professional phase of the DPT program, students must maintain: 
(1) a minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA in all coursework; (2) a minimum cumulative sci- 
ence GPA of 2.5 (the required biology, chemistry, physics, anatomy, and physiology 
courses), and (3) no individual science grade lower than a C (2.0). Science courses may 
be repeated only once to meet the GPA requirement. All required courses must be taken 
for a grade. Departmental students not meeting the GPA requirements at the end of the 
third year may complete their senior or fourth year requirements and graduate with the 
health science major but may not continue into the professional (graduate) phase. 

Required pre-professional course work includes completion of the general education 
program and major requirements including 18 credit hours in a cognate discipline or 
minor of choice. In fulfilling the cognate requirement, students must take at least two 
courses at the 300-level or higher. 

Doctor of Physical Therapy degree requirements can be found on page 171. 

Lebanon Valley College's Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program is accred- 
ited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health science. 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 222; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; PHY 103, 104; MAS 
170 or 270, or PSY 130; PSY 1 1 1 or 1 12; SOC 1 10 or 120; PHT 3 1 1, and a choice of 
PHT 412 or SOC 324. (44 total credits.) 

No minor is offered in health science. 

All courses are limited to students enrolled in the health science-DPT track with the ex- 
ception of PHT 412. 

Courses in Health Science (PHT): 

202. Comparative Health Care Professions and Systems. An independent study course 
to be completed while enrolled in the Study Abroad Program. Students compare the 
health care system in the visited country with the complex system present in the United 
States of America. Writing process. 3 credits. 

311. Fundamentals of Anatomy. This course is designed to introduce students to the 
basics of human anatomy. The course will cover human muscle origins, insertions, and 
actions as well as describing in depth systemic anatomy of the skeletal, circulatory, 
respiratory, renal, reproductive, and nervous systems. The course will use a traditional 
lecture format and a weekly laboratory session using ADAM computer imaging 
anatomy software. Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 and permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

412. Psychosocial Aspects of Disease and Disability. A survey course of the psy- 
chosocial implications of illness and disability. Specific attention is given to cultural dif- 
ferences, adjustment models, family stress from caregiving, family violence, and normal 
grieving processes. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

132 Physical Therapy 2008-2009 Catalog 



502. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice I. Introduces professional-phase 
students to key professional and practice issues including professional roles, health care 
communication, professional organizations, and health policy. 3 credits. 

504. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice II. Continued study of profes- 
sional and practice issues focusing on patient care documentation, ethical and legal as- 
pects of practice, and the role of teaching and learning in clinical practice. 4 credits. 

511. Human Anatomy. Explores human neuromusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, pul- 
monary, and integumentary systems. Laboratory exercises include cadaveric dissec- 
tion. Prerequisite: GPA greater than 3.0. 5 credits. 

514. Pathophysiology. Examines basic human pathology and medical principles, in- 
cluding, but not limited to, inflammation, infection, systemic conditions, diagnostic 
imaging, genetics, and clinical laboratory tests. 4 credits. 

516. Biomechanics and Kinesiology. Examines tissue and joint structure and func- 
tion, and the mechanical principles involved in human motion. The laboratory portion 
will introduce students to the basics of postural and gait assessment. Prerequisite: PHT 
312. 4 credits. 

518. Exercise Science. Examines skeletal muscle structure and function and cardio- 
vascular, respiratory, and neuromusculoskeletal physiology related to physical activity 
and exercise in general and special patient/client populations. Current methods of nu- 
tritional and physical assessment will be evaluated. 3 credits. 

520. Motor Control. This course will focus on the processes that govern human move- 
ment acquisition and control across the lifespan and will prepare students to apply prin- 
ciples of motor development, motor control, and motor learning to clinical practice. 
Emphasis will be placed on developing a working knowledge of the neural, physical, 
and behavioral aspects of human movement and the process involved in acquiring and 
refining motor skills across the lifespan. 2 credits. 

532. Clinical Examination. An introduction to the tests and measurements used by 
physical therapists in the clinical and research settings. Laboratory sessions will pro- 
vide the student with an opportunity to integrate concepts and apply the therapeutic in- 
terventions discussed in lecture. 4 credits. 

534. Cardiovascular/Pulmonary Physical Therapy. Examines the physical therapy 
management of individuals with cardiac and respiratory dysfunction. Particular atten- 
tion is focused on exercise prescription, patient management in various clinical set- 
tings, current medical and surgical procedures, and guidelines and education for 
inpatient and outpatient rehabilitation. 4 credits. 

542. Pharmacology in Rehabilitation. Provides a general introduction to pharmaco- 
logical principles including basic pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Descrip- 
tions of general classes of medications and their impact and utilization in rehabilitation 
are stressed. 2 credits. 

550. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry Physical Therapy I. Provides a critical appreci- 
ation of basic science, clinical, and grounded theory research to the evolution of phys- 

Lebanon Valley College Physical Therapy 133 



ical therapy as an evidence based clinical health professional discipline. 2 credits. 

560. Clinical Education and Practice I. Introduction and orientation to clinical edu- 
cation and practice for the doctor of physical therapy program, including performance 
expectations and requirements for clinical education. Students will participate in fo- 
cused observation in local clinical facilities. Personal transportation is required. 1 credit. 

Faculty 

Stan M. Dacko, associate professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Hahnemann University 

He teaches cardiopulmonary, advanced neuroscience, and differential diagnosis. His 

research interests are related to motor control and interventions for neurodegenerative 

diseases. 

Marcia Epler, associate professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

She teaches clinical examination, the musculoskeletal course series, and differential 

diagnosis. Her research interests include clinical and functional outcome and orthoses 

efficacy. Clinical practice areas include orthopedics and sports medicine. 

Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical educa- 
tion. 

M.H.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical educa- 
tion course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders. 

Michael E. Lehr, clinical assistant professor of physical therapy. 
M.S., University of the Sciences in Philadelphia; doctoral candidate, Temple Uni- 
versity. 

He teaches clinical examination and clinical interventions. His research interests in- 
clude manual therapy, functional exercise/movement, and clinical decision making 
within the orthopedics and sports medicine field. 

Victoria Marchese, assistant professor of physical therapy 
Ph.D. Hahnemann University. 

She teaches pathophysiology and evidence based/critical inquiry. Her research inter- 
ests involve the investigation of exercise as an intervention and the development of 
functional outcome measures for children with cancer. 

Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D. University of Iowa. 

He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research in- 
terests include outcome modeling using activity-based methodology and patient satis- 
faction. 

Kathryn N. Oriel, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ed.D., Idaho State University. 

She teaches Pediatrics and Health promotion. Her research interests are related to 

school-based physical therapy practice and infant/toddler development. 



134 Physical Therapy 2008-2009 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Physics Program 

Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excite- 
ment of experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics 
at Lebanon Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamen- 
tal laws dealing with motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, 
atomic and nuclear structure, and the properties of matter. 

Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as 
physicists and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other 
possibilities include technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can con- 
tinue their professional training by going to graduate school in physics and engineer- 
ing, or to other professional schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics 
and business. 

The facilities of the Physics Department are located on the second floor of the Nei- 
dig-Garber Science Center. In addition to the introductory physics laboratories, the de- 
partment maintains an atomic/nuclear laboratory, computational physics laboratory, 
electronics laboratory, optics laboratory, atomic force microscope laboratory, and stu- 
dent research laboratory. 

Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as 
paid laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research/internships, and par- 
ticipate in the local chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research op- 
portunities, supported by college funds or external grants, are available for physics 
students. 

The requirements for the physics major, like other majors at LVC, are designed so 
students can study abroad for one semester (typically in their junior or senior year). 
Hence, students can combine their study of physics with the richness of an interna- 
tional experience by participating in any college-wide study-abroad program (e.g., New 
Zealand Program). 

The Physics Department also directs the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details, see 
Cooperative Programs, page 27. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics. 

Major: PHY 111, 112, (or 101, 102 or 103, 104 with permission), 211, 311, 312, 321, 
322, 327, 328 and four additional semester hours above 211; MAS 161, 162, 261 and 
266 or MAS 1 1 1, 1 12, 261 and 266 (43-47 credits). 

Minor: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12 (or 101, 102 or 103, 104), 211, plus 6 credits in physics above 
211; MAS 111 or 161 (21-23 credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Along with the major requirements, students seeking 
secondary certification in physics must take additional courses in education and the 
sciences. Contact the department for the courses required. 

Courses in Physics (PHY): 

100. Physics and Its Impact A course that acquaints the student with some of the im- 
portant concepts of physics, both classical and modern, and with the scientific method, 

Lebanon Valley College Physics 135 




its nature and its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its rela- 
tionships to other disciplines and to society and government are considered. The weekly 
two-hour laboratory period provides experience in the acquisition, representation and, 
analysis of experimental data and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which 
the course deals. 4 credits. 

101, 102. Fundamentals of Physics I, II. An introduction to the fundamental concepts 
and laws of the various branches of physics including mechanics, heat, sound, elec- 
tricity, magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure with laboratory work in 
each area. Emphasis and applications appropriate for music recording technology ma- 
jors. Prerequisite: PHY 101 (or equivalent) for PHY 102. 4 credits per semester. 

103, 104. General College Physics 1,11. An introduction to the fundamental concepts 
and laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, elec- 
tricity, magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in 
each area. 4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: PHY 103 (or equivalent) for PHY 104. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical physics, de- 
signed for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. 
Calculus is used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and 
the second semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each 
area. Prerequisite or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161. Prerequisite: PHY 111 (or equiva- 
lent) for PHY 1 12. 4 credits per semester. 

120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system 
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive 
review of the modern scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the history 
of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astrophysical 



136 Physics 



2008-2009 Catalog 



systems including the solar system, Sun, other stars, and galaxies. Laboratory work re- 
quired. [Cross-listed as Earth and Space Science 120.] 4 credits. 

203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis and synthesis of waves 
and signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the 
acoustical properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 
104 or 1 12 or permission. 3 credits. 

277. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modern physics, including spe- 
cial relativity, the foundation of atomic physics, quantum theory of radiation, the atomic 
nucleus, radioactivity and nuclear reactions, with laboratory work in each area. Pre- 
requisite: PHY 102, 104 or 1 12, MAS 111 or 161 or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, in- 
cluding diodes, transistors, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, switching circuits, 
and integrated circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 
or 112, or permission. 4 credits. 

261. Introduction to Computational Physics. An introduction to the approximate nu- 
merical solution of physical problems with computers. The course focuses on problems 
from mechanics, electromagnetics, and quantum mechanics that are not analytically 
solvable. Topics include realistic projectile motion, planetary motion, and electromag- 
netic fields produced by charge and current distributions. Prerequisites: PHY 102, 104, 
or 1 12 and MAS 1 1 1 or 161. 3 credits. 

302. Optics. A study of the physics of light, with emphasis on the mathematics of wave 
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic waves. The 
course also includes geometric optics with applications to thick lens, lens systems and 
fiber optics. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

304. Thermodynamics. A study of the physics of heat, with emphasis on the first and 
second laws of thermodynamics. Applications of thermodynamics to physics and en- 
gineering are included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. 
Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

311, 312. Analytical Mechanics I, II. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, includ- 
ing the motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles and the motion 
of a rigid body. Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the 
Euler description of rigid body motion and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian 
mechanics are among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 1 1 and MAS 266. 3 cred- 
its per semester. 

321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism 7, II. Theory of the basic phenomena of electro- 
magnetism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of 
problems. The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alter- 
nating current circuits, the Maxwell field equations and the propagation of electro- 
magnetic waves are among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 266. 
3 credits per semester. 

327, 328. Experimental Physics 7, 77. Experimental work selected from the areas of 
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear 

Lebanon Valley College Physics 137 



physics, with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques and analysis of 
data. Prerequisite: PHY 21 1 . PHY 328 is writing process. 1 and 2 credits per semester. 

350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommuni- 
cations industries. Various principles of signals including frequency, bandwidth, mod- 
ulation and transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are 
emphasized. Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the 
student with some of the special methods, programs and problems in the teaching of 
physics in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit. 

421, 422. Quantum Mechanics I, II. A study of selected topics in modern physics, uti- 
lizing the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such 
systems as potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator and the hydrogen 
atom. Perturbation techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are 
introduced where appropriate. Prerequisites: PHY 21 1 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 
credits per semester. 

428. Advanced Instrumentation. Theory of operation of the atomic force microscope, 
the scanning electron microscope and nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer. 
Through laboratory exercises and experimental work, students will learn the proper use 
and application of these instruments. Prerequisites: PHY 327 or permission (advanced 
students in the sciences or technical fields are encouraged to consider this course). 1 to 
3 credits. 

Faculty 
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theo- 
retical physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science, and the 
teaching of physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. He recently spent 
one year teaching in China. In 1999, he received the Vickroy Award for distinguished 
teaching. 

Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion-bom- 
barded surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other inter- 
ests include electronics and experimental design. Recently, Hurst was awarded an 
National Science Foundation grant in atomic force microscopy. 

Scott N.Walck, associate professor of physics. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University; postdoctoral research, University of Rochester and Naval 
Research Laboratory. 

He enjoys mathematical physics and quantum mechanics. Walck studies quantum in- 
formation theory, particularly the theory of quantum entanglement, and collaborates 
with students in this research. The aesthetic appeal in mathematical descriptions of 
physical reality drives his interest in physics. 

138 Physics 2008-2009 Catalog 



Allen C. Boyer, adjunct instructor of physics 

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University. 

Thesis research was on superconducting properties of the metal tantalum. Served as 

the science coordinator for Manheim Township School District developing curricula 

and laboratories. Interests include science education and inquiry oriented approaches 

to teaching physics. 

Thomas G. Hollingsworth, adjunct instructor in physics. 

M.S., Gonzaga University. 

He is a retired U.S. Air Force command pilot with extensive experience in aviation. He 

manages a variety of the departmental outreach programs and is a member of the Her- 

shey School Board. His interests include secondary education, introductory college 

physics, and atomic force microscopy. 

Earth and Space Science Program 

Two courses in earth and space science are offered to acquaint students with the 
physical aspects of the world in which they live and to introduce them to earth and 
space science as a discipline. These courses are recommended for all students who wish 
to broaden their understanding of the world. 

Courses in Earth and Science (ESS): 

110. Principles of Geology. An introduction to the dynamic Earth and the interrela- 
tions of both the internal and external processes which shape it. This course offers an 
overview of the history and evolution of Earth in the context of plate tectonics. It ex- 
plores the nature of volcanoes, earthquakes, mountain building processes, weathering, 
erosion, and the various origins and compositions of Earth materials. Opportunities for 
hands-on inquiry are provided for the student in both the laboratory and in the field. 4 
credits. 

120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system 
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive 
review of the modern scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the his- 
tory of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astro- 
physical systems including the solar system, Sun, other stars and galaxies. Laboratory 
work required. 4 credits. [Cross-listed as PHY 120.] 



Lebanon Valley College Physics 139 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

The Psychology Department at Lebanon Valley College seeks to foster the devel- 
opment of a thoughtful, flexible, and scientific approach toward human behavior, guided 
by critical analyses of empirical research. Our curriculum is a student-oriented, liberal 
arts program that prepares students, following graduation, for applied entry positions 
in the work force, or for graduate studies in a range of areas such as psychology, neu- 
roscience, social work, medicine, business, education, and law. The program allows our 
students to arrive at a thorough understanding of processes underlying behavior, with 
a broader goal of applying this knowledge to one's own life and society in general. This 
goal is consistent with the mission of the College, which is to enable "students to be- 
come people of broad vision, capable of making informed decisions and prepared for 
a life of service to others." 

The department offers students the benefits of a strong classroom-based traditional 
background in a variety of behavioral subdisciplines, along with providing opportuni- 
ties to become involved in the field of psychology in an applied manner. Many psy- 
chology majors gain practical knowledge through (1) participation in independent and 
collaborative research projects under the guidance and supervision of individual faculty 
members, as well as (2) our extensive internship program, which allows students to re- 
ceive college credit for work experience relevant to their particular interests within the 
field of psychology. Overall, the Department of Psychology at Lebanon Valley College 
offers the "best of both worlds": experiences and facilities usually associated only with 
larger universities, along with individualized instruction and advisement characteristic 
of small liberal arts institutions. 

Psychology Program 

The psychology program requires all majors to complete a minimum of 42 credits of 
psychology coursework. All majors initially complete several foundation courses, which 
include introductions to a vast array of subfields within psychology, as well as labora- 
tory-based exposure to the nature of research design and analysis. Students then com- 
plete courses within each of five critical psychological subdisciplines (human 
development, psychopathology, biopsychology, cognition, and social processes), which 
include additional, advanced, lab-based research. Finally, all majors complete an inte- 
grative capstone experience, which includes coursework surveying the history of psy- 
chology, as well as the completion of an individualized internship or research project. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychology. 

Major: PSY 111,112, 120, 130, 199, and 443; one course from 325, 333, 347, 364, or 
379; one course from 400, 410, 420, or SED 440; an additional 6 PSY credits. Students 
must also complete one course from each of the following five core areas: biopsy- 
chology: 280, 285, 378; cognition: 250, 260, 363; human development: 230, 235, 324; 
social processes: 240, 245, 247, 255, 346; psychopathology: 265, 268, 270, 332. (42- 
52 credits). 

Minor: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, and 130; 6 credits at the 200-level or higher; 3 credits at the 
300-level. (23 credits). 



140 Psychology 2008-2009 Catalog 



Courses in Psychology (PSY): 

111. General Psychology I. This survey course examines the relationship between re- 
search and theory in the field of psychology. A brief review of the history of psychol- 
ogy allows students to understand the evolution of the discipline. The remainder of the 
course provides an overview of the basic research areas of psychology, including phys- 
iological psychology, sensation and perception, learning and memory, language and 
cognition, and human development. 3 credits. 

112. General Psychology II. This survey course examines the relationship between re- 
search and theory in the field of psychology, with emphasis on the field of applied psy- 
chology. Individual and societal influences on physical and psychological health will be 
examined. Topics will include psychological testing, personality theory, intelligence, 
motivation and emotion, social behavior, and psychological disorders and treatment. 3 
credits. 

120. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. An introduction to psychology as a 
science, emphasizing laboratory research. Students complete literature reviews, design 
and conduct a psychological experiment, perform data analysis and interpretation, and 
review scientific ethics. In addition, subdisciplines of psychology, and methodology 
specific to each, are explored. Writing process. 4 credits. 

130. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantita- 
tive and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to 
interpret and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method ap- 
plied to data analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential 
statistics, and the statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. 
Students will also design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-col- 
lection project. 4 credits. [Cross-listed as Political Science 142.] 

180. Child Development and Education. A survey of major ideas in child development 
and educational psychology, with an emphasis on classroom applications. Topics in- 
clude human development, intelligence, language, learning, memory, motivation, social 
and cultural contexts of development, and assessments. 3 credits. 

199. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to help clarify students' interests 
and long-term plans in the field of psychology. Topics include identifying the academic 
and interpersonal abilities necessary to become a successful student at the undergrad- 
uate level and beyond, reviewing the broad skills and values related to different careers 
in psychology, preparing students for the different elements of job searching and ap- 
plying to graduate school, exploring employment options in psychology available to 
individuals with bachelor's and graduate degrees, and reflecting on one's own skills/in- 
terests to develop a general career plan for their post-collegiate life. This is a pass/fail 
course for all students. 1 credit. 

230. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological character- 
istics and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological devel- 
opment, social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, identity and 
self-concept, sexual development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisites: 
PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Psychology 141 



235. Psychology of Adult Development and Aging. A study of research, literature, and 
theories concerned with psychological change in the adult, from early adulthood to 
death. Current research methods and findings are covered in the areas of physical, cog- 
nitive, personality, and social changes in the adult years. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, or 130. 3 credits. 

240. Organizational Psychology. Psychological principles applied to organizational 
behavior. Topics include individual factors (personality, attitudes, perceptions), group 
dynamics, personnel selection and training, communication, leadership, ergonomics 
and organizational change. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

245. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, with emphasis on psy- 
choanalysis, humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. Pre- 
requisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. Writing process. 3 credits. 

247. Psychological Perspectives on Gender. This course is designed to address a broad 
spectrum of issues related to the psychology of gender. Of central importance is the 
examination of empirical findings related to gender differences and similarities in bi- 
ological, behavioral, cognitive, social, and emotional domains. The course will also in- 
volve a critical examination of the meaning of gender in the field of psychology and in 
the broader society. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

248. Health Psychology/Behavioral Medicine. This course is designed as an intro- 
duction to health psychology /behavioral medicine. It will consider the role of psychol- 
ogy in the health field, including medical settings. It covers the relationship between 
psychological factors and physical disease from predisposition through maintenance. 
The study of behavioral medicine will include treatment of stress and stress-related dis- 
orders, preventive health behaviors and factors related to adherence of treatment pro- 
grams. It also explores the psychological connections of pain and pain management, and 
how personal control is related to both health and the disease process. Prerequisites: 
PSY 111,112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

250. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. Surveys structures and functions of, and re- 
search strategies to examine, the various sensory systems with particular emphasis on 
the visual system. Physiological, psychological and philosophical aspects of percep- 
tion are discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

255. Evolutionary Psychology. This course is an approach to psychology in which 
knowledge and principles from evolutionary biology are used to research the structure 
of the human mind. Topics will include the adaptive problems of survival, mating, par- 
enting, kinship, cooperation, warfare, and conflict between the sexes. Prerequisites: 
PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

260. Learning and Memory. This course explores various processes involved in knowl- 
edge acquisition, storage, and retrieval. Specific topics include associative learning 
mechanisms, the impact of reinforcement and punishment on behavior, generalization 
and discrimination, memory encoding, long-term memory storage and retrieval, mem- 
ory distortions, and the sources of individual differences in learning and memory. Pre- 
requisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 



142 Psychology 2008-2009 Catalog 



265. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and behavioral 
problems, including alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and psychopathic 
behavior, neuroses, psychophysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual deviations, sub- 
normal intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

268. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist per- 
sons and groups. Particular attention is given to assessment, individual and group ther- 
apy, marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 
111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

270. Forensic Psychology. This course will focus on three critical areas that fall under 
the umbrella of forensic psychology. First, students will be introduced to the area of 
legal psychology, including applied empirical research on issues important to the legal 
system such as eyewitness accuracy, police selection, jury decision making, and legal 
assumptions about human behavior relevant to the rights of defendants, victims, chil- 
dren, and consumers of mental health services. Second, the area of psychological ju- 
risprudence will be explored by studying efforts to develop a philosophy of law and 
justice based on psychological values. Third, students will be introduced to the con- 
cepts generally thought of as forensic psychology, such as criminal profiling, insanity 
defense, competence to stand trial, and child custody decisions. Prerequisite: SOC 110 
or PSH 111.3 credits. [Cross-listed as SOC 270.] 

280. Introduction to Neuropsychology. This course serves as an introduction to the 
content areas and methodology of neuropsychology, the study of the relationships be- 
tween brain function and behavior. Topics include basic communication in the nervous 
system, organization and function of sensory and motor systems, hemispheric special- 
ization, localization of function, brain injury and plasticity, and issues associated with 
neuropsychological assessment. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

285. Introduction to Psychopharmacology. This course surveys the most commonly 
used substances to treat mental disorders, such as antianxiety, antidepressant, anti- 
psychotic, mood-stabilizer, psychostimulant, and cognitive enhancer medications. The 
course also discusses the brain and its most common neurotransmitters, how transmit- 
ting neurons send and receive electrochemical information, the pharmokinetics (me- 
tabolism and elimination) and pharmacodynamics (absorption, distribution, and effects) 
of each drug, as well as the action sites, side effects, and mechanisms of each drug. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

290-298. Special Topics. 1-6 credits. 

324. Psychology of Child Development. This course provides a broad foundation for un- 
derstanding child development through an integration of practical, theoretical, and re- 
search orientations. Attention is given to both cultural and biological determinants of 
social, cognitive, physical, and emotional development, focusing on individual differ- 
ences as well as group similarities. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or per- 
mission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

325. Child Development Laboratory. The course will provide students with experience 
planning (including IRB approval), observing, measuring, and analyzing child behavior 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 143 



using the methods employed by developmental researchers. This is intended to supple- 
ment the theory and research background they receive in PSY 324. Prerequisites: PSY 
1 1 1, 1 12, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled 
in PSY 324. 1 credit. 

332. Psychological Testing and Assessment An introduction to the principles of psy- 
chological measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and 
interpretations of existing psychological tests. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 
130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

333. Psychological Testing and Assessment Laboratory. Students will be given the op- 
portunity to experience how psychological tests are designed and evaluated. Each stu- 
dent will conduct a literature review on their selected topics, and then design, construct, 
distribute, and evaluate the validity/reliability of a psychological test instrument con- 
sistent with a research theme that will change every year. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 
332. 1 credit. 

346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between 
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics cov- 
ered may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person per- 
ception, attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 
and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

347. Social Psychology Laboratory. This course is intended to provide students with 
hands-on experience in the types of survey design, observational research, and lab- 
based experimentation consistent with group behavior, interpersonal relationships, and 
the interaction between social issues and popular culture. The course culminates in the 
presentation of data from students' original research within social psychology. Prereq- 
uisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be cur- 
rently enrolled in PSY 346. 1 credit. 

360. The Teaching of Social Science in Secondary Schools. This course is designed 
for students seeking certification to teach social science courses (psychology, sociol- 
ogy, and anthropology) at the secondary school level. Under the supervision of College 
faculty, students will be responsible for preparing lecture and lab materials, teaching se- 
lected topics, and preparing, administering, and evaluating course assignments and 
exams. 1 credit. 

363. Cognitive Science. This course explores the human mind by integrating philo- 
sophical, psychological, and biological perspectives on the nature of thought processes. 
Specific topics discussed in this framework include attention, perception, conscious- 
ness, memory, language, reasoning, intelligence, and thought-related dysfunctions. Pre- 
requisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

364. Cognitive Science Laboratory. This is an advanced, hands-on seminar in cognitive 
science, which will allow students to explore a preferred interest in human thinking via 
laboratory research. Students will review the literature on their chosen topic, design an 
experiment addressing this issue, and then collect and analyze the data from their ex- 



144 Psychology 2008-2009 Catalog 



periment. The course culminates with an oral and written presentation of their research. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or 
be currently enrolled in PSY 363. 1 credit. 

378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological basis (substrates) of behav- 
ioral processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and per- 
ception, learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors, emotion and 
psychopathology. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the in- 
structor. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as PBI 378.] 

379. Physiological Psychology Laboratory. Students will be introduced to methods 
used in the study of the nervous system and its influence on behavior. Lab work will in- 
clude collecting, analyzing, and reporting data from physiological studies, as well as 
sheep brain dissection and stereotaxic neurosurgery. In addition, students must complete 
an APA style proposal for an individual research project. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 
378. 1 credit. 

400. Internship. This course focuses on practical and professional work experience re- 
lated to the student's work or research interests or graduate school plans. Internships are 
limited to off-campus sites only. Students should not take more than six credits per se- 
mester. This will be a pass/fail course for all students. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, 130, and at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher; overall GPA of at 
least 2.5; completion of departmental form; approval of internship site by student's ad- 
viser prior to registration. 1-12 credits. 

410. Independent Laboratory Research. This advanced seminar allows students to ex- 
plore their own research-based interests in psychology via the completion of a labora- 
tory experiment on a psychological topic of their choosing. Students will review the 
literature on their topic in an integrative manner, formulate a novel experiment that ad- 
dresses some aspect(s) of their chosen discipline, collect and analyze data for their ex- 
periment, and then present their findings in the form of a conference-style oral 
presentation and a complete APA-style research manuscript. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 
112, 120, 130, at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting 
with the course instructor prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing possible 
research topics. Students may enroll in a maximum of 3 credit hours per independent 
laboratory research in any one semester. A maximum of 6 credit hours in independent 
laboratory research may be used toward the graduation requirements. 3 credits. 

420. Independent Reading. This is an advanced seminar in psychological science, 
where all students will research topics on the same specified theme, selected by the in- 
structor (this theme will be different with each offering of the course). Students will pro- 
duce an integrative literature review of their issue and develop some conclusions about 
their topic, then present their insights in both oral and written forms. Prerequisites: 
PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a 
meeting with the course instructor prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing 
possible research topics. 2 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 145 



443. History and Theory. A study of the history of psychology, including philosophi- 
cal precursors to psychology, early and modern schools of thought within psychology, 
important trends, and famous psychologists. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, 
and at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Deanna L. Dodson, professor of psychology; associate dean of the faculty. 
Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests are in psychobiology, experimental psychology, and general psy- 
chology. Her current research areas include hemispheric specialization and handed- 
ness, and developmental patterns in lateralization. She is a member of the Association 
for Psychological Science, Sigma Xi, and the Eastern Psychological Association. 

Michael Kitchens, assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Mississippi. 

His teaching interests include social psychology, the science of emotion, experimental 
psychology, and general psychology. His research interests focus on emotion regulation, 
self-regulation impairment or failure, and the consequences these processes have for in- 
terpersonal relationships. He is a member of the Association for Psychologicl Science 
and the Society for Personality and Social Psychology. 

Louis B. Laguna, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

His teaching interests are in clinical psychology, psychopharmacology and forensic 
psychology. He supervises internship students and is a Pa. state-licensed clinical psy- 
chologist His research interests include psychophysiological processes of fear and a 
variety of topics in police and forensic psychology. He is a member of the Pennsylva- 
nia Psychological Association. 

Lou Manza, professor of psychology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 

His teaching interests include cognitive processes, research design and analysis, the 
history of psychology, and paranormal phenomena. His research interests focus on per- 
ceptual sets, and schema development/change, as applied to pseudoscientific beliefs. He 
is a member of the Association for Psychological Science, the Eastern Psychological 
Association, Division 2 of the American Psychological Association (Teaching of Psy- 
chology), Psi Chi, and an associate member of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry. 

Heather Mitchell, assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests include learning and memory, cognitive science, statistics, re- 
search methods, introductory psychology and psychology of language. Her primary re- 
search interests are discourse processes, humor studies, learning, tutoring, creativity, 
intelligence, and problem solving. She is a member of the International Society for 
Humor Studies, the Society for Text & Discourse, and the Association for Psychologi- 
cal Science. She is also the faculty advisor for the LVC chapter of Psi Chi (the national 
honor society in psychology). 



146 Psychology 2008-2009 Catalog 



Michelle Niculescu, visiting assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., Temple University School of Medicine. 

Her teaching interests include physiological psychology, psychopharmacology, general 
psychology, experimentl psychology, and sensory and perceptual processes. Her re- 
search interests include the biology and psychology behind drug abuse and addiction. 
She is a member of the Society for Neuroscience, the Research Society on Alcoholism, 
the American Psychological Association, and the Association for Psychological Sci- 
ence. 

Kerrie D. Smedley, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

Her teaching interests include general psychology, life span development, and the psy- 
chology of gender. Her research interests include cognitive aging, worry, and depres- 
sion across the adult years. She is a member of the Association for Psychological 
Science and the Human Behavior and Evolution Society, and is the faculty advisor for 
the Psychology Club. 

Jamie M. Bolton, adjunct lecturer in psychology. 

M.S., Millersville University. 

Her teaching interests are in clinical psychology, personality theories, psychopathol- 

ogy, social psychology, and child development and education. She is employed as a 

mobile therapist/behavior specialist consultant for children/adolescents by Philhaven 

BHRS in Mount Gretna, Pa. 

Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His teaching interests are in experimental, neuropsychology and abnormal psychology. 

He is a staff psychologist at a local Veterans Administration hospital. 

Wayne David Schmoyer, adjunct lecturer in psychology. 

Psy.D., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine. 

His teaching interests are in clinical psychology and neuropsychology. He is on staff 

at Riverside Associates., PC, in Harrisburg, PA. 

McKenzie L. Walker, adjunct lecturer in psychology. 
M.S., Millersville University. 

Her teaching interests are in developmental psychology, clinical psychology and ab- 
normal psychology. She is a mental health therapist at Philhaven Behavioral Health in 
Mount Gretna, PA. 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 147 



DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 

Many majors in religion or philosophy go on to advanced study in graduate or pro- 
fessional schools and seminaries. Our graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers 
in education, law, ministry and business. A major in religion or philosophy may be com- 
bined with a major or minor in another subject. 

Religion Program 

The study of religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning of the re- 
ligious dimension of human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to 
the various historical and contemporary expressions of the Judeo-Christian heritage as 
well as to the diverse religious traditions of humankind. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion. 

Major: REL 1 10, 140, 201 or 202, 310; one course from 252, 253, 254 or 260; and five 
additional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 200-level courses and 
one in 300-level courses. (30 credits). 

Minor: REL 1 10, 140, 201 or 202; one course from 252, 253, 254, or 260; and two ad- 
ditional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 300-level courses. (18 
credits). 

Courses in Religion (REL): 

110. Introduction to Religion. An exploration of the many dimensions of religion as a 
central human experience: self and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, 
religion in its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits. 

120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expres- 
sion in America. Special emphasis will be given to issues of religious diversity. Cultural 
Diversity Studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as AMS 120.] 

140. Encountering World Religions. This course examines the beliefs and practices of 
some of the world's major religious traditions and significant religious movements, fo- 
cusing predominantly on non-Christian or non-European traditions. The course will be 
oriented topically (ritual, theology, etc.), geographically (India, the Middle East, etc.), 
or thematically (religion in the modern world, religious encounters in history, etc.). For- 
eign studies. 3 credits. 

160. Religion and Ethics. A study of religion in its relation to moral values, both per- 
sonal and social, with emphasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits. 

201. Biblical Literature I. A study of the Hebrew scriptures (known to Christians as the 
Old Testament) and related literature, including their historical and social context. 3 
credits. 

202. Biblical Literature II. A study of the New Testament and related literature, in- 
cluding its historical and social context. 3 credits. 

230. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contem- 
porary religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith 

148 Religion and Philosophy 2008-2009 Catalog 



and culture; and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. Writ- 
ing process. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as PHL 230.] 

251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings 
and practices. 3 credits. 

252. Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as PHL 252.] 

253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, prac- 
tice and influence as one of the great missionary religions. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chi- 
nese Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. 
Foreign studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as PHL 254.] 

255. Islam. This course will introduce students to the historical origins and development 
of Islam. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

260. The Sacred and Society. A study of debates concerning the sacred origins of so- 
ciety in China, India and Western Europe. The course includes claims for divine sanc- 
tions for societal structures as well as opposing views. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

265. Myth and Metamorphoses. A study of God in a variety of cultures, including 
India, Egypt and Greece at periods when writers were adapting mythic traditions and 
formulating less poetic, more literally minded views of the divine. The course also ex- 
plores a variety of theoretical approaches to myth. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

310. History of Christian Thought. An examination of the history of Christianity and 
the development of Christian thought through the reading and discussion of primary 
works in Christian theology and philosophy. Writing process. 3 credits. 

313. The Search for Jesus. This course will examine ancient texts, contemporary com- 
mentaries, historical reconstructions, and artistic and literary depictions in its search for 
Jesus. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing 
process. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as SOC 322.] 

327. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins 
of the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course ex- 
amines developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adap- 
tation of those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval 
views in the early modern period, and the development of new theories in recent times. 
Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as PHL 327.] 

332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fic- 
tion, poetry and non-fiction. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 149 



333. Religion and Film. This course will introduce students to the basic history of film 
and film studies. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

338. Postmodern Philosophy and Theology. This course will trace the historical de- 
velopment of contemporary religious thought in the West, beginning with the period of 
the Enlightenment and extending into the present. 3 credits. 

339. Existentialism and Religion. This course will be a focused study of many of the 
main texts, thinkers, and themes in existentialist philosophy and theology. We will see 
how existentialist thinkers have engaged and reacted to both traditional philosophy and 
each other in their attempts to locate truth in the concreteness of experience rather than 
in the realm of ethereal and abstract ideas. 3 credits. 

340. One Nation Under God?. This course explores the relationship between religion 
and politics in the United States. It will include an examination of the role religion 
played in the founding of our nation's democracy, the important separation between 
church and state that has been achieved over the course of our nation's history, and the 
ascendancy of the religious right in recent electoral politics. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as 
AMS 340.] 

352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the 
early modern period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platon- 
ism. Topics include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's na- 
ture, the limits of reason and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. 

353. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the vi- 
sual arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist and 
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreli- 
gious content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary per- 
spective. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as ART 353.] 

Philosophy Program 

The study of philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening 
critical and analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest peren- 
nial questions of values, knowledge, and reality and their relation to human nature. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy. 

Major: PHL 120, 210, 301 and 31 1; PHL 252 or 254; 2 courses listed as PHL 270 
(seminar in the history of philosophy); PHL 499; at least 2 additional courses in phi- 
losophy. (30 credits.) 

Minor: PHL 120, 210, 270; PHL 301 or 31 1; 2 additional courses in philosophy. (18 
credits.) 

Courses in Philosophy (PHL): 

110. Introduction to Philosophy. Examination of major philosophical issues and the 
ways major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits. 



150 Religion and Philosophy 2008-2009 Catalog 



120. Basic Logic. An introduction to the rules of clear and effective thinking. Attention 
is given to the logic of meaning, the logic of valid inference and the logic of factual in- 
quiry. Main emphasis is upon deductive logic. Students are introduced to the elements 
of symbolic logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits. 

210. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of values applied to human conduct, 
with an examination of the responses of major ethical theories to those problems. Writ- 
ing process. 3 credits. 

215. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues, 
including the ethical and valuational, to be found in the social institutions of politics, 
law, government and religion. Writing process. 3 credits. 

222. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States 
from colonial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James, and 
Dewey. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as AMS 222.] 

230. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contem- 
porary religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith 
and culture; and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 
[Cross- listed as REL 230.] 3 credits. 

252. Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Religion 252.] 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chi- 
nese Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. 
Foreign studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as REL 254.] 

270. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. An examination of the major periods in the 
history of philosophy, this requirement for the major will introduce students to both 
the figures and the methodology of each time period. The specific focus of the course 
will vary from semester to semester, rotating through the various historical periods. 
Seminars will include: Ancient Philosophy, Modern Philosophy, the Enlightenment, 
19th Century, 20th Century. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy. Writing process. 3 
credits. 

301. Key Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal 
schools. Potential authors include Aristotle, Kant, Nietzsche, etc. Prerequisite: one 
course in philosophy. Writing process. 3 credits. 

311. Key Issues. An intensive study of individual issues within the discipline of phi- 
losophy. Topics will vary from semester to semester. Potential issues include: "Nothing," 
"Women in Philosophy," "God," "Post-modern Philosophy and Theology," "Existen- 
tialism," etc. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy. Writing process. 3 credits. 

345. Political Philosophy. Students in this course study the development of Western 
political thought from Classical Greece to modern times, examining the conceptual 
evolution of citizenship, civic obligation, and the nature of justice, and exploring the 

Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 1 5 1 



connection between moral and positive law in the western tradition. Prerequisites: soph- 
omore standing or permission of the instructor. Writing process. Disciplinary perspec- 
tive. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as PSC 345.] 

349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral 
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and per- 
petrating the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. Writing process. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. This is an advanced seminar course for senior philosophy majors. 
Students will complete a major paper, integrating their research, writing, and analyti- 
cal skills. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

J. Noel Hubler, associate professor of religion and philosophy. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., The University of Pennsylvania. 

He specializes in philosophy of truth and knowledge, with an interest in both contem- 
porary issues and historical perspectives. He has studied cosmology and theories of 
matter from antiquity to the modern period. He is also the translator of Ezekiel for the 
New English Translation of the Septuagint, Oxford University Press. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, associate professor of religion and philosophy. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

His area of specialization is in continental philosophy of religion. His teaching inter- 
ests include contemporary religious thought, world religions, religion and culture, and 
film theory. In addition to teaching courses in religion, he regularly teaches in the Amer- 
ican Studies program and serves as the director of the college colloquium. He is the au- 
thor of two books, Between Faith and Thought: An Essay on the Ontotheological 
Condition (2003), and In Search of a Non-Dogmatic Theology (2004), and editor of 
After the Death of God (2007), with John D. Caputo and Gianni Vattimo, and two oth- 
ers The Sleeping Giant Has Awaken; The New Politics of Religion in the United States 
(2008). 

Matthew Sayers, visiting assistant professor of religion. 
Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin. 

He recently completed his dissertation "Feeding the Ancestors: Ancestor Worship in 
Ancient Hinduism and Buddhism." His area of specialization is the religions of ancient 
India as revealed in the Sanskrit texts of the Brahmins and their interlocutors. He is 
most interested in engaging the debate over the nature of the relationship of ancient 
Hinduism and Buddhism. He plans to develop the work of his dissertation into a book 
on the ritual of shraddha, the ancestral rite shared by the religions of ancient India and 
expand his study of ancestor worship to the later periods of Indian religious history. 
His teaching interests include the introduction to religion, comparative religion, death 
and dying, the problem of evil, comparative myth, and the various religious traditions 
of India, specifically, and Asia more broadly. 



1 52 Religion and Philosophy 2008-2009 Catalog 



Noelle Vahanian, assistant professor of religion. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

Her area of specialization is at the crossroads of philosophical theology, Continental 
philosophy, and political theory. Her teaching interests include the history of philoso- 
phy, ethics, and philosophy and literature. She is the author of Theology, Language, 
and Desire: A Genealogy of the Will to Speak (2003). 

Robert Valgenti, assistant professor of philosophy. 

Ph.D., DePaul University. 

He specializes in 1 9th and 20th century continental philosophy, hermeneutics, and Kant 

studies. His research has focused primarily on the relation of recent Italian philosophy 

to the history of German and French continental thought. He is the translator of Luigi 

Pareyson's Truth and Interpretation, forthcoming from SUNY Press. 

Paul M. Fullmer, adjunct assistant professor of religion 
Ph.D., The Graduate Theological Union 

Fullmer specializes in the New Testament with interests in the Gospel of Mark, ancient 
fiction, and Koine Greek. He is co-author of a series of workbooks entitled Read Greek 
by Friday. His teaching interests include biblical literature, world religions, and fresh- 
man writing. 

David W. Layman, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

A specialist in the history of American religious thought, he teaches a variety of courses, 

including world religions, religion in America, and history of Christianity. 

Jonathan Terry, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

A specialist in American religious history and religious expression in contemporary 

American culture. 

Warren K.A. Thompson, professor emeritus of philosophy. 

M.A., University of Texas. 

He teaches a course on the Holocaust. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 153 



DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Sociology Program 

The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By ex- 
amining the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer un- 
derstanding of themselves and contemporary social issues. Sociology explores how and 
why people behave as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an 
economy that is moving from a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates 
in sociology are prepared to work in fields where an understanding of the dynamics of 
human relationships is important. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology. 

Major: SOC 110, 311, 321, 499; 21 additional credits in sociology excluding intern- 
ships (33 credits). 

Minor: SOC 110, 311, 321; three elective courses in sociology excluding internships 
(18 credits). For criminal justice majors, the minor requires: SOC 110, 311, 321 and 
four electives that do not count toward the criminal justice major. 

Criminal Justice Program 

The criminal justice major is a multi-disciplinary approach to examining the pat- 
terns associated with various crimes, theories of crime causation, victimization and so- 
ciety's response to crime. The components of the criminal justice system, including law 
enforcement, the courts, and corrections, are analyzed. Study of the criminal justice 
system includes a critical approach to examining the goals and controversies associated 
with crime control policies. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in criminal justice. 

Major: SOC 110, 245, 278, 311, 331, 333, 499; PSC 110, 316; 6 credits of internship 
in Sociology, Political Science or Psychology; two courses from SOC 220, 271, 272, 
290 (topics in Criminology/Criminal Justice), SOC/PSY 270, PSC 415, or PSY 265. 
Total credits 39. 

Courses in Sociology (SOC): 

110. Introduction to Sociology. An introduction to the sociological perspective with a 
focus on how individual behavior is shaped by the social context. The nature and char- 
acteristics of human societies and social life are examined from a perspective known 
as the "sociological imagination." Topics range from the influence of culture on human 
behavior, the development of the self, group dynamics, deviance, population, and so- 
cial inequality. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both physical and cultural anthro- 
pology including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and 
comparison. 3 credits. 



154 Sociology and Criminal Justice 2008-2009 Catalog 



21 0. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems are examined from a construc- 
tionist perspective. Topics selected for study vary according to societal trends, but typ- 
ically include an examination of social change, poverty, globalization, environmental 
degradation, deviance, and health. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

220. Forensic Evidence. This course involves the application of scientific methods to 
solving crimes. The course will explore the many ways in which an offender leaves ev- 
idence behind at a crime scene and carries evidence away from that crime scene. A 
range of topics will be covered including, but not limited to: ballistics, DNA, finger- 
prints, tire prints, odontology and entomology. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

224. Native American Experience. A review of the development of Native American 
society, culture, politics, and economy from prehistory to the present with special em- 
phasis on the relationships between Native Americans and other immigrants to North 
America. 3 credits. 

226. Women 's Issues^ Women 's Voices. An examination of women's contributions to 
the world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and 
social situations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and 
health; issues of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, 
education, and in the worlds of work and politics. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, 3 credits. 

230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An overview of family focusing on fam- 
ily structure and interaction. Diverse topics range from sexuality and love, mate selec- 
tion and dating, parenting, dysfunctional families, and divorce. A historical and 
cross-cultural approach is employed in addition to a sociological approach. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

240. Diversity and Understanding. The major objective of this course is to help students 
become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is culturally de- 
termined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly frequent 
intercultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural dif- 
ferences; we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and 
cross-cultural human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, 
role-plays and games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework 
and the skills necessary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively 
with people of any culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse back- 
grounds. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

245. Crime and Criminals. An examination of different types of crime including a 
broad range of violent crimes and property crimes. Profiling and criminal typologies 
will be explored. Specific crimes such as arson, kidnapping, stalking, and homicide 
will be studied. Case studies of prototypical offenders will be included. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. 3 credits. 

251. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and 
skills of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve 
personal and social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as 
linkage of theory and skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in in- 
terpersonal relationships or counseling. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Sociology and Criminal Justice 155 



252. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation 
of biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human de- 
velopment and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of 
the total person as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in 
the developmental process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, 
sexual orientation and culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

261. Perspectives on Aging. Introduction to the study of aging from a multidisciplinary 
perspective. Topics include the biology of aging, demographic trends in aging, and 
aging impacts on social institutions and society. Policies on aging are reviewed. Pre- 
requisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

262. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. An examination of the patterns of struc- 
tured inequality in American society, including a variety of minority, racial, and ethnic 
groups. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

270. Forensic Psychology. This course will focus on three critical areas that fall under 
the umbrella of forensic psychology. First, students will be introduced to the area of 
legal psychology, including applied empirical research on issues important to the legal 
system such as eyewitness accuracy, police selection, jury decision making, and legal 
assumptions about human behavior relevant to the rights of defendants, victims, chil- 
dren, and consumers of mental health services. Second, the area of psychological ju- 
risprudence will be explored by studying efforts to develop a philosophy of law and 
justice based on psychological values. Third, students will be introduced to the con- 
cepts generally thought of as forensic psychology, such as criminal profiling, insanity 
defense, competence to stand trial, and child custody decisions. Prerequisite: SOC 110 
or PSY 111.3 credits. [Cross-listed as PSY 270.] " 

271. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with 
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theo- 
ries of causation, dynamics, treatment and research. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance 
abuse including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an explo- 
ration of the causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the indi- 
vidual, the family and society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current 
methods of intervention and treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

278. Juvenile Justice. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delinquency, 
the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 110.3 credits. 

280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural 
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental 
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexu- 
ally transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Pre- 
requisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 



156 Sociology and Criminal Justice 2008-2009 Catalog 




311. Research Methods in Sociology. Experiential-based course covering fundamen- 
tal concepts and problems in social science research. Topics include ethics or research 
on human behavior, design, measurement, sampling, and interviewing and question- 
naire construction. There is an emphasis on four research methods: available data, sur- 
vey research, experiments, and field research. Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing 
or permission. 3 credits. 

321. Social Theory. An intensive examination of the major sociological theorists and 
movements. Prerequisite: SOC 110, plus 9 credits of 200-level or above of Sociology 
or permission. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing 
process. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. Writing process. 3 cred- 
its. [Cross-listed as REL 322.] 

324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and 
health care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medi- 
cine: the patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific 
topics will include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization 
of medical professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural com- 
parisons of health care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new 
technologies and social response to the terminally ill patient. Writing process. Prereq- 



Lebanon Valley College 



Sociology and Criminal Justice 157 



uisite: SOC 1 10, plus 9 credits of 200-level or above of Sociology or permission. Writ- 
ing process. 3 credits. 

325. Urban Sociology. The city provides a setting for cultural events, commerce, in- 
novative services, and the arts. The city is also associated with crime, poverty, and en- 
vironmental problems. Throughout the course a variety of approaches to urban life and 
change will be considered by combining theories of the urban world, empirical study, 
and urban field experience. Topics include city growth and decline, urban life-styles, 
and the impact of city life on individuals, families, neighborhoods, and government. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, plus 6 credits of 200-level or above sociology courses, or per- 
mission. 3 credits. 

331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime. The question of whether or 
not such victimless crimes such as pornography, prostitution and drug use should be 
considered crimes is explored. This is primarily a theory course for criminal justice 
majors. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 and SOC 245, and junior standing, or permission. Writ- 
ing process. 3 credits. 

333. Criminal Justice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of 
punishment and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accused, victimology, pris- 
ons, and the death penalty are studied. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 245, and 6 additional 
credits in sociology and junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An overview of the theory and research on small 
group organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective com- 
munication in groups, conformity and influence. Application of basic principles to prac- 
tical situations. Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

351. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues 
related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of 
dying; the grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice movement and life after death. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

370. Adoption. This course will focus on populations involved in adoption, including 
birth parents, adoptees, foster and adoptive families and agencies, in both domestic and 
transnational adoptions. Special consideration will be given to recent policies and ve- 
hicles that have been put into place to facilitate the permanency placement of children. 
A consideration of ethics in adoption will be a central theme of the course. An exami- 
nation of cultural, economic and policy factors in countries involved in transnational 
adoption will be included. The health (both physical and psychological) and cultural is- 
sues of adoptees and services that address these will be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 
110 plus 6 hours of 200-level or above sociology courses or permission. 3 credits. 

382. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media 
and the effects of the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propa- 
ganda, television violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to 
values and images portrayed by the mass media. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, 6 credits of so- 
ciology, junior standing, or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. 



158 Sociology and Criminal Justice 2008-2009 Catalog 



400. Internship. Field experience for sociology or criminal justice majors. Seniors 
only. Prerequisites for criminal justice majors: SOC 245, 33 1, and 333. Prerequisites for 
sociology majors: SOC 31 1, 321, and 12 additional credits in Sociology courses num- 
bered 250 or above. 3-12 creidts. 

499. Senior Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary 
sociology. Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive 
student participation. Prerequisite: SOC 110 plus SOC 31 1, 321, or 331 and 9 addi- 
tional credits in sociology. This course is for sociology majors and criminal justice ma- 
jors only. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology. Chairperson. 
M.A. University of Akron. 

Among her teaching interests are medical sociology, diversity, and intercultural com- 
munication. Her research interests include the development of a cross-cultural frame- 
work for medical care delivery, especially doctor-patient interactions and the culture and 
re-entry shock that persons experience who spend significant time abroad. 

Marianne Goodfellow, assistant professor of sociology. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Her areas of interest include social problems, sociology of the family, sociology of 

aging, sociology of work and sociology of gender roles. Her research has focused on 

issues of aging, rural homeless services, and domestic violence. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, professor of sociology. 

Ph.D., University of New Hampshire. 

Her areas of interest include criminology, criminal justice, mass media. She is interested 

in the use of a variety of learning techniques. 

Daniel Simpkins, lecturer in sociology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

His teaching specialty is in the area of anthropology. 



Lebanon Valley College Sociology and Criminal Justice 159 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Lebanon Valley College offers four graduate programs. These are the Master of Busi- 
ness Administration (MBA), the Master of Music Education (MME), the Master of Sci- 
ence Education (MSE), and the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) programs. 

The Master of Business Administration Program is a multi-disciplinary program de- 
signed to prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of busi- 
ness organizations. This program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as 
operational expertise in the areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource 
management, and operations management. 

The Master of Music Education Program is designed to be completed over the course 
of three summers. Addressing the graduate education needs of K-12 music teachers (the 
program is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music), the curriculum 
includes experiences in foundations and principles of music education, research methods, 
music technology, and the psychology of music learning plus several elective choices. 

The Master of Science Education Program employs a collaborative learning approach 
with classes designed to apply to any age range, from K-12. High school teachers work 
alongside middle school and elementary teachers, with each benefiting from the expe- 
rience and insight of their colleagues. This learning environment helps MSE students to 
prepare their own students for success in state and national science assessments. 

The Doctor of Physical Therapy Program is a six-year program of study for students 
who will receive a preliminary baccalaureate degree in health science after four years 
of course work. 

Graduate Program Policies and Procedures 

Academic Advising and Registration 

Graduate students should contact their academic advisors prior to class registration. 
The advisor will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations re- 
quire the advisor's approval. 

Veteran Registration 

The College meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of 
Title 38, United States Code, Section 3675. The graduate programs have been approved 
for payment assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly 
to the College. Applicants having any questions concerning their veteran's benefits 
should contact the College's veterans' representative in the Financial Aid Office. 

Transfer Credit 

A maximum of 9 credits (a maximum of 6 core credits) may be transferred from an- 
other graduate program with the approval of the program director/coordinator and the 
registrar. No transfer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution 
was less than B. Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course 
outline, textbook used, and any reading materials, so proper credit may be given. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a graduate degree may not take courses concurrently at another 
educational institution without prior consent of the academic advisor and the registrar. 



1 60 Graduate Academic Programs 2008-2009 Catalog 



Grading 

Student work is graded A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C and F. Candidates must maintain a 
grade point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program. 

In addition, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but oth- 
erwise satisfactory. It is awarded only for substantial reason and work must be com- 
pleted in the first eight weeks of the following semester, including summer session, or 
I will be changed to F. 

W indicates withdrawal from a course through the designated withdrawal date. 
Thereafter, the appropriate letter grade will be assigned for the course. 

No graduate course may be taken pass/fail, except MSE 830 or MME 805/806. 

Review Procedure 

Every student's academic progress shall be reviewed at the end of each academic 
period by the academic advisor. Any student whose average falls below 3.00 or who 
earns a C or F in three or more credit hours may be placed on academic probation. A 
student on academic probation may be required to retake courses or correct other aca- 
demic deficiencies and must achieve a 3.00 cumulative average within two semesters 
of being placed on probation. A student may repeat a maximum of two graduate courses 
with any given course being repeated only once. Students who fail to correct deficien- 
cies may be dropped from the program. A student may appeal any decision of the Of- 
fice of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education to the Vice President of Academic 
Affaris and Dean of the Faculty. 

Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund 

Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must 
notify the Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office. The effective date of 
withdrawal is the date on which the student notifies the office. Failure to give notice of 
withdrawal will result in a grade of F Notifying the instructor does not constitute offi- 
cial withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official withdrawal date is available on 
the GS and CE webpages. 

Time Restriction 

The maximum time for completion of a graduate program is seven years from the 
date of the admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during 
this period shall have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet ad- 
ditional requirements in order to graduate. 

Academic Honesty 

Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dis- 
honesty will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the 
course is mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the program direc- 
tor/coordinator in writing. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the pro- 
gram director/coordinator explaining the consequences and the right of appeal. For the 
second offense, failure in the course and expulsion from the graduate program and Col- 
lege are mandatory. 

Address Changes 

Any change of address must be reported to the Office of Graduate Studies and Con- 
tinuing Education as soon as possible. 

Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 1 6 1 



Privacy of Student Records 

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (P.L. 39- 
380) Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written 
consent and request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access 
to his or her education records with exclusions only as specified by the law. 

Financial Aid 

Students may participate in the Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should 
contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid eligibility. 

Employee Tuition Reimbursement 

Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their 
places of employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies 
of 50-100 percent of tuition. Students who participate in an employer reimbursement 
program may be eligible for the deferred tuition option. Some employers authorize the 
College to bill them directly. In this case, students must present billing authorization 
when they register. Information on direct bill and deferred tuition options can be found 
on the Graduate Studies and Continuing Education webpages. 

Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission 

To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, a graduate student must complete an of- 
ficial withdrawal form obtained from the academic advisor. To apply for readmission, 
a graduate student must have the written approval of the director of graduate studies and 
continuing education. 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program that combines 
liberal arts studies with career preparation in the field of business administration. The 
multi-disciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA-level courses along 
with exposure to courses in executive communications, executive leadership, and cor- 
porate and organizational ethics. 

MBA Admissions 

Candidates for admission must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college 
or university as well as the interest, aptitude, and ability to undertake graduate studies. 
All candidates must provide official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work, a 
completed application, and a current resume. Applicants have the option of reporting 
scores from the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) or of providing doc- 
umentation of at least three years of substantial managerial level professional experi- 
ence. Documentation must include two letters of reference from immediate supervisors 
and a personal statement of how the candidate will benefit from and contribute to the 
MBA program. Reporting a GMAT score is also optional for those applicants who 
achieved an undergraduate GPA of at least 3.25 or those who have completed advanced 
degrees (master's or doctoral level). All candidates must schedule a personal interview 
with the coordinator of the MBA program. 

Graduate admission is on a rolling basis; action usually will be taken within four 
weeks of receipt of all required documentation. Qualified candidates may register for 

162 Master of Business Administration 2008-2009 Catalog 



up to two graduate classes while completing the application process. 

Graduation Requirements 

A candidate for the MBA degree must complete a minimum of 36 credits, of which 
27 must be earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 
credits) and three electives of the student's choice (9 credits) for a total of 36 credits. A 
candidate must achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average with a maximum of two C's 
within the 36 graduate credits to be certified for graduation. 

Prerequisites 

Prospective students must demonstrate that they have command of the undergradu- 
ate common body of knowledge, including finance, accounting, economics, market- 
ing, computer applications, statistics, and quantitative methods. Prerequisites can be 
satisfied by the completion of undergraduate courses, by a waiver for knowledge gained 
through life experience or by examination. 

Degree: Master of Business Administration. 

Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 
(27 credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865; MGT 800, 850, 855, 870, 
880; 890, special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits. 

MBA Courses: 

ACT 875. Managerial Decision Making. Provides students previously exposed to 
managerial accounting principles with the essential tools and strategies managers need 
to develop data for making decisions related to pricing strategy; product expansion, 
discontinuance or redesign; performance measurement; resource allocation and man- 
agement; merger and acquisition planning, and other types of managerial decisions. 
Stresses ways to avoid mistakes that result when internal decision-making is based on 
data developed for external financial reporting. Business topics covered include fi- 
nancial statement analysis, responsibility accounting, Economic Value Added (EVA), 
and Activity Based Costing (ABC). 3 credits. 

ECN 865. Entrepreneurs hip. Entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, small business, and 
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding and ac- 
tual case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits. 

ENG 825. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, empha- 
sizing writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Ex- 
plores and increases communication options on individual, group and organizational 
levels. (Must be one of the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.) 3 credits. 

LSP 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of 
the forces in the leader- follower interaction. Analysis of the skills, behaviors, attitudes, 
and values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, in- 
formation and experience to case studies. 3 credits. 

MGT 800. Quantitative Analysis. Surveys mathematical foundations of management 
science. The course includes a review of probability and statistical concepts that will be 
necessary to understand the quantitative techniques introduced in the course. A phi- 
losophy of problem solving will be introduced as well as system thinking and the use 

Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 1 63 



of models in problem solving. The course will provide the student with the quantitative 
tools to be applied to the problems and case studies in MGT 820, Operations Manage- 
ment. 3 credits. 

MGT 805. Financial Policy. A quantitative approach to managerial problems of long 
term financing, asset management, dividend policy, and ethics in the firm and market- 
place. Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on 
the use of The Wall Street Journal. 3 credits. 

MGT 815. Marketing Management. Seminar focusing on issues in the interplay be- 
tween marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing re- 
search and the social responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongly 
recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 820. Operations Management. Systems approaches to management of produc- 
tion and service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, oper- 
ations strategy, product and process planning, quality management, human resources, 
scheduling and control, and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foun- 
dations and quantitative techniques of management science/operations research 
(MS/OR), related MS/OR tools and applications, the priority/capacity organizational 
concepts and the strategy underlying operations. Introduces appropriate computer soft- 
ware. Prerequisite: MGT 800 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 850. Human Resource Management. A survey of personnel management activ- 
ities in organizations including exploration of recent developments in the field of human 
resource management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, 
training, equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career plan- 
ning, compensation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings 
and classroom lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important 
to business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations 
and relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regu- 
lation, contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business trans- 
actions. Case study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 
recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and 
techniques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the oper- 
ational practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are ana- 
lyzed through use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, 
political and cultural integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment 
and financing; entry into foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits. 

MGT 870. Labor-Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of 
the issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an 
overview of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as familiarity with 
the tools used by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, 
wage/fringe issues and contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits. 



164 Master of Business Administration 2008-2009 Catalog 



MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student 
with the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the in- 
vestor with respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation 
versus income potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Math- 
ematical models of portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will 
be developed. Special attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset 
prices, including the capital-asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits. 

MGT 890. Special Topics. Special topics courses provide the opportunity to explore 
current topics relevant to the study of business management. 3 credits. 

MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities, 
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies. 
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside re- 
search is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits. 

PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and impli- 
cations of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the 
literature of both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corpo- 
rate and organizational social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics 
and organizational life, and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 
835 or PSY 810. 3 credits. 

PSY 810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in 
areas of organizational behavior, including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, de- 
cision making, organization change, career planning, and communication. 3 credits. 

MBA Administration and Resident Faculty 

Joel A. Kline, associate professor of business administration. 

M.J., Temple University. 

Kline teaches the special topics course E-business. 

Robert W. Leonard, professor of business administration. 

M.B.A., Ohio State University. 

Leonard teaches organizational behavior. 

Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration. Coordinator of the MBA 

Program. 

Ph. D., Union Graduate School. 

Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management. 

David V. Rudd, professor of business administration. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., George Washington University 
Rudd teaches courses in marketing. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 165 



MASTER OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

The Master of Music Education (MME) Program is designed to meet the regional 
needs of area K-12 music educators. It is a summer only program in which a student 
can, with careful advising, complete the degree in three summers. It is offered in re- 
sponse to a significant regional need met by on- and off-campus expertise and a shared 
interest in improving the quality of music education in this part of the Commonwealth. 

MME A dm is s ions 

While prior teaching experience is not a requirement for entrance into this degree 
program, individuals considering pursuit of a master's degree in music education should 
plan on teaching one to three years prior to initial enrollment or before completing the 
degree. It is the conviction of this faculty that graduate study will be more meaningful 
to the individual if he or she has first gained experience in the field. 

All candidates must have a bachelor's degree in music from a regionally accredited 
college or university and submit an official transcript with the application. Any gradu- 
ate courses to be considered for transfer (up to nine credits, a maximum of 6 credits in 
the core) also require an official transcript sent by the respective colleges or universi- 
ties to the Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education. Priority for core 
courses will be given to students matriculated into the MME program. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a personal written statement (one 
page) indicating why they wish to pursue this degree with the application form and re- 
quired application fee. 

All candidates must hold and submit a copy of a current Teaching Certificate in 
Music with the application. 

All candidates must submit three letters of recommendation with the application, 
which address the candidate's readiness for graduate study. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken promptly after all 
paperwork has been received and evaluated. 

Degree Requirements 

Every MME candidate must complete 30 graduate credits, 21 of which must be earned 
at Lebanon Valley College. Of a possible 9 credits in transfer work, only 3 credits may 
be counted in the core of the MME program. There are four required core courses (12 
credits). The capstone experience includes either a project or a thesis (3 credits). The 
other 15 credits will be selected from among several elective opportunities. Courses in 
the Lebanon Valley College MME Program are taught on the Annville campus. 

Degree: Master of Music in Music Education 

Core Courses: MME 801, 802, 803, 804 (12 credits), and 805 (project) or 806 (thesis). 

MME Courses: 

MME 801. Foundations of Music Education. A consideration of philosophical and his- 
torical issues in music education and their implications for developing curricular and 
instructional approaches to the field. A core course. 3 credits. 



166 Master of Music Education 2008-2009 Catalog 



MME 802. Research Methods in Music Education. A study in the organization, pres- 
entation, interpretation, and documentation of research that makes use of encyclopedias, 
indices, databases, and other aids. A core course. 3 credits. 

MME 803. Technology for Music Educators. An exploration of how technology can 
enhance the music learning process. This course examines what's involved in planning, 
configuring, and teaching various technology systems and applications so as to facili- 
tate creative interaction with musical experiences. A core course. 3 credits. 

MME 804. Psychology of Music Learning. An investigation and discussion of theories 
of learning as they relate to the teaching of music. This course includes the study of 
specific teaching strategies and the nature of musical response. A core course. 3 cred- 
its. 

MME 805. Project. 3 credits, or 

MME 806. Thesis. 3 credits. 

MME 830. Private Applied. 1 credit. (Up to a maximum of 3 elective credits in the 
program.) 

MME 890. Elective courses will be offered as special topics courses, then given per- 
manent numbers as the program develops and matures (e.g., Teaching Choral Music, 
Teaching General Music, Teaching Instrumental Music, Theory for Teaching, Graduate 
Music History Seminar, Music in Early Childhood, Music and the Exceptional Child, 
Statistics for the Music Researcher, Conducting, Arranging [band scoring, choral ar- 
ranging, jazz arranging], and so forth). 

MME Administration and Resident Faculty 

Barry R. Hill, professor of music, director of the music recording technology program, 

MME advisor. 

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music, MME advisor. 
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music, director of MME Program. 
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music, assistant director of the music recording 
technology program, MME advisor. 
M.S., Kutztown University. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Music Education 167 



MASTER OF SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Students enrolled in this program will concentrate on the principles and content of 
science as well as on the appropriate teaching strategies to convey these concepts to 
their students. The courses are designed to maximize the opportunity for using hands- 
on, minds-on science processing skills needed by students in the 21st century. This 
learning environment helps MSE students to prepare their own students for success on 
all forms of state and national science assessments. The program will culminate with 
the satisfactory completion of a research project in science education. 

MSE A dm is s ions 

To qualify for admission to the Master of Science Education Program, the applicant 
must fulfill the following requirements: 

• An applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited instit- 
tion and must arrange to have official transcripts submitted for each undergradu- 
ate institution attended. If transfer credits are to be considered, transcripts from 
graduate courses must also be requested by the applicant. 

• An applicant should hold a valid teaching certificate. Otherwise, applicants may 
be considered for entrance after meeting with the MSE coordinator. 

• An applicant must have achieved a 3.0 quality point average (QPA) on a four point 
scale for the baccalaureate degree. An applicant with less than the 3.0 QPA may 
be admitted with provisional status pending satisfactory completion of six se- 
mester hours of graduate study with a 3.0 or above. 

• An applicant must submit three letters of recommendation in support of their ad- 
mission to the graduate program. 

• An applicant must submit a personal statement that addresses their career goals 
and reason for pursuing a graduate degree in science education. 

Degree Requirements 

A candidate for the MSE degree must complete a minimum of 30 credits, of which 
21 must be earned at Lebanon Valley College. Only 6 credits may be transferred into 
the core. There are eight core courses (24 credits), one elective of the student's choice 
(3 credits), and an independent research project (3 credits), for a total of 30 credits. A 
candidate must achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average to be certified for graduation. 
Degree: Master of Science Education. 

Graduate Core: MSE 800, 801, 802, 803, 805, 809, 810, 829, 830 and one of any elec- 
tive offered. Total of 30 credits. 

MSE Courses: 

MSE 800. Introduction to Science in the Classroom. This is an introduction to the 
content and methodology of science instruction as it relates to hands-on, minds-on, sci- 
ence-process skills appropriate for school classrooms. This course showcases con- 
structivist strategies, which will be used in subsequent classes. 3 credits. 

MSE 801. Principles of Biology and Life Science. This course addresses biology and 
life science concepts prevalent in virtually all science curricula, as well as those set forth 
in the National Science Education Standards. Students engage in the use of scientific 

1 68 Master of Science Education 2008-2009 Catalog 



methods to address topics typically taught in biology and life science courses. 3 credits. 

MSE 802. Principles of Chemistry. This course utilizes concepts in chemistry to make 
connections to common substances. Establishing chemistry as an integral part of every- 
day life, as well as discoveries made by chance, will make this topic relevant to all stu- 
dents. 3 credits. 

MSE 803. Principles of Physics and Physical Science. Utilize hands-on experimental 
methods to gain confidence and experience with inquiry-based learning of physics. 
Topics include motion, heat, light, electricity, and magnetism. 3 credits. 

MSE 805. Principles of Earth and Space Science. The interaction and effects of ge- 
ology, meteorology and space exploration will be explored in this course. Field study 
is combined with experimental inquiries from exemplary curricula to illustrate critical 
connections of physics, chemistry, and biology with the earth sciences. 3 credits. 

MSE 806. Principles of Field Biology/Ecology. Environmental studies illustrating the 
basic principles of field biology and ecology will be used to demonstrate the interde- 
pendence of living and non-living systems. Current topics in ecology, as they relate to 
the preservation of our planet and its resources, will be addressed. This course will 
focus on the collection of data and/or organisms outside the classroom. Appropriate 
methods for K-12 students will be utilized and practiced. 3 credits. 

MSE 807. Microscopy. This course will introduce the use of a variety of microscopes, 
starting with the hand-held microscopes and continuing through compound and dis- 
secting microscopes. It culminates with the use of the scanning electron microscope. 
Students also will master preparative techniques and slide making. 3 credits. 

MSE 809. Curriculum Design I. This course will address the question: "How does a 
standards driven science curriculum enhance student learning that is focused on science 
literacy?" Focusing on curriculum design using a "backward design" model, students 
will identify the desired results of a science curriculum based on the National Science 
Education Standards, the PA Academic Standards for Science and Technology, the PA 
Academic Standards for Environment and Ecology and the PA assessment anchors. Stu- 
dents will explore research-based rationale for reform in science education and address 
the use of statistics in analyzing science education research as well as local, state, and 
national assessments. Enduring understandings, content worthy of understanding and 
the development of essential questions for science courses will be addressed. 3 credits. 

MSE 810. Curriculum Design II. This course is a continuation of Curriculum Design 
I and must be scheduled for the semester following Curriculum Design I. After identi- 
fying the desired results of a science curriculum, students will determine acceptable 
and appropriate assessments that probe evidence of student understanding. A variety of 
assessment techniques with a focus on differentiated and authentic performance-based 
assessments will be presented. Finally, using clearly identifiable results and appropri- 
ate evidence of understanding, students will plan differentiated learning experiences 
and instruction to develop student understanding. Prerequisite: MSE 809. 3 credits. 

MSE 814. History of Science. The historical prospective of science and scientists from 
ancient through modern history. Focus will include discoveries and scientists from both 

Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 1 69 



sexes and all ethnic backgrounds. Methods of integrating history and science in the el- 
ementary/middle school classroom will be addressed. 3 credits. 

MSE 815. Recent Advances in Science. Modern concepts and recent advances in sci- 
ence will be studied through books, news magazines and newspapers. 3 credits. 

MSE 816. Science, Technology and Society. The educational objective for quality 
science education is to produce a society which is literate in science, able to solve prob- 
lems and can function as critical thinkers. This course utilizes biotechnology, among 
other areas of study, as a method of illustrating the need for and ultimate use of science 
and technology so they benefit society. Ethical issues involving science and technology 
will be discussed. 3 credits. 

MSE 820. Seminar. This course will permit some flexibility to explore current topics 
in elementary/middle school education as they arise. Seminar courses permit special 
topics to be included in the course of study. Recent offerings include literacy in sci- 
ence, forensics, and multimedia science. In addition, certain transfer courses may be 
valid for degree accreditation but may not be a complete match in the courses listed. 3 
credits. 

MSE 829. Research Methods. This course is designed to develop the understanding of 
the methods employed in planning and developing research in science. You will gain ex- 
perience in generating ideas for research, critically evaluating literature, synthesizing 
and presenting results of research and writing in a clear and organized way. 3 credits. 

MSE 830. Independent Research in Science Education. A topic relevant to the teach- 
ing of science in the elementary/middle school classroom will be researched with the 
approval of the student's adviser. The topic of research should be well documented in 
professional journals and studies. 3 credits. 

MSE 850. Independent Study. 1-6 credits. 

MSE Administration and Resident Faculty 

Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

Day teaches history of physics and summer independent studies. 

Elaine Feather, director of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education. 
M.S., State University of New York at Brockport. 

Michael B. Kitchens, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Mississippi. 

He teaches research methods and supervises research. 

Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education. 
Ed.D., Lehigh University. 
Kline supervises research. 

Louis B. Laguna, associate professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

Laguna teaches research methods and supervises research. 

170 Master of Science Education 2008-2009 Catalog 



Lou Manza, professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., City University of New York. 

Manza teaches research methods and supervises research. 

Walter A. Patton, associate professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University. 

Patton supervises research and teaches summer seminar courses. 

Kerrie D. Smedley, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Smedley teaches research methods. 

Patricia Woods, coordinator of the MSE Program. 

B.S., Niagara University 

Woods teaches the introductory course in science education and the curriculum course. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

Wolfe teaches microscopy and supervises research. 

DOCTOR OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

The Physical Therapy Program consists of a six-year program of study leading to a 
Doctor of Physical Therapy (D.P.T.) degree. Students receive a baccalaureate degree in 
health science after successful completion of four years of coursework. See Health Sci- 
ence Program information on page 132. 

The program consists of two distinct phases: pre-professional education (three years, 
or approximately 100 semester credit hours); and professional education (three years, 
approximately 108 semester credit hours). 

Lebanon Valley College s Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program is accred- 
ited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 

All required courses must be taken for a grade except PHT 760, 762, 764, and 860 
which are pass/fail. See the Physical Therapy Handbook and Clinical Education Man- 
ual for detailed grading information. 

Degree: Doctor of Physical Therapy. 

Prerequisites: two semesters each of general biology, chemistry, and physics; one se- 
mester upper level human anatomy and physiology, introductory psychology and soci- 
ology, and elementary statistics. 

Professional required courses: PHT 412, 502, 504, 511,514, 516, 518, 520, 532, 534, 
542, 550, 710, 716, 720, 726, 728, 730, 732, 736,738, 740, 750, 752, 762, 764,802, 
830, 832, 834, 836, 850, 860. 

PHT Courses: 

710. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation. An introduction to the basic 
conversational and medical/technical vocabulary needed to communicate with Spanish- 
speaking patients. 2 credits. [Cross-listed as Spanish 211.] 



Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 1 7 1 




714. Advanced Neuroscience. Building on material learned in PHT 420, this course 
looks in more detail at pathology, neurophysiology and sensorimotor control, in context 
to common neurologic conditions and diseases. 2 credits. 

716. Health Promotion for Self and Society. Covers health and health promotion top- 
ics across the lifespan. Students will begin to identify community needs that would 
benefit from a physical therapy program of prevention, health promotion, wellness, and 
screening services. 2 credits. 

720. Neuroscience. Examines the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system and 
changes that occur across the life-span, relevant pathopysiology and the functional man- 
mifestations of this pathology, and acquisition of basic neurologic examination skills. 
4 credits. 

726. Clinical Interventions I. First of a two-course sequence designed to instruct stu- 
dents in the use of therapeutic modalities to affect change in human tissues. Laboratory 
exercises include applying modalities, gait training with various devices, and thera- 
peutic exercise. 4 credits. 

728. Musculoskeletal I. First of a two-course sequence providing an in-depth study of 
the evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of muscu- 
loskeletal pathology and/or injury. This first component of the two course sequence 
will emphasize the upper and lower limbs, with an introductory component to the spine. 
4 credits. 



1 72 Doctor of Physical Therapy 



2008-2009 Catalog 



730. Clinical Interventions II. A continuation of Clinical Interventions I. This course 
will examine edema and integumentary concerns, and specific exercise techniques, in- 
cluding stabilization and aquatics. 4 credits. 

732. Musculoskeletal II. Second of a two course sequence providing an in-depth study 
of the evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of mus- 
culoskeletal pathology and injury. This course will build upon material studied in PHT 
430 and emphasize anatomical, biomechanical, and physiological factors relevant to 
musculoskeletal dysfunction. 3 credits. 

736. Neuromuscular Physical Therapy I. Provides an examination of techniques used in 
the examination and assessment of persons with nervous system dysfunction. 4 credits. 

738. Geriatrics Physical Therapy. Presents the aging process in relation to pathokine- 
siology, the immune system, cardiopulmonary system, musculoskeletal system, neu- 
romuscular function, and therapeutic intervention adaptation. 3 credits. 

740. Prosthetics and Orthotics. Provides a detailed examination of the physical ther- 
apy management of individuals requiring splinting or bracing, as well as individuals 
with amputations requiring prosthetic devices. 2 credits. 

750. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry II. This is the second in a series of a four-part 
course sequence of critical inquiry/evidence-based physical therapy. In this course, the 
student will begin the process of developing a case study (using a clinical case that was 
obtained in the student's first clinical affiliation) that is evidenced-based. Continued 
development of the clinical research process is presented. 2 credits. 

752. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry HI. This is the third course in a four-part course 
sequence of critical inquiry/evidence-based physical therapy. The concepts of sensitiv- 
ity, specificity, responsiveness to change and the epidemiologic concepts of: preva- 
lence, incidence, ratios, and proportions are covered. Development and publication of 
the second case report is accomplished. 2 credits. 

760. Clinical Education and Practice II. The initial seven- week, full-time supervised 
clinical learning experience where students are given the opportunity to develop com- 
petence in the physical therapy management of individuals with various muscu- 
loskeletal, cardiovascular/pulmonary, integumentary, and/or neuromuscular disorders in 
the acute or subacute care environment. 3 credits. 

762. Clinical Education and Practice III. The second seven- week, full-time super- 
vised clinical learning experience where students expand their competence in the phys- 
ical therapy management of individuals with various musculoskeletal, 
cardiovascular/pulmonary, integumentary, and/or neuromuscular disorders in the acute, 
subacute care, or ambulatory environment. 3 credits. 

764. Clinical Education and Practice IV. The third seven-week, full-time supervised 
clinical learning experience where students expand their competence in the physical 
therapy management of individuals with various musculoskeletal, cardiovascular/pul- 
monary, integumentary, and/or neuromuscular disorders in the acute, subacute care, or 
ambulatory environment. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 1 73 



802. Physical Therapy Administration and Management. Examines current issues and 
trends in physical therapy clinical management. 4 credits. 

830. Neuromuscular Physical Therapy II. Examines in detail through a case-based 
approach specific neurologic conditions, the resulting impairments and functional lim- 
itations, and the physical therapy management of persons presenting with these condi- 
tions. 4 credits. 

832. Pediatric Physical Therapy. Presents an introduction to the physical therapy man- 
agement of pediatric patients. Topics include normal motor development, and client 
examination, evaluation, and intervention aimed at improving function and limiting 
disability. 4 credits. 

834. Selected Physical Therapy Practice Topics. This course will cover specialized 
physical therapy practice areas and advanced evaluative, assessment, and interventional 
strategies for special populations. 2 credits. 

836. Differential Diagnosis. Designed to integrate the curricular content to date. In this 
capstone course, students will demonstrate differential diagnosis as it relates to au- 
tonomous practice in realistic clinical situations. 3 credits. 

850. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry IV. This is the final course in a four-part course 
sequence of critical inquiry/evidence-based physical therapy. The final case study is 
prepared as a formal written document and also as a platform presentation using the ev- 
idence for all 6-components of the patient/client management model. 2 credit. 

860. Clinical Education and Practice V. The final full-time supervised clinical expe- 
rience spanning sixteen weeks in a clinical setting of choice. Students will demonstrate 
entry-level patient management skills for pediatric and/or adult individuals with com- 
plex medical diagnoses and functional deficits utilizing an evidence-based approach. 
12 credits. 

DPT Administration and Resident Faculty 

Stan M. Dacko, associate professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Hahnemann University. 

He teaches cardiopulmonary, advanced neuroscience and differential diagnosis. His re- 
search interests are related to motor control and interventions for neurodegenerative 
diseases. 

Marcia Epler, associate professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

She teaches clinical examination, the musculoskeletal course series, and differential 

diagnosis. Her research interests include clinical and functional outcome and orthoses 

efficacy. Clinical practice areas include orthopedics and sports medicine. 

Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical education. 
M.H.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical educa- 
tion course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders. 



1 74 Doctor of Physical Therapy 2008-2009 Catalog 



Michael E. Lehr, clinical assistant professor of physical therapy. 
M.S., University of the Sciences in Philadelphia; Doctoral candidate, Temple Univer- 
sity tDPT program. 

He teaches clinical examination and clinical interventions. His research interests in- 
clude manual therapy, functional exercise/movement, and clinical decision making 
within the orthopedics and sports medicine field. 

Victoria Marchese, assistant professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., Hahnemann University. 

She teaches pathophysiology and evidence based/critical inquiry. Her research interests 
involve the investigation of exercise as an intervention and the development of func- 
tional outcome measures for children with cancer. 

Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D. University of Iowa. 

He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research in- 
terests include outcome modeling using activity-based methodology and patient satis- 
faction. 

Kathryn N. Oriel, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ed.D., Idaho State University. 

She teaches Pediatrics and Health Promotion. Her research interests are related to 

school-based physical therapy practice and infant/toddler development. 

Theodore Yanchuleff, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.P.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Patricia Gallo-Maydwell, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.S., Long Island University. 

David Patrick, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.S.P.T., C.P.O., University of Pennsylvania. 



Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 1 75 




176 



2008-2009 Catalog 



DIRECTORY 

Board of Trustees Lebanon Valley College 

Officers 

William Lehr, Jr. Chair 

Edward H. Arnold Vice Chair 

Katherine J. Bishop Vice Chair 

Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary 

Beth Esler Assistant Secretary 

Deborah R. Fullam '81 Treasurer 

James M. Mead Assistant Treasurer 

Trustees 

Kristen R. Angstadt, '74, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Psychologist/Supervisor of Pupil Services, 
Capital Area Intermediate Unit #15 (2007). 

Edward H. Arnold, B.A., L.H.D.; Chairman, C.E.O. and President, Arnold Logistics 
(2008). 

Katherine J. Bishop, B.A., M.B.A.; President, Lebanon Seaboard Corporation (2009). 

Edward D. Breen, B.S.; Chairman and C.E.O. , Tyco Electronics (beginning October 
2004) (2010). 

Rev. Alfred T. Day III, B.A., M.Div.; Senior Pastor, Historic St. Georges Methodist 
Church in Old City. (2010). 

Wesley T. Dellinger, CRS, GRI, CSP, 75, B.S.; Realtor, Brownstone Real Estate Com- 
pany (2009). 

Geret DePiper '68, B.A.; Retired Senior Vice Presicent and Chief Operating Officer, 
CSX World Terminals, LLC (2010). 

Ronald J. Drnevich, B.S.; President, Gannett Fleming Inc. (2008). 

Charles R. Fisher, '09 Student, Lebanon Valley College (2009). 

James Glasgow, B.A, Managing Director/Partner, Five Mile Capital Partners, Inc. 
(2011). 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of English, Director of General Ed- 
ucation, Lebanon Valley College (2009). 

Robert Harbaugh, B.S., M.D.; Professor and Chairman, Department of Neurosurgery, 
The Pennsylvania State University, Milton S. Hershey Medical Center (2009). 

Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc. 
(2008). 

John F. Jurasits Jr., B.S.; Retired Vice President, Solution Technologies, Inc. (2009). 
Lebanon Valley College Directory 177 



F. Obai Kabia '73, B.S., M.P.A.; Operations Officer, United Nations Organization (2010). 

George J. King, B.S.; CPA; Chief Financial Officer, Energy Intelligence Group; Presi- 
dent, RWS Energy Services, Inc. (2008). 

Louis B. Laguna, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D.; Associate Professor of Psychology (2010). 

Malcolm L. Lazin '65, B.S., J.D.; Executive Director, Equality Forum (2008). 

William Lehr Jr., B.B.A, J.D.; Community Volunteer, Retired Senior Vice President and 
Secretary, Hershey Foods Corp. (2008). 

Stephen C. MacDonald, B.A., Ph.D.; President, Lebanon Valley College. 

James M. Mead, B.S., M.A.; Retired President and CEO, Capital Blue Cross (2009). 

Daniel K. Meyer '81, B.A. M.D.; Assistant Professor of Medicine, UMONJ-Robert Wood 
Johnson Medical School, Camden, and Program Director, Infectious Diseases Fellow- 
ship Program at Cooper University Hospital (2009). 

John S. Oyler, A.B., J.D.; Partner, McNees Wallace & Nurick, LLC (2009). 

Thomas E. Philips, B.A., M.B.A.; Retired Senior Resident Vice President Merrill Lynch 
Central Penn Complex (2010). 

Lynn G. Phillips '68, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.; Retired, Aresty Institute ofExecuive Education, 
Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania (2009). 

George M. Reider Jr. '63; Retired Insurance Executive and Former Insurance Commis- 
sioner, State of Connecticut; Retired Teacher, University of Connecticut and Fordham 
University of Law (2010). 

Richard T. Reynolds, B.S.; President, Reynolds Construction Management, Inc. (2008). 

Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S.; President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (2010). 

Elyse E. Rogers '76, B.A., J.D.; Attorney, Keefer Wood Allen & Rahal, LLP (2009). 

Frank R. Sourbeer '72, B.A.; President & C.E.O., Wilsbach Distributors, Inc. (2009). 

Kristen Uhas '10, Student, Lebanon Valley College (2010). 

Scott N. Walck, B.S., M.S., Ph,.D, Associate Professor of Physics, Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege (2011). 

Albertine P. Washington, B.A., P.D.; Retired Elementary Educator, Lebanon School Dis- 
trict (2010). 

Samuel A. Willman '67, B.S., M.Com.; President , Delta Packaging, Inc. (2008). 

Harry B. Yost Esq. '62, B.S., LL.D., LL.M. ; Attorney, Senior Partner, Appel & Yost, LLP 
(2009). 

Emeriti 
Raymond H. Carr; Realtor; Commercial and Industrial Developer. 

Ross W Fasick '55, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., L.H.D.; Retired Senior Vice President, E.I. DuPont 
de Nemours & Co. 

178 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



Eugene C. Fish Esq., B.S., J.D., L.H.D.; Chairman and President, Peerless Industries, 
Inc.; Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company; Managing Partner, Romeika, 
Fish and Scheckter 

Eugene R. Geesey '56, B.S.; Retired Owner/President, CIB, Inc. 

Darwin G. Glick '58, B.S.; Retired President, Glick, Stanilla and Siegel, C.P.A. 

Martin L. Gluntz '53, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Vice President, Technical Services, Her- 
shey International Division, Hershey Foods Corporation. 

Thomas W. Guinivan '39, A.B., M.Div, M.S.T., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist 
Church. 

Elaine G. Hackman '52, B.A.; Retired Business Executive. 

Gerald D. Kauffinan '44, A.B., M.Div., D.D., Officer of the Courts, County of Cumber- 
land; Pastor Emeritus, Grace United Methodist Church, Carlisle. 

Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President, E.D. Plummer Sons, Inc. 

Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S. L.H.D.; Retired Owner /President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. 

Bruce R. Rismiller '59, B.A., M.Ed.; Retired Executive Vice President, Northwest Air- 
lines. 

F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37, B.S, LL.D; Retired Ernst & Young C.P.A. 

Daniel L. Shearer '38, AZ?., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Morton Spector, L.H.D.; Chairman of the Board, Design House Kitchens and Appliances. 

Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.Sci.; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism 
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute. 

Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.Sci. ; Retired Chairman of the Board, Wengert's Dairy, 
Inc. 

E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor. 

J. Dennis Williams, B.A., M.Div, D.Min., D.D.; Retired United Methodist Clergyman; 
Senior Pastor, St. John s United Methodist Church. 

Honorary 
Suzanne H. Arnold, L.H.D.; Community Leader and Philanthropist. 

Bishop Marcus Matthews, B.S., D.M.; The United Methodist Church, Philadelphia Area. 

Bishop Jane Allen Middleton, B.A., M.Div; The United Methodist Church, Harrisburg 
Area, Northeastern Jurisdiction. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 1 79 



ADMINISTRATION 

President 

Stephen C. MacDonald, 1998—; President, Professor of Humanities. B.A., Tufts Uni- 
versity, 1969; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1977. 

Beth Esler, 2004-; Executive Assistant to the President, 2004-; B.A., Dickinson Col- 
lege, 1985. 

General College Officers 

Anne M. Berry, 2000-; Vice President for Advancement, 2000-. A.B., Franklin & Mar- 
shall College, 1977. 

William J. Brown, 1980-; Vice President of Enrollment, 2007- B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1979, M.B.A., Philadelphia College of Textiles and Science, 1988. 

Deborah R. Fullam, 1982-; Vice President and Controller, 1995— B.S., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1981; M.B.A., Philadelphia University, 1988. 

Robert E. Hamilton, 1986-; Vice President for Administration, 1990-. A.B., Messiah 
College, 1962; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1966; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1972. 

Bryan V Hearsey, Acting Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty. 
2008-. B.A., Western Washington State College, 1964; M.A., Washington State Univer- 
sity, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 

Gregory H. Krikorian, 2007-; Vice President of Student Affairs, 2 007- B.A. Niagara 
Umiversity, 1984; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1990. 

Robert A. Riley, 1976-1978, 1988—; Vice President of Information Technology Services, 
199 5- B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1976. 

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 

Academic 

Bryan V Hearsey, Acting Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty. 
2008- B.A., Western Washington State College, 1964; M.A., Washington State Univer- 
sity, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 

Crista A. Detweiler, 2002-; Assistant to the Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art 
Gallery, 2002- B.A., Shippensburg University, 1992; M.A., University of Maryland, 
2002. 

Timothy M. Dewald, 1989-; Coordinator of Academic Advising and Community Pro- 
gramming, 2 001- B.A., Dickinson College, 1970; M.Div, Andover Newton Theologi- 
cal School, 1975. 

Deanna L. Dodson, 1994-; Associate Dean of the Faculty, Professor of Psychology. 
B.S., Tennessee Technological University, 1985; M.S., Memphis State University, 1988; 
Ph.D., 1992. 



180 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



John C. Donohue, 200 ] 3—; Assistant Director of Media Services, 2003-. B.M., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2000. 

James P. Duffy, 2007-; Coordinator of Recruitment and Retention Services, Graduate 
Studies and Continuing Education. B.A., Lynchburg College, 2000; M.Ed., 2002. 

Elaine Feather, 1989 - 99, 2004-. Director of Graduate Studies and Continuing Edu- 
cation. B.S., State University of New York at Cortland, 1965; M.S., State University of 
New York at Brockport, 1973. 

Yvonne M. Foster, 2003-; Coordinator of Disability Services, 2 003- B.S., Miller sville 
University, 1992; M.S., 1995; M.S., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, 
2001. 

Andrew S. Greene, 1990-; Director of Media Services, 1992- B.S., Kutztown Univer- 
sity, 1990. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990—; Director of General Education, 2001-. B.A., Bates Col- 
lege, 1977; M.A., Binghamton University, 1980; Ph.D., Boston University, 1988. 

Julia L. Harvey, 1998-; Technical Services Librarian. A.A., Cottey College, 1977; B.A., 
Cedar Crest College, 1979; M.S., Drexel University, 1981; M.A., Rider University, 
1990. 

Marcus Home, 1992-; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste Ma- 
terials Officer. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Patricia A. Kaley, 19 87-; Registrar, 2 004- B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1996. 

Jeremy A. Maisto, 2004-; Associate Registrar, 2004-. B.A., Drew University, 2000. 

Donna L. Miller, 19 86-; Interim Librarian, 19 86-. B.S., Miller sville University, 1984; 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993; M.L.S., Drexel University, 1986. 

Heather H. Mitchell, 200 5-; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 2 008- B.S., Lambuth 
University, 2000; M.S., University of Memphis, 2003; Ph.D., 2005. 

Frank Mols, 2007-; Director of the Bishop Library, 2007-. B.A., University of Pitts- 
burgh, 1971; M.L.S., 1973. 

John J. Peck, O.S.B., 1 999-; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1999- Saint Vincent College 
and Seminary; Franciscan University. 

Jill Russell, 2001-; Director of Study Abroad, 2001-. B.S., University of New Hamp- 
shire, 1993; M.S., University of Victoria, 1999. 

Scott A. Schweigert, 2002-; Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and Assis- 
tant Professor of Art. B.A., Dickinson College, 1992; M.A., The George Washington 
University, 1996. 

Susan Szydlowski, 199 5-; Director of Special Music Programs, 199 5-. B.A., Colby 
College, 1996. 

Patricia L. Woods, 2007-; Coordinator of the MSE Program, 2007-. B.S., Niagara Uni- 
versity, 1976. 

Lebanon Valley College Directory 181 



Administrative Affairs 
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration. 

Matthew C. Craig, 2007-; College Store Assistant, 2007- B.S., Lock Haven University, 
2006. 

Ann C. Hayes, 2006-; Director of Human Resources, 2006-. B.A., Millersville Uni- 
versity, 1983; M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1995; P.H.R., Society of 
Human Resource Management, 1996. 

Margaret A. Lahr, 19 88-; Director of Housekeeping Services, 1988-. 

Donald Santostefano, 2006-; Director of Facilities Services, 2006-. B.S., Fairfield Uni- 
versity, 1975; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1979. 

Harold G. Schwalm, 1 994-; Director of Building Maintenance, 1994- 

Chad Schreier, 2005-; Manager of the College Store, 2005- B.A., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 2005. 

Victoria Trostle, 2004- ; Manager of Service Response Operations, 2007-; B.S., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1974. 

Kevin R. Yeiser, 19 82-; Director of Grounds Maintenance, 1982— 

Allen R. Yingst, 1989-; Director of Public Safety, 1990-. 

Athletics 

Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Director of Athletics, 2007- B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1989; M.B.A., 1992. 

Joseph E. Buehler III, 2004-; Assistant Football Coach, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1989; M.Ed., Millersville University, 2004. 

Keith Evans, 1992—; Head Baseball Coach, 2003-. B.S., California University of Penn- 
sylvania, 1990. 

Lauren N. Frankford, 2002-; Head Women's Soccer Coach, 2002- B.A., Gettysburg 
College, 2000. 

Mary M. Gardner, 1 994-; Aquatic Director, Head Swim Coach, 1997- B.A., Gettysburg 
College, 1977; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Todd Godowski, 2006-; Head Women s Basketbell Coach, 2 006- B.A., Clark Univer- 
sity, 1990. 

Kenneth C. Grimes, 200 5-; Head Men s Soccer Coach, 2 005- B.S., Elizabethtown 
College, 1997; M.Ed., Millersville University, 2004. 

Stacey L. Hollinger, 1998—; Head Softball Coach, 1998-; Assistant Field Hockey 
Coach, 1994—; Compliance Coordinator, 2004-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989. 

Laurel Martin, 2001—; Head Field Hockey Coach, 2001-. B.S., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1991. 



182 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



Brad F. McAlester, 1994-; Head Men s Basketball Coach, 1994-; B.A., Southampton 
College of Long Island University, 1975. 

James P. Monos Jr., 2004-; Head Football Coach, 1986-1996; 2004-. B.S., Shippens- 
burg State College, 1972; M.Ed., Western Maryland College, 1978. 

Alfred A. Moten Jr., 2006-; Head Men s and Women s Track and Field Coach, 2006- 
Almeda College and University, 2003. 

Cliff Myers, 1994-; Head Men's & Women's Tennis Coach, 1994-; B.A., Penn State 
University, 1972. 

James O'Brien, 2008-; Head Men s and Women s Cross Country Coach, 2 008- B.S. 
Political Science, Lebanon Valley College, 2007. 

Steven C. Orme, 2 006-; Assistant Athletic Trainer, 2006- ; B.S., Brigham Young Uni- 
versity, 2005; M.Ed., University of Virginia., 2006. 

Vincent E. Pantalone, 2004-; Assistant Football Coach, 2004-, B.A., Moravian Col- 
lege, 1977; Secondary Certificate, Penn State Capitol Campus, 1989. 

Wayne Perry, 1987-; Head Women's Volleyball Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1978. 

Edward J. Russell, 2007-; Head Ice Hockey Coach, 2007-; B.A., University of New 
Hampshire, 1995. 

Louis A. Sorrentino, Golf Coach, 1989-; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1954; M.S., 
Bucknell University, 1961. 

James E. Stark, 1986-; Athletic Trainer, 1986- B.S., Lock Haven University, 1983; 
M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1986. 

Advancement 
Anne M. Berry, Vice President for Advancement. 

Kristy A. Adams, 1999-; Director of Web Communications, 2007-; B.S., Drexel Uni- 
versity, 1995. 

Shanna G. Adler, 1992—; Director of Advancement Services, 200 5-; B.S., Bucknell Uni- 
versity, 1992. 

Kelly A. Alsedek, 1998-; Associate Director of College Relations/Director of Publi- 
cations, 2002- ; B.A., Gettysburg College, 1971. 

Jasmine A. Bucher, 2001-; Assistant Director of College Relations for Print and Web, 
2007-; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1997; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 
2004. 

Michelle A. Campbell, 2008-; Assistant Director of Alumni Programs, 2 008- B.A., Ju- 
niata College, 2008. 

Jamie N. Cecil, 2004-; Director of Annual Giving, 2006-. B.A., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 2000; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2007. 

Lebanon Valley College Directory 183 



Lauren McCartney Cusick, 2002-; Director of Media Relations, 2 002- B.A., University 
of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1971; M.A., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, 
1974. 

Timothy E. Flynn, 2007-; Sports Information Director, 2007- B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 2005. 

Thomas M. Hanrahan, 1997-; Director of College Relations, 1999-. B.A., East Strouds- 
burg University, 1990; M.Ed., 1992; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 2004. 

Jayanne N. Hayward, 200 5-; Director of Alumni Programs, 2007- B.A., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 2001. 

Alexandra R. Olexy, 2001-; Director of Advancement Special Events, 2 001- B.A., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1999. 

Cindy L. Progin, 1998—; Director of Advancement Research, 2004-; B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2004. 

Jessica B. Ritchie, 2000-; Director of Leadership Gifts, 2006. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2006. 

Todd C. Snovel, 2006-; Assistant Director of Annual Giving, 2006-; B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2006. 

Enrollment 
William J. Brown, Vice President of Enrollment. 

Dorothy A. Brehm, 199 3- Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2003-. B.S., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1976. 

Vicki J. Cantrell, 199 1-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2002-. B.A., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1999. 

Kendra M. Feigert, 2004-; Director of Financial Aid, 2004-; B.A. Bloomsburg Uni- 
versity, 1995; M.S., Miller sville University, 1998. 

Kristi Harshman, 2007-; Admission Counselor, 2007-. B.A., Wake Forest University, 
2007. 

Sara E. Kehler, 2006-; Admission Counselor, 2006-. B.A., Susquehanna University, 
2006. 

Keo Oura Kounlavong, 2002-; Assistant Director of Admission, 2005-; B.A., Ursinus 
College, 2000. 

Alan T. Paynter, 2001-; Assistant Director of Admission, 2006-. B.S. Ed., Kutztown 
University, 1997. 

Susan Sarisky, 1993—; Director of Admission, 2001-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1992; M.Ed., Temple University, 1999. 

Erin N. Sanno, 2001-; Assistant Director of Admission, 2 004- B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998. . 

184 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



EJ. Smith, 2007 -; Admission Counselor, 2007-. B.S. W, Lebanon Valley College, 1990. 

Financial Affairs 
Deborah R. Fullam, Vice President and Controller. 

Robert J. Brestensky, 2007-; Staff Accountant, B.S., California University of PA, 2004. 

Dana K. Lesher, 1990-; Director of Payroll and Benefits Administration, 2007-. B.A., 
Millersville University, 1977. 

Jennifer S. Liedtka, 1994-; Institutional Data Analyst, 2005-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1992; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2000. 

Ben D. Oreskovich, 1 994-; Associate Controller, 1999-. A.S., Danville Area Commu- 
nity College, 1990; B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1993. 

Carrie Skovrinskie, 2004-; Director of Student Accounts, 2 004- B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 2001. 

Information Technology Services 
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Information Technology Services. 

Robert J. Dillane, 198 5-; Director of Information Management Services, 1986-. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1977. 

Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990—; Senior Web Programmer, 2007-; Systems and Reference 
Librarian, 1994-2007. B.A., University of Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic Uni- 
versity of America, 1981; M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State University, 1984. 

Todd M. Gamble, 1998—; Senior PC Support Specialist, 2006-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998. 

Kent A. Harshman, 2002-; Database Analyst/Programmer, 2 002- B.S., Lock Haven 
University, 1980. 

Angela E. Kinney, 2000-; Database Specialist, 2 000- B.S., Geneva College, 1992. 

David W. Shapiro, 2000-; Director of Technical Services, 2005-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999. 

Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 1971-; Director of Special Services, 1982-. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967. 

Michael C. Zeigler, 1990-; Director of Client Services, 1990-. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1979; M.Ed., 1995. 

Student Affairs 

Gregory H. Krikorian, 2007-; Vice President for Student Affairs, 2007-. B.A., Niagara 
University, 1984; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1990. 

Valerie G. Angeli, 2003-; Staff Nurse, 2003-. B.S.N, Lebanon Valley College, 1982; 
R.N., Diploma, Geisinger Medical Center School of Nursing, 1982. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 185 



Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Director of the Arnold Sports Center, 1997- B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992. 

Jennifer Dawson Evans, 1991—; Director of Student Activities and the College Center, 
1995- B.S., Kansas State University, 1989; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1991. 

James A. Felton, 2006-; Director of Multicultural Affairs, 2 007- B.A., McDaniel Col- 
lege, 1995; M.S., 1998. 

Paul Fullmer, 200 5-; Chaplain, 200 5-; B.S., University of Southern California, 1990; 
M.Div., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1994; Ph.D., Graduate Theological Union, Berke- 
ley, 2005. 

Alison K. Gallagher, 2005-; Residential Life Area Coordinator, 2005-. B.A., Alvernia 
College, 2002; M.Ed., Alvernia College, 2005. 

Sharon Givler, 200 3-; Director of Career Services, 200 5- B.A., Geneva College, 1974; 
M.Ed., Miller sville University, 1984. 

Julie A. Gordon-Dueck, 1997-; Counseling Psychologist, 1997-; B.A., Fresno Pacific 
College, 1985; M.A., Ph.D., California School/Professional Psychology, Fresno, 1993. 

JohnT. Hower, 1988-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1970; 
M.A., Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. 

Lynda Hower, 1993-; Therapist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971; M.S.W., Temple 
University, 1992. 

Eugene R. Kelly, 2 004-; Assistant Director of Student Activities and Student Develop- 
ment, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2001; M.S., West Chester University, 2003. 

Jason A. Kuntz, 2000-; Director of Residential Life, 2005-. B.A., Baldwin-Wallace 
College, 1996; M.Ed., University of South Carolina, 1998. 

Robert K. Nielsen, 199 3-; College Physician, 199 3-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 
1975. 

Amy E. Ricedorf, 2007-; Residential Life Area Coordinator, 2007-. B.S. Towson Uni- 
versity, 2004; M.S., Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania, 2007. 

Angela Strickler, 1998-; Therapist, 1998-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989; M.S. W, 
Temple University, 1994. 

Nathaniel Stutzman, 2006-; Residential Life Area Coordinator, 2006-; B.A., Eastern 
University, 2005. 

Juliana Z. Wolfe, 1975-1978; 1979—; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 
197 9-. R.N., Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1963. 

Rosemary Yuhas, 1973-; Dean of Student Affairs, 1991- B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1966; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1970. 



186 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 




FACULTY 

Active 
Barbara J. Anderman, 200 1-; Associate Professor of Art. Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Art and Art History. B.A., M.A., University of St. Andrews, Scotland, 1971; 
MA., Rutgers University, 1994; Ph.D., 2000. 

Sharon O. Arnold, 1986—; Associate Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the De- 
partment of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 1964; M.A., 1967; M.S.W., Temple 
University, 1994. 

Tami L. Barton, 2008-; Assistant Professor of Accounting. B.S., Shepherd College, 
1986; M.B.A., St. Joseph s University, 1996. 

Philip J. Benesch, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of 
London, 1981; M.A., London School of Economics, 1982; Ph.D., University of 
Delaware, 2003. 

Philip A. Billings, 1970-; Professor of English. B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; MA., 
Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974. 

Kristen L. Boeshore, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 1992; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University, 1998. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Professor of English. Chairperson of the Department of 
English. B.A., Temple University, 1977; M.B.A., Drexel University, 1982; M.L.A., Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, 1996. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Directory 187 



Jean-Marc Braem, 2002-; Assistant Professor of French. Licence, Universite Libre de 
Bruxelles, 1980; M.A., Princeton University, 1985; Ph.D., 1989. 

Christopher Brazfield, 1999-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., 
Reed College, 1993; M.S., University of Oregon, 1995; Ph.D., 1999. 

J.Patrick Brewer, 1 997-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Northern 
Arizona University, 1991; M.S., University of Oregon, 1993; Ph.D., 1997. 

James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M.A., 
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. (Sabbatical leave, 2007 fall semester.) 

Richard M. Chamberlin, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Hills- 
dale College, 1988; A.M., University of Michigan, 1990; Ph.D., 1977 

Stan M. Dacko, 2003-; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. Chairperson of the De- 
partment of Physical Therapy. B.A., Rutgers University, 1974; M.S., Boston University, 
1983; Ph.D., Hahnemann University, 1997. 

Michael A. Day, 1987-; Professor of Physics. B.S., University of Idaho, 1969; M.A., 
1975, Ph.D., 1977, University of Nebraska (Philosophy); M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1983, Uni- 
versity of Nebraska (Physics). 

Johannes M. Dietrich, 1 995-; Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State Uni- 
versity, 1990; M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music, 1992; 
D.M.A., 1996. 

Christopher J. Dolan, 2007-; Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Siena Col- 
lege, 1995; M.A., Northeastern University, 1997; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 
2002. 

Laura G. Eldred, 2007-; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., College of William and 
Mary, 1998; M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2000; Ph.D., 2006. 

Marcia Epler, 2003-; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. B.A., Ithaca College, 
1973; B.S., 1975; M.Ed., Temple University, 1981; Ph.D., 1996. 

Scott H. Eggert, 1983- ; Professor of Music. B.F.A., University of Wisconsin (Milwau- 
kee), 1971; M.A., University of Chicago, 1974; D.M.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Dale J. Erskine, 198 3-; Professor of Biology. Chairperson of the Department of Biol- 
ogy. B.A., University of Maine at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at 
Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1981 .(Sabbatical leave, 2009 spring se- 
mester.) 

Michael D. Fry, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Immaculate Heart 
College, 1975; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1980. (Sabbatical leave, 2009 spring se- 
mester.) 

Eric Fung, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., The Eastman School of Music, 
1997; MM., The Eastman School of Music, 1999; D.M.A., The Juilliard School, 2005. 

Rita M. Gargotta, 2008-; Lecturer in Spanish; 1991-2008, Adjunct Instructor in Span- 
ish. B.S., West Chester State College, 1972; Diploma, University ofSevilla; M.A., 1976. 

188 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



Claudia C. Gazsi, 200 7—; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. Academic Coordi- 
nator of Clinical Education. B.S., West Virginia University, 1981; M.H.A., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 2000. 

Cheryl George, 1998-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Texas Christian Uni- 
versity, 1984; M.Ed., University of North Texas, 1988; Ph.D., 1993. 

Marianne Goodfellow, 2 006-; Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., State University 
of New York, College of Arts and Sciences at Plattsburgh, 1979; m.A., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1982; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1995. 

Stacy A. Goodman, 1996-; Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College, 1991; 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990-; Professor of English. Director of General Education. 
B.A., Bates College, 1977; M.A., Binghamton University, 1980; Ph.D., Boston Univer- 
sity, 1988. 

John D. Grigsby, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Duquesne 
University, 1978; M.S., Bucknell University, 1986; J.D., Duquesne University, 1990; 
L.L.M., Georgetown University Law Center, 1994. 

Ivette Guzman-Zavala, 2007-; Visiting Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., Univer- 
sity of Puerto Rico, 1991; M.A., Syracuse University, 1998; Ph.D., Rutgers University, 
New Brunswick, 2004. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977-; Professor of Sociology. B.A., Central Michigan University, 
1969; M.A., University of New Hampshire, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 

Marc A. Harris, 2000-; Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of Arizona, 
1994; Ph.D., University of Nevada at Reno, 1999. 

Bryan V Hearsey, 1971—; Acting Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the 
Faculty, 2008-2009 academic year; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson 
of the Department of Mathematical Sciences; B.A., Western Washington State College, 
1964; M.A., Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 

Christopher J. Heffner, 2008-; Assistant Professor of Music; 2007-2008, Visiting As- 
sistant Professor of Music. B.M.E., Western Kentucky University, 1997; M.M., Univer- 
sity of Florida, 2003; Ph.D., 2007. 

Barry R. Hill, 199 3-; Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording Technology 
Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at Asheville, 
1989; MM., New York University, 1996. 

John H. Hinshaw, 2000-; Associate Professor of History. Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of History and Political Science. B.A., Macalester College, 1985; M.A., Carnegie 
Mellon University, 1988; Ph.D., 1995. 

J. Noel Hubler, 199 5-; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. Chairperson of 
the Department of Religion and Philosophy; B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1981; 
Ph.D., 1995. (Sabbatical leave, 2008 fall semester.) 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 1 89 



Barry L. Hurst, 1 982-; Associate Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department 
of Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1982. 

Diane M. Iglesias, 1976-; Professor of Spanish. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 
1974; Ph.D., City University of New York, 1979. 

Diane E. Johnson, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Pepperdine 
University, 1980; M.A., California State University, Fresno, 1983; M.A., 1993; M.A., 
University of California, Santa Barbara, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, 1991—; Lecturer in Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1987. 

Michael B. Kitchens, 2 007-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Mo- 
bile, 2000; M.A., University of Mississippi, 2004; Ph.D., 2007. 

Donald E. Kline, 1997—; Associate Professor of Education. Chairperson of the De- 
partment of Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1966; M.Ed., Millersville Uni- 
versity, 1975; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1977; Ed.D., Lehigh University, 1990. 

Joel A. Kline, 1999-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. Director of the 
Digital Communications Program. A.S., Harris burg Area Community College, 1985; 
B.S., B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1989; M.J.P.R.A., Temple University, 2002. (Sab- 
batical leave, 2009 spring semester.) 

Walter Labonte, 1992—; Instructor in English. Director of Writing Center. B.S., North- 
eastern University, 1968; M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984. 

Louis B. Laguna, 1999—; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1990; M.S., Millersville University of Pennsylvania, 1992; M.A., Uni- 
versity of Nebraska, 1995; Ph.D., 1998. (Sabbatical leave, 2008 fall semester.) 

Courtney M. Lappas, 2008-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Rich- 
mond, 2000; M.S., University of Virginia, 2003; Ph.D., 2006. 

Michael E. Lehr, 2008-; Clinical Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., Lock 
Haven University, 1995; M.P.T., University of the Sciences in Philadelphia, 1999. 

Mary L. Lemons, 1996-; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., University of Illinois at 
Urbana-Champaign; M.S., 1990; Ed.D., 1998. 

Robert W. Leonard, 1988-; Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Ohio Univer- 
sity, 1977; M.A., St. Francis School of Industrial Relations, 1978; M.B.A., Ohio State 
University, 1986. (Sabbatical leave, 2009 spring semester.) 

Rebecca C. Lister, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., James Madison Univer- 
sity, 1988; MM., Florida State University, 1992; DM., 1997. 

Rachel R. Luckenbill, 2007-; Lecturer in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2002; 
M.A., Villanova University, 2005. 

David W. Lyons, 2000-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Davidson 
College, 1981; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1996. 



190 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



Stephen C. MacDonald,, 1998—; President, Professor of Humanities. B.A. Tufts Uni- 
versity, 1969; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1977. 

Louis Manza, 199 5-; Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Department of Psy- 
chology. B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1988; M.A., Brooklyn Col- 
lege, 1991; M.Phil., City University of New York, 1991; Ph.D., 1992. 

Victoria G. Marchese, 2007-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., University 
of Tennessee, 1994; Ph.D., MCP Hahnemann, 2001. 

Anderson L. Marsh, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Hampden-Sydney 
College, 1998; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 2003. 

G. Daniel Massad, 1985-; Artist-in-Residence. B.A., Princeton University, 1969; M.A., 
University of Chicago, 1977; M.F.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Raymond A. Maynard, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., University of 
Sussex, 1987; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1992; Ph.D., 2000. 

Rebecca McCoy, 1 998-; Associate Professor of History. Chairperson of the Department 
of History and Political Science. A.B., Mount Holy oke College, 1975; M.A., University 
of North Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1992. (Spring 2009, on-site director-New Zealand.) 

Mark L. Mecham, 1990-; Clark and Edna Carmean Distinguished Professor of Music. 
Chairperson of the Department of Music. B.M., University of Utah, 1976; M.M., 1978; 
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1985. 

Heather H. Mitchell, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. Director of Youth Schol- 
ars Institute. B.S., Lambuth University, 2000; M.S., University of Memphis, 2003; 
Ph.D., 2005 . 

Owen A. Moe Jr., 197 3-; Vernon and Doris Bishop Distinguished Professor of Chem- 
istry. Chairperson of the Department of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf's College, 1966; 
Ph.D., Purdue University, 1971. 

Shelly Moorman- Stahlman, 1997-; Associate Professor of Music. B.Mus., University 
of Missouri-Kansas City, 1985; M.M., 1986; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1990. 

Roger M. Nelson, 2002-; Professor of Physical Therapy. Certificate in Physical Ther- 
apy, 1965; M.S., Boston University, 1971; Ph.D., The University of Iowa, 1981. 

Michelle Niculescu, 2007-; Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Muhlen- 
berg College, 1999; Ph.D., Temple University, School of Medicine, 2005. 

Renee Lapp Norris, 2002-; Associate Professor of Music. B.A., West Chester Univer- 
sity, 1991; MM., University of Maryland, 1994; Ph.D., 2001. (Sabbatical leave, 2009 
spring semester.) 

Kathryn N. Oriel, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., University of 
Sciences, Philadelphia, 2000; Ed.D., Idaho State University, 2003. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 191 



Lori Oxford, 2007-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., University of South Car- 
olina, 1998; M. A., Georgia State University, 2002; Ph.D., University of Georgia, 2007. 
(On leave 2008-2009 academic year.) 

Walter A. Patton, 1999-; Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Susquehanna Uni- 
versity, 1988; Ph.D., Lehigh University, 1993. 

Timothy J. Peelen, 2005 -; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Calvin College 1996; 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 2002. 

Neil Perry, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.B., La Trobe University, 1993; 
M.C, University of Melbourne, 1995; Ph.D., LaTrobe University, 2006. 

Mary K. Pettice, 1994-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan Uni- 
versity, 1982; M.S., University of Illinois, 1983; M.A. 1986; Ph.D., University of Hous- 
ton, 1994. (Sabbatical leave, 2009 spring semester.) 

Michael Pittari, 2002—; Associate Professor of Art. Acting Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Art and Art History. B.F. A., University of Florida, 1989; M.F.A., University of 
Tennessee, 1995. (Sabbatical leave, 2009 spring semester.) 

Sidney Pollack, 197 6-; Professor of Biology. B.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

Kevin B. Pry, 1991—; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1976; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984. 

Barney T. Raffield III, 1990—; Professor of Business Administration. Coordinator of 
the MBA Program. B.B.A., Southern Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., 
Union Graduate School, 1982. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, 2002-; Associate Professor of English and Digital Communications. 
B.S. and B.A., Indiana University, 1989; M.A., University of South Carolina, 1993; 
M.Ed., Arizona State University, 1998; Ph.D., 2000. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, 2002-; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., Bay- 
lor University, 1994; M.Div, Texas Christian University, 1997; M.Phil., Syracuse Uni- 
versity, 1999; Ph.D., 2001. (Sabbatical leave, 2009 spring semester.) 

Catherine Romagnolo, 2004-; Assistant Professor of English. B.S., University of 
Florida, 1991; M.A., University of Maryland, 1997; Ph.D., 2003. (On leave 2008-2009 
academic year.) 

Victoria Rose, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Peabody Conservatory of 
the Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.M., Towson State University, 1994. 

David Rudd, 2005-; Professor of Business Administration. Chairperson of the De- 
partment of Business and Economics. B.S. , University of Wisconsin, 1966; M.B.A., Uni- 
versity of Minnesota, 1973; Ph.D., George Washington University 1996. 

Gail A. Sanderson, 1 983-; Associate Professor of Accounting. B.A., Hobart and William 
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.B.A., Boston University, 1977. (Sabbatical leave, 2008-2009 
academic year.) 

192 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



Matthew R. Sayers, 2008-; Visiting Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A. University of 
Maryland Baltimore County, 2000; M.A., Florida State University, 2002. 

J. Gabriel Scala, 2008-; Assistant Professor of English. A. A., Fayetteville Technical 
Community College, 1995; B.A., Methodist College, 1997; M.F.A., Bowling Green State 
University, 2003, Ph,D., University of Mississippi, 2007. 

Michael J. Schroeder, 2008-; Assistant Professor of History. B.A., University of Min- 
nesota, 1987; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1993. 

James W. Scott, 197 6-; Professor of German. Chairperson of the Department of For- 
eign Languages. B.A., Juniata College, 1965; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971. 

Frances S. Seeger, 2005-; Lecturer in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1972; 
M. A., American University, 1973; M.B.A., 2002. 

David M. Setley, 2 008-; Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S.B.A., Kutz- 
town University, 1977; M.B.A., 2000; D.B.A., Nova Southeastern University, 2005. 

Daniel Simpkins, 1998-; Lecturer in Sociology B.A., West Georgia College, 1976; 
M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1984; Ph.D., 1992. 

Kerrie D. Smedley, 1 997-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1990; B.Ed., 1991; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1996; Ph.D., 1997. 

Jeff Snyder, 1997-; Associate Professor of Music and Assistant Director of Music 
Recording Technology. A.A., Pensacola Junior College, 1982; B.A., University of West 
Florida, 1984; M.S., Kutztown University, 1998. 

Herbert L, Steffy, 2008-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Eastern Mennonite 
University, 1968; M.S. Ed., James Madison University, 1975; M.Ed., University of Cen- 
tral Florids, 1994; Ed.D, 1998. 

Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1 987-; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1975; M.M., Towson State University, 1998. 

Edward J. Sullivan, 2001-; Associate Professor of Business Administration and Eco- 
nomics. B.S., St. Peter s College, 1972; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1975; 
Ph.D., 1985. 

Dale E. Summers, 1990—; Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and Sec- 
ondary School Relations. B.S., Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D., 1978. 

Linda L. Summers, 199 1-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Ball State Univer- 
sity, 1972; M.A., 1977. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, 197 2-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; 
M.M., University of Michigan, 1965; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1977. 

Grant D. Taylor, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Art History and Digital Communica- 
tions. B.F.A., University of Western Australia, 2000; Ph.D., 2005. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 193 



Mark A. Townsend, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany 
Nazarene College, 1965; M.A., Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State 
University, 1983. 

Rebecca A. Urban, 2008-; Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Binghamton 
University, 2001; M.S., 2004. 

Noelle Vahanian, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Religion. Baccalaureat, Lycee Inter- 
national des Pontonniers, 1988; B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., 1999. 

Robert T. Valgenti, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of the Holy 
Cross, 1993; M.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1998; Ph.D., DePaul University, 
2006. 

Jose Vargas-Vila, 2008-; Lecturer in Spanish; 2002-2008, Adjunct Instructor in Span- 
ish. A.A., Miami-Dade Community College, 1976; B.A., Florida International Univer- 
sity^ 1978; M.A., University of Miami, 1992. 

Scott N. Walck, 1999—; Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic 
Institute, 1988; M.S., Lehigh University, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. 

Karen Walker, 2005; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., California State Univer- 
sity, Los Angeles, 1974; M.Ed., California State University, Los Angeles 1986; Ed.D., 
Bowling Green State University, 2001. 

Allan F. Wolfe, 1968-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1963; M.A., 
Drake University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Vermont, 1968. 

Kenneth Yarnall, 1996-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., South 
Carolina College, 1986; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1992. 

M. Jane Yingling, 200 1-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Lock Haven Univer- 
sity, 1972; M.A., Shippensburg University, 1996; Ph.D., Marywood University, 2004. 

Emeriti 

Madelyn J. Albrecht, 1973-1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., 
Northern Baptist College, 1952; M.A., Michigan State University, 1958; Ph.D., 1972. 

Howard L. Applegate, 1983-2000; Professor Emeritus of History and American Stud- 
ies. B.A., Drew University, 1957; M.A., Syracuse University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966. 

Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Professor Emerita of Education. B.S., Shippensburg Uni- 
versity, 1972; M.Ed. (Elementary Education) , 1973; M.Ed. (Special Education) , 1979; 
D.Ed., Temple University, 1987. 

Eloise P. Brown, 1961-1987; Readers' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.L.S., Simmons 
College, 1946. 

Donald E. Byrne, Jr., 1971-2005; Professor Emeritus of Religion and American Stud- 
ies. B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1963; M.A. Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D., Duke Uni- 
versity, 1972. 



194 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



Voorhis C. Cantrell, 1968-1992; Professor Emeritus of Religion and Greek. B.A., Okla- 
homa City University, 1952; B.D., Southern Methodist University, 1956; Ph.D., Boston 
University, 1967. 

Richard F. Charles, 1988-1997; Vice President Emeritus for Advancement. A.B., 
Franklin & Marshall College, 1953. 

Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., US. 
Naval Academy, 1942; M.A., Middlebury College, 1965. 

Richard D. Cornelius, 1985-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., Carleton 
College, 1969; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1974. 

Salvatore S. Cullari, 1986-2003; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Kean College, 
1974; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976; Ph.D., 1981. 

George D. Curfman, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1953; MM., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1971. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., University of 
Washington, 1967; M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971. 

Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., University of 
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951. 

Alice S. Diehl, 1966-1997; Technical Processes Librarian Emerita.A.B., Smith College, 
1956; B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, 
1966. 

Phylis C. Dryden, 1987-2004; Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Atlantic Union Col- 
lege, 1976; M.A., State University of New York at Albany, 1984; DA., 1988. 

William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus.B., cum laude, 
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949. 

Arthur L. Ford, 1965-2001; Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964. 

Michael A. Grella, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., St. Mary's Sem- 
inary and University, 1958; M.A., West Virginia University, 1970; Ed.D., 1974. 

Klement M. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal 
Conservatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., 
Royal College of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fel- 
low, 1966; D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1977. 

John H, Heffher,, 1972-2005; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1968; B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University, 1971; Ph.D., 1976; M.A.R., Lan- 
caster Theological Seminary, 2002. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 195 



Paul Heise, 1991-2004; Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S.ES., Georgetown Uni- 
versity, 1958; M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., New School for So- 
cial Research, 1991. 

Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-2004; Professor Emerita of Economics. B.A., Bucknell University, 
1954; M.B.A., Lehigh University, 1982; Ph.D., 1990. 

John P. Kearney, 1971-2006; Professor Emeritus of English. B.A., St. Benedicts Col- 
lege, 1962; M. A., University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968. 

Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-2003; Lecturer Professor Emerita of Music. B.M., Oberlin 
College, 1951; M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 
1941; M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 1971—; Professor Emeritus of Business Administration. A.B., 
Duquesne University, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972; M.A., 
Antioch University, 1998. 

George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

William J. McGill Jr., 1986-1998; Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty Emer- 
itus. A. B., Trinity College, 1957; M.A., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Anna D. Faber McVay, 1954-1976; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1948; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., 1954. 

Philip G. Morgan, 1969-2003; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M.E., Pittsburg State 
University (Kansas), 1962; M.S., 1965. 

John D. Norton, 1971—; Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Illinois, 1965; 
M.A., Florida State University, 1967; P.D., American University, 1973, 

Sharon Hall Raff ield, 1990-; Associate Professor of Sociology. A. B., Wheaton College, 
1963; M.S. W, Washington University, 1967. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, 1957-1985; Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 1943; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-2002; Professor Emerita of French. Licence, Sorbonne, I960; 
M.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979. 

Warren K.A. Thompson, 1967-1997; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity 
University, 1957; M.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1963. 

Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College, 
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964. 



196 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



Susan E. Verhoek, 1974-; Professor Emerita of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan Univer- 
sity, 1964; M.A., Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975. 

L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest, 
1944; B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University. 

Stephen E. Williams, 197 3-; Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Central College, 1964; 
M.S., University of Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis, 1971. 

Paul L. Wolf, 1966-; Professor of Emeritus Biology. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1960; 
M.S., University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D., 1968. 

Glenn H. Woods, 1 965-1 990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962. 

Adjunct 

Michelle Barraclough, 2 00 3-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.F.A., Indiana University 
of Pennsylvania, 1993; M.M., Catholic University, 1996. 

Linda Beck, 2 006- ; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Millersville University, 1986; 
M.Ed., Temple University, 1995. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor of History. B.S., Eastern Mennonite 
University, 1991; M.A., Millersville University, 1993; additional graduate study at Tem- 
ple University. 

Beth A. Berret, 2 004-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., Bloomsburg 
University, 1978; MBA, Philadelphia University, 1984. 

Kathleen K. Blouch, 2001-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Science Education. B.A., 
Messiah College, 1983; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1987; Ph.D., Temple University, 
2000. 

Theresa Yohn Bowley, 1 993-; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Barrington College, 
1981; M.A., Middlebury College, 1982. 

Allen C. Boyer, 2004-; Adjunct Instructor in Physics. B.S, Lebanon Valley College, 
1953; M.Ed., Temple University, 1961; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University, 197 5. 

Beverly Ann K. Butts, 2 000- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1978; M.M., Michigan State University, 1980; additional graduate study 
at New York University. 

Marie- Aline Cadieu, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., University of Illinois, 
1987; M.M., Northwestern University, 1989; D.M.A., Ohio State University, 1999. 

Christopher D. Campbell, 2005-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Clarion 
University, 1988; M.M.E., Miami University, Oxford, Ohio; D.M.A., Shenandoah Con- 
servatory of Shenandoah University, 2002. 

John E. Copenhaver, 2003-; Adjunct Assistant Professor in Music. B.S., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1987; MM., West Chester University, 1992. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 197 



Kerry E. Cunningham, 2005-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., 
Millersville University, 1988; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2004. 

Melanie A. M. Demartyn, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.A., Shepherd College, 
1978; M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 1983. 

James A. Diehm, 1 997-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.A., Albright College, 1961; 
M.A., Lehigh University, 1968; Administrative Certification, Temple University, 1972. 

Karen Dielmann, 1 998-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration, B.S., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1978; M.A., Indiana University of PA, 1982. 

Joseph DiSanto, 1992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., St. Joseph s University, 
1967; Department of Defense Information Officers' School, 1969; M.A., Annenberg 
School of Communications, University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

Michelle Dubiach, 2005-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.A., University 
of Pittsburgh, 1990; M.S.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1997. 

James A. Erdman II, 1983—; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

Candice Falger, 1999-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.A., Millersville 
University, 1974; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2008. 

Suzanne D. Fox, 1998-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1977; M.M., University of Miami, 1979. 

Emily Y. Frantz, 200 1-; Adjunct Assistant Profesor of Music. B.M., Temple University, 
1996; M.M.T., Temple University, 2003. 

Ming Gao, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Linguistics. B.A., Beijing Second Foreign Lan- 
guage Institute, 1982; M.A., Canberra College of Advanced Education, 1984; Ph.D., 
Lehigh University, 1999. 

Douglas C. Gautsch, 1999—; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1997; M.B.A., 1999. 

Lyle Heberling, 2004-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., Lehigh 
University, 1983; M.B.A., Tiffin University, 2000. 

Ai-Lin Hsieh, 2005-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music, B.M., Shoochaw Univer- 
sity, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.; M.M., The Eastman School of Music, 2000; D.M.A., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 2005. 

Linda Hummel, 2002-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Susquehanna Uni- 
versity, 1969; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1975. 

Richard Johnson, 200 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.S., Millersville University. 

Cheryl L. Kilhefner, 2 005-; Adjunct Instructor of Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
2003; M.M., Westminster Choir College of Rider University, 2005. 

Elvin LaCoe, 2 00 3-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. Ed.D., Nova Southeastern Uni- 
versity. 



198 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



David W. Layman, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. A.B., University of 
Chicago, 1977; Ph.D., Temple University, 1994. 

Robin Lilarose, 200 1-; Adjunct Instructor of Music. B.S.M.T., Elizabethtown College, 
1983. 

Lac Longson, 200 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics, B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1989; M.B.A., Kutztown University, 2000. 

Dennis Maust, 2004-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Tech- 
nology. 

James Miller, 19 89-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

William R. Miller, 199 4-; Adjunct Instructor in Physics. B.A., Gettysburg College, 
1956; M.A., University of Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1965. 

Thomas J. Murray, 1 999-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1995; M.B.A., 1999. 

Joseph D. Mixon, 199 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981; 
MM., Combs College of Music, 1990. 

Bruce G. Nilson, 2 004-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., West Vir- 
ginia University, 1978; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1981. 

Barbara Nissman-Cohen, 2001—; Adjunct Instructor in French. Premier Degre, La Sor- 
bonne, 1975; B.A., Ithaca College, 1976; M.S., Montclair State College, 1984. 

Robert A. Nowak, 1988—; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State 
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975. 

Lynn G. Phillips, 2 006-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College. 1968; M.S., Temple University, 1971; Ed.D., University of Pennsylva- 
nia, 1987. 

Jeffrey Remington, 1 998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.A., Indiana Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, 1986; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1992. 

Joey Rider, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Susquehanna Uni- 
versity, 1996; M.S.E., Lebanon Valley College, 2002. 

Marie Riegle-Kinch, 1980-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Gettysburg Col- 
lege, 1973; M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1979. 

Andrew Roberts, 1 998-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.M., Berklee College of Music, 
1989. 

Christopher A. Shaak, 2002-: Adjunct Instructor in Sociology. B.A., Indiana University 
of Pennsylvania, 1992; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1998. 

DeAnna Spurlock, 1 997-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 
1968; M.A., 1970. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 199 



Anna F. Tilberg, 1982-; Adjunct Instructor in Biology. B.A., University of Pennsylva- 
nia, 1969. 

Josh Tindall, 2 006-; Adjunct Instructor of Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2004. 

GenoTorri, 2 002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., California State Uni- 
versity, 1973; M.A.T., University of Pittsburgh, 1974; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg Univer- 
sity, 1976; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University, 1995. 

John M. Troxel, 1 998-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1990; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1995. 

Richard J. Tushup, 1 989-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., St. Vincent 
Seminary; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1977. 

Francis J. Vottero, 2000-; Adjunct Instructor in Economics. B.A., Susquehanna Uni- 
versity, 1968; M.A.. The Pennsylvania State University, 1971. 

Julia P. Wagner, 200 1-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Messiah College, 
1978; MM., Ithaca College, 1981. 

Michael Wojdylak, 2001-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1977; M.AGR., 1983; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1987; B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1997; M.M., Marywood University, 2003. 

Deborah Worthen, 2 002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., The Pennsyl- 
vania State University, 1993; M.S.E., Lebanon Valley College, 2001. 

Adjuncts in Medical Technology 

Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Advisor, Brian Erler, M.D., Ph.D.; Program Di- 
rector, Perla L. Simmons, M.P.A., B.SM.T (ASCP) S.H., N.C.A. (CLS); Assistant Pro- 
gram Director/Education Coordinator, Mary Jane C Schaefer, M.S., M.P.A. 

Lancaster General Hospital: Medical Director, James T Eastman, M.D.; Program Di- 
rector, Wendy Gayle, M.T (ASCP) S.H. 



200 Directory 2008-2009 Catalog 



COLLEGE SUPPORT STAFF 

Joy L. Albright Information Technology Services Office 

Deborah L. Atkins Music Department 

Debra J. Bishop College Center 

Judith S. Blouch Associate Dean and Academic Services Office 

Marilyn E. Boeshore Alumni Office 

Carol L. Brashear Physical Therapy Department 

Donna L. Brickley Information Technology Services Office 

Jo Lynn Brummer Development Office 

Wendy L. Carfagno President of the College Office 

Becky Chanas Library 

Scott J. Conrad Library 

Susan L. Donmoyer Business and Economics 

Becky A. Firestone Registrar's Office 

Mary E. Fisher Administration and Controller Offices 

Paula Gahres Chaplain's Office 

Cheryl A. George Media Center 

TaraN. Gerstner Business Office 

Susan M. Greenawalt Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office 

Daniel J. Grodzinski LVC Sports Center 

Karen M. Grubb Humanities Departments and General Education 

Nancy J. Hartman Business Office 

Kristie Hatfield Facilities Services 

Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office 

Sharon B. Hurst Development Office 

Constance W. Kershner Business Office 

Susan M. Krall Library 

Charlene R. Kreider Human Resources 

Deborah L. Lutz Advancement Office 

Karen R. McLucas Admission Office 

Shawn A. Miller Development Office 

Tami S. Morgan Admission Office 

Laura C. Orme Career Services 

Ann K. Pinca Administration and Controller Office 

Lebanon Valley College College Support Staff 201 



Jill M. Rabuck Annual Giving 

Christine M. Reeves Development Office 

L. Anne Ristenbatt Copy Center and Mail Services 

Alice J. Rulapaugh Student Affairs Office 

Carol A. Sabados Biology Department 

Ann E. Safstrom Music Department 

Denise D. Sanders Library 

Lynne M. Shapiro Registrar's Office 

Barbara A. Smith Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty Office 

Wendy E. Smith LVC Sports Center 

Susan M. Snyder Mathematical Sciences; Art and Art History and Psychology Departments 

Sharon L. Stamm.. English; Political Science; and Sociology and Criminal Justice Departments 

Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager 

LaRue A. Troutman Financial Aid Office 

Nathaniel C. Tulli Information Technology Services Office 

Victoria Van Hise Associate Dean and Academic Services Office 

Matthew P. Velazquez Information Technology Services Office 

Nancy J. Waite Education Department 

Barbara E. West Chemistry and Physics Departments 

Sarah R. Wickenheiser LVC Sports Center 

Anita L. Williams College Relations 

Susan B. Zearing Admission Office 



202 College Support Staff 2008-2009 Catalog 



THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY DISTINGUISHED 

TEACHING AWARDS 

The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the College fac- 
ulty, is selected by the president of the College after appropriate consultation with 
alumni, students, faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award, 
which was presented through the 1 993 academic year. 

Previous Awardees 

1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of English 

1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and 
Leadership Studies 

1987 Donald E. Byrne Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

1 988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music 

1989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

1 990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

1 99 1 Scott H. Eggert, D.M. A., Associate Professor of Music 

1992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish 

1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, 
M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting 

1995 David I. Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

1996 James W Scott, Ph.D., Professor of German 

1997 Howard L. Applegate, Ph.D., Professor of History and American Studies 

1998 Mark L. Mecham, D.M. A., Professor of Music 

1999 Michael A. Day, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

2000 Jeanne C. Hey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 

2001 Allan F. Wolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

2002 Marie G. Bongiovanni, M.L.A., Associate Professor of English 

2003 Carl T. Wigal, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

2004 Mary L. Lemons, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Music 

2005 Jefrey W Robbins, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Religion 

2006 J. Patrick Brewer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

2007 Philip A. Billings, Ph.D., Professor of English 

2008 M. Jane Yingling, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education 

Lebanon Valley College Awards 203 



THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY 
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING 

In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct mem- 
bers of the college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first 
awardee was Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president 
of the College named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her 24 
years of inspired teaching in music. 

Previous Awardees 

1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music 

1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French 

1 990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music 

1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div, Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical 
Sciences 

1 995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M. A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German 

1996 Cynthia R. Johnston, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry 

1 997 Richard J. Tushup, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

1 998 Arlen J.Greiner, M.S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

1999 Leslie E. Bowen, M.F.A., Lecturer in Art 

2000 Patricia M. Meley, M.A., Adjunct Instructor in American Studies 

200 1 Robert A. Nowak, M.M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music 

2002 Gene G. Veno, M.P.A., Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration 

2003 Marion M. Markowicz, M.S.S., Adjunct Instructor in Sociology 

2004 Jeff Remington, M.Ed., Adjunct Instructor in Science Education 

2005 James A. Erdman II, Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

2006 Marie Riegle-Kinch, M.F.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 

2007 Anna F. Tilberg, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in Biology 

2008 Joseph D. Mixon, M.M., Adjunct Instructor in Music 



204 Awards 2008-2009 Catalog 



ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the 
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools. 

Lebanon Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Edu- 
cation, the National Association of Schools of Music, and the American Chemical So- 
ciety. 

Lebanon Valley College's Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program is accred- 
ited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 

Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list of the Regents of the State Univer- 
sity of New York and of the American Association of University Women. 

Lebanon Valley College is a member of the following: American Association of Col- 
leges; National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities; Pennsylvania 
Foundation for Independent Colleges; College Entrance Examination Board; College 
Scholarship Service; Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic 
Association; Middle Atlantic States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic 
Conference; Central Pennsylvania Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic 
Conference. 

STATEMENT ON NON-DISCRIMINATION 

Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, 
gender, national origin, age, sexual orientation, disability, or age in its programs or ac- 
tivities. The College is committed to a policy of equal opportunity in all aspects of em- 
ployment, including application, promotion, and transfer. Anyone who believes that 
he/she has been subjected to discrimination in violation of this policy is encouraged to 
report the problem to the EEO/Title IX Coordinator or the Vice President for Academic 
Affairs. 

STUDENT RETENTION 

Lebanon Valley College participates in student financial assistance programs under 
Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. According to the requirements of the 
Student Right-to-Know legislation, the college is required to report annually the grad- 
uation rates within 1 50 percent of the normal time to complete a degree to students and 
prospective students. 

The cohort of 417 full-time, first-time degree-seeking undergraduates who entered 
Lebanon Valley College in the fall of 2001 consisted of 187 men and 230 women. At 
the end of four years, 266 had completed a bachelor's degree. At the end of the fifth 
year, another 23 had completed a bachelor's degree. By 2007, at the end of the sixth 
year, an additional 3 students had completed a bachelor's degree. The Student Right-to- 
Know Completion or Graduation Rate Calculation for the 200 1 cohort is 70 percent. 
This information has been submitted to the US. Department of Education. 

Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the 
Office of the Registrar. 



Lebanon Valley College Accreditation 205 



00 




<L> 




o 




U 


& 




03 


fr 


s 


t j 


GO 


£ 


2 
Oh 

a 


s 


03 


o 


U 


s 




<S 




X5 




<D 




J 






206 Map of Campus 



2008-2009 Catalog 



88 
<U 

•— 

< 

no 

s 



-3 
u 
u 

3 

-s 
U 



WD 
CO -J 

■a i 

C/3 "O 
83 V 



83 

c 

E 

e 

2 <» 

.3 "d 

>• o 

c J 

1 £ 

■ .2 



o 

-3 



83 



SO SO 



SO SO 



so r- 

so so 



«3 
H 

O 

o 
£ 












° J 
OS O 



~-ooooooooo 

-°'"'ftlft_lft_lftftft 



.* J 






2 <J CO Z 



<1> 



t>5 



Q ft ft' O K O Oh' O 



K 






PQ 














■1 






+ 










c 


n 


5 

f3 






< 

o 
a 
•- 


B 

4) 




83 




J 




?ll 






V, 




•- 




83 


u 


> 




p 


t<5 

OS 




< 

"3 




.3 

83 


83 




J 


> 



^ 


■w 

O 


83 




sp 


Cu 


ft, 

8 
5 
S 


E 


s 


Q 


1 


0) 


3 


T3 
Oi 


u 
cv 


u 


Ml 


a 


-a 
c 

83 

u 


a 


3 

s 




w 


1 


u 

o 

J 


u 

o 


o 


C 






u 






a 






U 






q 






KJ 







c 

5 



u 



Q 

u 

H 
ft 
-J 

H 
5 



a 
u 



•— 

o 
a 
c/5 



© ' 
c 

H 
< 



ft 
H 

5 s 



o 

C3 



83 
■O 

w 
en 



C 

'S 

•a 



<C «5 ^ 



3 5 



! i c 



2 2 
2 i 2 






Jd 83 7! a 



M | 

^ 83 

H ft 
en 



& 



X3 

H 



>. o 

J^ o 

CU Oh 



2 

"o 
c 

u 

SIZI 
.2 83 

i o 

E 1 

83 



Q. 

£ 

o 
U 

u 

o 
X 



83 , 

5j e 






SO 00 





83 
X! 




u. 


0) 


o 


3 


!/3 


o 


O 


83 


rr 


U 


ULI 


*-• 






— 


i/i 


773 


aj 


c 

3 

e2 


o 


i- 

X 



.2 .2 = 



t« pS m 



2^ 73 =2 



4J 
U 
U 

o 
so 



83 

u 
0- 

T 



3 

83 

2 
o 
OS 






2 

ft 
u 



3 ""g 

E 2 

2 £ 






"2 

•O so 




U 

— ■ 83 oj 

<C U 0- 



OHNnrfin«h»»OH 




N f^ Tf in « 



r~-xic3so^H(Sf^Tri^sor--oe8Jvo^H 

rt h -. N M M ri ri M M M N H ^i fi 




Lebanon Valley College 



Map of Campus 207 



INDEX 



Academic Calendar 212 

Academic honesty policy 

undergraduate 19 

graduate 161 

Academic procedures 

undergraduate 9 

graduate 160 

Accounting program 

courses 51 

department 50 

faculty 58 

Accreditation 205 

Actuarial science program 

courses 113 

department 109 

faculty 115 

Admissions 

undergraduate full time 4 

undergraduate part time 7 

continuing education 5 

MBA 162 

MME 166 

MSE 168 

Administration 180 

Advanced placement 16 

American studies program 

courses 33 

department 32 

faculty 35 

Art and art history program 

courses 38 

department 37 

faculty 42 

Associate degrees 9 

Attendance policy 14 

Auditing policy 13 

Baccalaureate degrees 9 

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology program 

courses 47 

requirements 44 

Biology program 

courses 44 

department 44 

faculty 48 

Business program 

courses 53 

department 50 

faculty 58 

Calendar 212 

Certificate programs 7 

Challenge examinations 16 

Chemistry program 

courses 62 

department 61 



faculty 64 

Citizenship education program 66 

CLEP 16 

College support staff 201 

Communications program 

courses 82 

department 82 

faculty 87 

Computer science program 

courses 114 

department 113 

faculty 115 

Concurrent courses 14 

Cooperative programs 27 

Courses, undergraduate 

concurrent 14 

external 14 

repetition of 13 

descriptions 32 

Courses, graduate 160 

Credit for life experience 17 

Criminal justice program 

courses 154 

department 154 

faculty 159 

Degrees 

undergraduate 9 

graduate 160 

Dean's list 18 

Departmental honors 18 

Digital communications program 

courses 67 

department 67 

faculty 69 

Doctor of Physical Therapy Program 

courses 171 

faculty 174 

requirements 171 

Earth and space science program 139 

Economics program 

courses 55 

department 50 

faculty 58 

Education program 

courses 71 

department 70 

faculty 80 

Elementary education program 

courses 73 

department 72 

faculty 80 

Engineering cooperative 

program 27 



208 Index 



2008-2009 Catalog 



English program 

courses 83 

department 82 

faculty 87 

English as a Second Language (ESL) 79 

Environmental studies 

cooperative program 27 

External summer courses 14 

Faculty 187 

Finances, student 4 

Foreign languages program 

courses 89 

department 89 

faculty 94 

Foreign study opportunities 31 

Forestry cooperative program 27 

French program 

courses 89 

department 89 

faculty 94 

General education program 

courses 22 

requirements 22 

German program 

courses 91 

department 89 

faculty 94 

Grade point average 17 

Grading system 17 

Graduate programs 160 

academic policies 160 

concurrent courses 160 

financial aid 162 

grading system 161 

privacy of student records 162 

refund policy 161 

review procedure 161 

time restriction policy 161 

transfer policy 160 

withdrawal policy 161, 162 

Graduation honors 18 

Graduation requirements 

DPT 171 

MBA 163 

MME 166 

MSE 168 

undergraduate 10 

Health care management program 

requirements 57 

Health professions 

cooperative programs 28 

Health science program 

courses 132 

requirements 132 

faculty 134 

Historical communications program 96 



History program 

courses 97 

department 96 

faculty 107 

Honors 

departmental 18 

graduation 18 

In- Absentia 14 

Independent study 30 

Individualized major 29 

International baccalaureate program 17 

Internship policy 30 

Italian 

courses 92 

Knisley teaching awards 204 

Law and society minor 102 

Leave of absence 14 

Limit of hours 1 1 

Map of campus 206 

Mathematical science program 

courses 110 

department 109 

faculty 115 

MBA program 

admission 162 

courses 163 

faculty 165 

requirements 162 

MME program 

admission 166 

courses 166 

faculty 167 

requirements 166 

MSE program 

admission 168 

courses 168 

faculty 170 

requirements 168 

Medical technology 

cooperative program 28 

Military science program 117 

Mission statement 3 

Multidisciplinary courses 25 

Music education program 124 

courses 125 

faculty 128 

requirements 126 

Music program 118 

courses 119 

department 118 

faculty 128 

Music business program 123 

courses 124 

faculty 128 

requirements 123 



Lebanon Valley College 



Index 209 



Music recording technology program 126 

courses 126 

faculty 128 

requirements 126 

Nontraditional credit policy 15 

Off-campus programs 

study abroad 31 

Officers, general College 180 

Pass/fail policy 13 

Payment plans 7 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 18 

Philosophy program 

courses 150 

department 148 

faculty 152 

Phone Numbers 211 

Physical therapy program 

courses 132, 171 

department 132, 171 

faculty 134, 174 

Physics program 

courses 135 

department 135 

faculty 138 

Political science program 

courses 103 

department 102 

faculty 107 

Pre-law program 28 

Pre-medical, pre-dentistry, 

pre-veterinary programs 29 

Privacy of student records 9 

Probation, undergraduate 20 

Profile of the College 2 

Psychobiology program 

courses 48 

department 48 

faculty 48 

Psychology program 

courses 141 

department 140 

faculty 146 

Readmission policy 15 

Refund policy 

undergraduate 4 

graduate 162 

Registration 12 

Religion program 

courses 148 

department 148 

faculty 152 

Repetition of courses 

undergraduate 13 

ROTC 117 

Satisfactory academic progress 11 



Science 

course 64 

Second bachelor's degree 15 

Secondary education program 

courses 76 

department 70, 76 

faculty 80 

Servicemembers Opportunity 

Colleges (SOC) 21 

Sociology program 

courses 154 

department 154 

faculty 159 

Spanish program 

courses 92 

department 92 

faculty 94 

Special education program 

courses 78 

department 70, 77 

faculty 80 

Special topics courses 31 

Study abroad 31 

Suspension policy 

undergraduate 20 

Teacher certification for 

nonmatriculated students 21 

Teacher certification for 

matriculated students 70 

Transfer policy 

undergraduate 12 

graduate 160 

Trustees, Board of 177 

Tutorial study courses 31 

Veterans' services 21 

Vickroy teaching awards 203 

Withdrawal procedure 

undergraduate 15 

graduate 161 



210 Index 



2008-2009 Catalog 



PHONE NUMBERS 

College Offices* 

Academic Offices 6208 

Academic Support 6988 

Admissions 6181 

Business Office 6300 

Career Planning and Placement 6235 

College Center 6161 

College Store 6313 

Computer Lab (general) 6067 

Computer Science Lab 6067 

Continuing Education 62 1 3 

Dean of Student Services 6233 

Financial Aid 6181 

Registrar 62 1 5 

Safety and Security 6111 

Vice President/Dean of Faculty 6208 

Academic Offices* 

American Studies 6355 

Art and Art History 60 1 5 

Biology 6175 

Business Administration 6101 

Chemistry 6140 

Economics 6330 

Education 6305 

English 6240 

Foreign Language 6250 

History 6355 

Mathematical Sciences 6080 

Music 6275 

Philosophy 6130 

Physical Education 6364 

Physics 6150 

Political Sciences 6330 

Psychology 6195 

Religion 6130 

Sociology 6155 

* Area code 71 7, prefix 867. 
Lebanon Valley College Phone Numberse 2 1 1 




o 

G 

o 
pi 

h 

oo 

'5b 



a 


T3 




g 


3 


gfl 


Pi 


o 
o 


T3 


0> 


1) 


GO 

CD 


at 


00 

s 


03 


03 


ox 


03 
X 


£ 


Vh 




O 


o 


00 


41 


o 


* 



CD 



a. 
S 

2 8 

5 fl 



-a -g 

oo "33 
03 '15 




cfl OQ 







o 




s 


S 


£ 


d 

o 


a 

03 


S 


c 
o 

d ° 


£ 

d 


s 

ex 


a 

d 


^_J 









d 


03 


d 


r*"> 




03 ^ 


o 


o 


o 


ps 




Z 




00 


OO 


no 


«* 


izj 


Ph 


00 §» 


Ti 


T5 


^ 




^. 


5? 

C 
O 


00 
ay 


>^ 


>> 


0^ 


>^ 


u-> 




•~t 


■?t 


TT 


p 

1 




03 

G 

o 


03 

-a 

oo 

e3 


03 
00 

ay 

1 


M 

T3 
an 
0> 


03 
<L> 

e3 


•c 


11 




of 

T3 

•c 


ef 

2 


)-H 

<D 




























■4— » 


























mm 


00 


























rj 


<u 


On 


ON 


e 


o 


o 


t> 


r- 


r- 


On oo 


© 


o 


r- 


*< 


£ 


■ — i 


»-H 


*m 


cs 


Ol 


CM 


<— i 


rs 


■— i 


cm 


(N 


<N 




CD 
00 

G 

o 


03 
3 












b 

03 

2 




2 








5 


o 
ay 
00 


G 
03 

1—5 












x 




03 

i 









w 



.2f 

'3 

-a 



IT) H- 

^ N© 

"O « 

Js 2 ■ 



S 1 2 
5 § 



-a 

C 

"3 



©> ro t-~ r- 

1-1 ^H CJ 



< 



Z2 


a 








■^ 


u 








^s 


-a 


„ 






u 


s 









ON 




a 

00 






o 


o 


o 






o 


« 


« 




1 


^ 











o- 


&H 




00 


ao 


o 


o 




o 


VAJ 


t/5 


00 




c 


O 
O 




13 


03^ 

Q 


Oh 

c 


fS 


(U 


<u 


a 




o 


o 


00 




a 


G 


.S 




<u 


U 


00 




2 


3 


SQ 






'&0 


'oo 


'> 


& 




CD 


0) 


"O 


<u 




P^ 


»J 


< 


z 



03- 




a 

l/N 

00 

e 
-a 



no r- 





^ 




03 




C3 




T3 




T3 




oo 








3 
-G 




« 




H 


>^ 


op 






03 


r 




>% 


-a 


^, 


£' 


03 


00 

3 
XJ 


5^ 
2 


03 
OO 


T3 
G 
O 



Ph 

o 

On 

of 

oo 

s- 
3 
-3 

H 



i 1 

-a 



3 B 

03 03 
00 OO 



r-l O 
-H © 



■a 



On 



rf \T) ^O NO «S 



oo _ 
oo ** 

03 

u 



u 


U 














a.- 


00 














■M 


l. 














00 

0* 

s 


3 
O 

o 














0> 

00 

I 

00 

U 


03 








00 

C 
© 




ay 


o 


-o 

C 






q3 




3 


■a 


,6 

<4— 1 






C3 

c 
1 

03 

o> 
c 


oo 


73 


a 

■o 

00 

03 


O 


1J 

00 

CL> 
00 

oo 

rt 

U 


Q 

00 

g 

03 

to 


5? 

Q 

00 

c 

03 


T3 

C 
Cl> 

oo 

s 


</> 

ay 

T3 
03 
- 
00 

«l 

e 


-I 


Q 


04 


0< 


E 


OO 


E 



ay 

oo 

■*— I 

.3 









B 








d 
o 




Oh 
O 

ro 












, 






























s 


d 








ro 




(N 






































£ 


G 


d 

e 


o 


£ 

d 

o 


£ 


B 


T 
a 

03 


B 


T 
e 

d 


£ 

d 

o 




£ 


£' 
d 


03' 


£ 

d 


B 

d 




X 

ox 

*B 


G 
O 
O 
2 


£ 


£ 

d 








"O 

•- 

i 


£ 


© 
© 
2 


03 


O 


03 


CO 


rn 


03 


03 


d 


>— ' 


T5 


£ 


d 




T3 


e 


o 


s 


s 


d 


o 


£ 






88 


d 


of' 

T3 

00 

0y 
S 

-a 

1 


CO 


o 
2 

0? 

-a 
oo 


OO 


fN 


TT 


00 


OO 


Jll 


NO 


' ' 


Tf 


d 


nO 


of 


G 
3 


Ti 


T5 


of 


oo 


m 


d 






°? 


in 


s 

03 
OO 


-a 
c 
o 

2 


G 
O 

2 


Monday, 
Tuesday, 


of 

-a 

00 


of 

OO 

e2 


00 


of 
oo 
| 
H 


■a 
ay 


■fi 

Ph 


cf 
-3 

00 

e2 


-a 

oo 

ay 

•S 

1 


OO 

>, 

•c 


i 


■o 


Friday, a 
Monday, 

Wednesd 


of 

G 
O 


2 


NO 

of 

■c 

fin 


5? 

"2 

03 
OO 


o? 

C 
3 
OO 


■a 

c 
o 


cf 

5 

03 
OO 


m 


<* 


IT) 


m 


iri 


N© 


NO 


N© 


NO 


00 


C4 


O 


■5t 


in 


r>- 


t^ 


^ H 


r» 


r- 


N© 


. 


»n 


V~) 


NO 


r-» 


2 


m 


r- 


cs 


n 


OJ 


n 


rs 


«N 


OJ 


<N 


n 


(N 


X) 


u< 








>— i 


«*) 


X 


^H 


Cn) 


u 

ay 
X 














^H 


4— 1 

CO 

3 




















£ 
ay 
■*-» 

Ph 


a> 
X> 
o 
o 












I 






£ 

ay 
o 
ay 
















< 




















oo 


O 












z 






Q 

















212 Academic Calendar 



2008-2009 Catalog 



Lebanon Valley College 
101 North College Avenue 
Annville, PA 17003-1400 



NON-PROFIT ORG 
U.S. POSTAGE 

PAID 

ANNVILLE, PA 

PERMIT #9